WO2023277400A1 - Laundry treating apparatus - Google Patents

Laundry treating apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023277400A1
WO2023277400A1 PCT/KR2022/008347 KR2022008347W WO2023277400A1 WO 2023277400 A1 WO2023277400 A1 WO 2023277400A1 KR 2022008347 W KR2022008347 W KR 2022008347W WO 2023277400 A1 WO2023277400 A1 WO 2023277400A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
option
screen
course
unit
displayed
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2022/008347
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
정은수
손호원
김현희
Original Assignee
엘지전자 주식회사
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 엘지전자 주식회사 filed Critical 엘지전자 주식회사
Publication of WO2023277400A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023277400A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/28—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress
    • D06F34/34—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress characterised by mounting or attachment features, e.g. detachable control panels or detachable display panels
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/04—Signal transfer or data transmission arrangements
    • D06F34/05—Signal transfer or data transmission arrangements for wireless communication between components, e.g. for remote monitoring or control
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/28—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress
    • D06F34/30—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress characterised by mechanical features, e.g. buttons or rotary dials
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/28—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress
    • D06F34/32—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress characterised by graphical features, e.g. touchscreens

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a laundry treatment apparatus, and more particularly to a laundry treatment apparatus including a screen output unit for outputting a screen and a control unit operated by a user.
  • An input/output device (interface) for the user to input control commands to the electronic device is essential for electronic devices including clothes handling devices capable of washing clothes (a general term for objects to be washed or objects to be dried), drying clothes, and washing and drying clothes. to be.
  • a display unit displaying control commands selectable by the user
  • a search unit allowing the user to search for control commands displayed on the display unit
  • a multifunction button unit enabling the user to select control commands displayed on the display unit
  • the input unit requesting the execution of the selected control command is designed to be located in a space separated from each other (Publication No. 10-2014-0023986).
  • the conventional interface is a display (LCD, LED panel, etc.) on which control commands are displayed, a knob or button that can search for control commands by displaying control commands executable by the corresponding electronic device on the display, and a display
  • a button for inputting a control command for selecting a displayed control command, and a button for inputting a control command for requesting the execution of the selected control command, etc. are located in separate spaces, and such an arrangement is such that an electronic device such as a laundry treatment machine It was a factor that determined the design of the interface (design of the control panel) located on the front surface of the .
  • related document KR 10-2016-0062917 A discloses a laundry treatment apparatus including a screen output unit.
  • a rotatable knob is provided around the screen output unit.
  • a user can select various selection items displayed on the screen output unit by rotating a knob, and a plurality of buttons such as a start button for processing clothes or a power button are additionally provided on the screen output unit.
  • the clothes handling apparatus is provided with a plurality of buttons on the screen output unit, the screen area provided in the inner space defined by the knob is reduced, and the user's intuition for each button may be deteriorated.
  • the display of the screen output unit having a limited area due to the knob and the plurality of buttons may be disadvantageous in displaying various information due to the limited output area.
  • the laundry treatment apparatus may include various courses such as a laundry course, a drying course, and a spin-drying course, and the user may adjust various options for the courses.
  • the number of options adjustable for each course may correspond to a plurality, and it may cause inconvenience to the user if the user adjusts each of the plurality of options each time the laundry treatment device is used.
  • Embodiments of the present invention are intended to provide a laundry treatment apparatus including a screen output unit capable of effectively providing various information to a user during a laundry treatment process, and a control unit through which a user can conveniently input an operation signal.
  • embodiments of the present invention intend to provide a laundry treatment apparatus in which the installation area of a screen output unit for outputting a screen and a control unit for generating operation signals is effectively set in a limited area.
  • embodiments of the present invention intend to provide a laundry treatment apparatus including a manipulation unit capable of efficiently generating various manipulation signals required by a user to perform a laundry treatment process and effectively reducing an installation space.
  • embodiments of the present invention are intended to provide a clothes handling apparatus that effectively improves usability and improves space utilization by effectively displaying various information in a limited screen area.
  • embodiments of the present invention are intended to provide a laundry treatment apparatus capable of improving usability by providing option settings that may be useful to the user for a course for treating laundry.
  • a course selection screen in which one of a plurality of courses is selected by a user may be output from the screen output unit, and the control unit may preset a plurality of option setting values for the courses output to the screen output unit. It may be arranged to recommend a stored option combination.
  • the control unit may store a plurality of option combinations in advance, and by recommending option combinations applicable to each course, the user can process clothes by simply applying a desired option combination in a corresponding course.
  • the plurality of option combinations may include a most frequent combination, and the most frequent combination may be stored based on an option setting value identically set by a user in clothes processing cycles equal to or greater than a preset reference number of times.
  • the laundry treatment apparatus includes a cabinet, a drum, a control unit, a screen output unit, and a control unit.
  • the drum is provided inside the cabinet, is provided to be rotatable, and clothes are accommodated therein.
  • the control unit is provided in the cabinet and is operated by a user to generate an operation signal.
  • a screen output unit is provided in the cabinet and is provided to output a screen for providing information to a user.
  • the control unit is signalally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and at least some of a plurality of options of the plurality of courses are set based on the operation signal,
  • the plurality of options include an additional option for which whether or not to apply is set based on the manipulation signal.
  • the screen output unit is provided to output an option suggestion screen displaying an additional suggestion for proposing application of the additional option to the user for any one of the plurality of courses.
  • control unit applies the additional option to perform one of the courses.
  • the control unit is provided to adjust an option setting value for at least one option among the plurality of options for each of the plurality of courses, and when the additional suggestion is selected from the option suggestion screen, the control unit controls the at least one Any one of the above courses may be performed by maintaining the option setting value of the option and applying the additional option.
  • the additional option may include a steam option for providing steam to the inside of the drum, and the additional suggestion may include a steam suggestion for suggesting application of the steam option to a user.
  • the screen output unit is provided to output a course selection screen in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, the control unit is provided on the screen output unit, and the screen output unit It may include a multi-function button unit whose function varies according to the output screen.
  • the screen output unit may be switched to the option suggestion screen when a manipulation signal of the multi-function button unit is generated on the course selection screen.
  • the course selection screen includes a function display area for displaying functions of the multi-function button unit, and a function to enter the option suggestion screen may be displayed on the function display area of the course selection screen.
  • the screen output unit selectively displays any one of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen, and when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit is generated, additional suggestions for the course displayed on the course selection screen are displayed on the option suggestion screen. can be displayed
  • the control unit is provided in the cabinet and includes a performance button unit for generating a signal for performing a course displayed on the course selection screen, and the control unit provides additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen when the signal for performing the course is generated on the option suggestion screen. It may be prepared to perform the course displayed on the course selection screen by applying.
  • the control unit includes an additional option button unit provided to set whether or not to apply the additional option, and the controller determines whether or not the additional option is applied according to manipulation of the additional option button unit on the course selection screen on the screen output unit. It is set, and when the execution button unit is manipulated, the course displayed on the course selection screen may be performed.
  • the screen output unit may return to the course selection screen from the option suggestion screen when a manipulation signal of the multi-function button unit is generated on the option suggestion screen.
  • the option suggestion screen may include a function display area displaying functions of the multi-function button unit, and an end function of the option suggestion screen may be displayed on the function display area of the course selection screen.
  • the screen output unit is provided to output a course selection screen in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and a plurality of additional suggestions are stored in the controller and applicable to each course. Additional suggestions are set in advance, and the screen output unit may display additional suggestions applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen on the option suggestion screen.
  • the control unit may be arranged to provide the additional suggestion only for some of the plurality of courses.
  • the screen output unit displays only one additional suggestion on the option suggestion screen, and displays additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen based on the operation signal. Offer subject to change.
  • the control unit includes a dial unit provided to be rotatable and surrounds the screen output unit, and when the dial unit is rotated in the course selection screen, the course displayed on the course selection screen is changed, and in the option suggestion screen When the dial unit is rotated, additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen may be changed.
  • the operation unit and the screen output unit are signally connected, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and option setting values for a plurality of options in each course are set according to the operation
  • the plurality of options include an additional option capable of setting whether to apply a corresponding course based on an operation signal
  • the screen output unit among the plurality of courses based on the operation signal Provided to output a course selection screen selected by a user by displaying one of them, and the control unit provides an additional suggestion for proposing to the user the application of the additional option among the plurality of options to the course displayed on the course selection screen.
  • This is stored in advance, and the screen output unit can be switched to an option suggestion screen displaying the additional suggestion when the multi-function button unit is manipulated on the course selection screen.
  • Embodiments of the present invention may provide a laundry treatment apparatus including a screen output unit capable of effectively providing various information to a user during a laundry treatment process, and a control unit through which a user can conveniently input an operation signal.
  • embodiments of the present invention can provide a laundry treatment apparatus in which the installation area of the screen output unit for outputting a screen and the operation unit for generating an operation signal is effectively set in a limited area.
  • embodiments of the present invention can provide a laundry treatment apparatus including a manipulation unit capable of efficiently generating various manipulation signals required by a user to perform a laundry treatment process and effectively reducing an installation space.
  • embodiments of the present invention can effectively display various information in a limited screen area to effectively improve usability and provide a clothes handling apparatus with improved space utilization.
  • embodiments of the present invention may provide a laundry treatment apparatus capable of improving usability by providing option settings that may be useful to the user for a course for treating laundry.
  • FIG. 1 is a view showing a laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a view showing an internal cross-section of a laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG 3 is a view showing a front panel disassembled in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a view showing a control panel including a screen output unit and a control unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a view showing an option unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a view showing an exploded view of an operation module including a screen output unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a view showing a disassembled screen output unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating each configuration of a screen output unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically illustrating screens output from a screen output unit according to each progress step in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a notification screen among booting screens output from a screen output unit in a booting process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a view showing a course selection screen among course setting screens output from a screen output unit in a course setting process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a view showing a course progress screen among clothes processing screens output from a screen output unit of a clothes processing process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a setting screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a course editing screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 15 is a diagram showing a course summary screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is a diagram showing a first option screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 17 is a diagram showing a second option screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a view showing a control panel in a state where a standard drying course is displayed on a screen output unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 19 is a view showing a control panel in a state where a time drying course is displayed on a screen output unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 20 is a diagram showing a time drying guide screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 21 is a diagram showing an option recommendation screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 22 is a table showing whether each of a plurality of option combinations is applicable to a plurality of courses in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 'and/or' includes a combination of a plurality of listed items or any item among a plurality of listed items.
  • 'A or B' may include 'A', 'B', or 'both A and B'.
  • a laundry treatment apparatus 1 shows an appearance of a laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a laundry treatment apparatus 1 may include a cabinet 10 .
  • the cabinet 10 forms the exterior of the laundry treatment apparatus 1, and a space provided with the drum 30 and the tub 20 may be formed therein. Although the cabinet 10 in the shape of a hexahedron is shown in FIG. 1 , the specific shape formed by the cabinet 10 may vary.
  • the cabinet 10 may include a plurality of panels.
  • the plurality of panels may include a front panel 15, a side panel, an upper panel, a lower panel, and a rear panel.
  • a plurality of panels may be joined together to form the cabinet 10 together.
  • a detergent opening 16 and a clothing opening 17 may be formed in the front panel 15 .
  • the detergent opening 16 may correspond to a passage through which the storage unit of the detergent supply device moves
  • the clothing opening 17 may correspond to a passage through which a user puts clothes into the drum 30 inside the cabinet 10. .
  • the cabinet 10 includes a front panel 15 in which a detergent opening 16 is formed.
  • a clothing door 40 for opening and closing the clothing opening 17 may be provided on the front panel 15, and the clothing door 40 may be rotatably provided by being hinged to the outside of the front panel 15. .
  • the clothing opening 17 of the front panel 15 can be opened or closed by the clothing door 40 .
  • the tub 20 is provided inside the cabinet 10 and contains water therein, and the drum 30 is rotatably provided inside the tub 20 and can accommodate clothes therein. .
  • the drum 30 may include a plurality of communication holes on the outer circumferential surface for communicating the tub 20 side and the inside, and accordingly, the water stored in the tub 20 may pass through the drum 30 It can be provided internally and provided to clothing.
  • an embodiment of the present invention may include both the drum 30 and the tub 20, as shown in FIG. 1, or may include only the drum 30 excluding the tub 20, if necessary. That is, one embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a washing machine capable of performing a washing course for treating clothes by including the drum 30 and the tub 20 for receiving water, or the tub 20 is omitted. It may correspond to a dryer that includes only the drum 30 and can perform a drying course for drying clothes inside the drum 30.
  • the laundry treatment apparatus 1 includes both the drum 30 and the tub 20 and includes an air supply unit for drying clothes to perform both a washing course and a drying course. may apply. Unless otherwise specified, description will be made based on a form in which the drum 30 and the tub 20 are provided inside the cabinet 10 in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • one embodiment of the present invention may include a detergent supply device for progressing a washing course.
  • the detergent supply device is a device provided inside the cabinet 10 or provided outside the cabinet 10 to supply detergent to the inside of the tub 20 or drum 30 .
  • the detergent includes not only a washing agent for removing foreign substances from clothes, but also a softening agent for improving the flexibility of fibers and a bleaching agent for improving the color of fibers.
  • detergents may be defined to include various types and types of detergents, such as detergents in powder form as well as detergents in liquid form.
  • the detergent supply device includes a storage unit in which detergent is stored, and the storage unit may be introduced into or taken out of the cabinet 10 through the detergent opening 16 of the front panel 15 .
  • an embodiment of the present invention may include a control panel 100 including a screen output unit 8 for outputting a screen and a control unit for generating operation signals manipulated by a user.
  • control panel 100 shows a state in which the control panel 100 is provided on the front panel 15 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the control panel 100 may be provided not only on the front panel 15 but also on a top panel or a side panel, or may be provided on a plurality of panels, respectively.
  • control panel 100 may be provided on the upper end of the front panel 15 .
  • the upper part of the front panel 15 may be understood as a part including the upper part of the front panel 15 and the control panel 100 .
  • the control panel 100 may be manufactured separately from the front panel 15 and coupled to the front panel 15, or a part of the front panel 15 may correspond to the control panel 100.
  • the control panel 100 is manufactured separately from the front panel 15, the control panel 100 is provided on the front panel 15 to form the front of the cabinet 10 together with the front panel 15. can
  • the control panel 100 may include a manipulation unit, and the manipulation unit may include buttons operated by a user.
  • the control unit may be operated by a user to generate an operation signal, and the operation signal may be transmitted to the control unit 60 to be described later.
  • control unit collectively refers to an object that is manipulated by a user to generate an operation signal, and may include a dial unit 56, a multi-function button unit 91, an option button unit, and an additional option button unit, which will be described later. A detailed description of the control unit will be described later.
  • control panel 100 may include a screen output unit 8
  • the screen output unit 8 may include a display 84 or the like on which a screen for providing information to a user is output. Details of the screen output unit 8 will be described later together with the control unit.
  • one embodiment of the present invention may include a control unit 60, and the control unit 60 may be electrically and signally connected to the operation unit.
  • the control unit 60 may be electrically and signally connected to a target requiring electrical/electronic control, such as a driving unit for rotating the drum 30 or a water supply unit for supplying water.
  • the control unit 60 may receive a signal input to the manipulation unit by the user, and may control each component of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 based on the transmitted signal. In addition, the operating status of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 may be transmitted to the user through the manipulation unit based on the signal transmitted from each of the above components.
  • FIG. 2 is a view showing an internal cross-section of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the inside of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be schematically described as follows.
  • the clothing opening 17 of the front panel 15 can be shielded by the clothing door 40, and the user opens the clothing opening 17 by manipulating the clothing door 40 when washing clothes. can do.
  • Clothes may be put into the open clothing opening 17, and the clothes put through the clothing opening 17 pass through the tub opening 22 of the tub 20 and the drum opening 32 of the drum 30. and can be put into the drum 30.
  • the tub 20 may be fixed inside the cabinet 10 and the front surface facing the clothing opening 17 may be opened to form the tub opening 22 .
  • the tub 20 may be connected to the front panel 15 through a gasket for preventing separation of clothes and leakage.
  • the tub 20 may be supported on the cabinet 10 through a damper in order to minimize vibration transmitted to the cabinet 10 .
  • the drum 30 may be disposed inside the tub 20, and the drum opening 32 may be formed by opening the front surface of the drum 30 toward the tub opening 22 and the clothing opening 17. That is, the clothing opening 17, the tub opening 22, and the drum opening 32 may be aligned side by side and communicate with each other.
  • the drum 30 has a plurality of communication holes formed on the outer circumferential surface, so that water accommodated in the tub 20 can be supplied to the inside of the drum 30 .
  • the drum 30 may have a rotating shaft and be rotatably provided.
  • the drum 30 may be connected to the driving unit through a rotating shaft.
  • the driving unit may provide rotational force based on a signal from the control unit 60, and the rotational force of the driving unit may be transmitted to the drum 30 through a rotating shaft to rotate the drum 30.
  • one embodiment of the present invention is described as a front loader type in which the rotating shaft of the drum 30 extends in the forward and backward directions and the clothing opening 17 is provided on the front panel 15, but this It is not limited and may be a top loader type in which the clothing opening 17 is formed on the upper panel. However, unless otherwise specified, the description will be made based on the front loader type.
  • the laundry treatment apparatus 1 may be connected to an external water supply source to receive water.
  • a water supply unit connected to an external water supply source may be provided inside the cabinet 10 .
  • the water supply unit may include a water supply valve, and the control unit 60 may supply water into the tub 20 during a washing process or the like through control of the water supply valve.
  • the water supply unit may be provided to supply water into the tub 20 through the detergent supply device or directly supply water into the tub 20 separately from the detergent supply device.
  • the detergent supply device may be connected to the water supply unit through a water supply hose. That is, the detergent supply device may be provided to receive water from the water supply unit and supply the detergent and water together to the inside of the tub 20 or the drum 30 .
  • the laundry treatment apparatus 1 may include a drainage unit, and the drainage unit may be connected to the tub 20 to discharge water contained in the tub 20 to the outside.
  • FIG. 2 schematically shows a controller 60 provided inside the cabinet 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the control unit 60 may be connected to a plurality of components such as the driving unit of the drum 30 and the control panel 100.
  • the control unit 60 may be provided to perform a course for processing clothes based on a manipulation signal of the manipulation unit.
  • the control unit 60 may control a water supply unit and a driving unit to perform a corresponding course upon receiving a signal for performing a course for processing clothes through a manipulation unit.
  • the controller 60 may be provided in a partial space of the cabinet 10 or inside the control panel 100 .
  • the controller 60 may be provided in the form of a module and may be provided on a base positioned on a lower panel of the cabinet 10 .
  • control unit 60 may be provided to be included in the inside of the control panel 100, for example, the screen output unit 8 or a part of the manipulation unit.
  • control unit 60 may be composed of a plurality of divided bodies and may be provided on the control panel 100 and the base, respectively, and operated together.
  • control unit 60 may be signalally connected to a communication terminal 70 portable by a user.
  • the communication terminal 70 may be separated from the cabinet 10 and independently movable, include a communication function, and may be provided to be carried by a user.
  • the communication terminal 70 may correspond to a mobile phone that can be carried by a user. 1 and 2, a communication terminal 70 corresponding to a mobile phone is schematically represented.
  • the communication terminal 70 is not necessarily limited thereto, and may be of various types capable of direct or indirect communication with the control unit 60.
  • the controller 60 may be provided to communicate with the communication terminal 70 in various ways. That is, the control unit 60 may be signally connected to the communication terminal 70 through various methods.
  • control unit 60 is directly connected to the communication terminal 70 through various methods capable of transmitting and receiving wireless signals such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and NFC, or is provided inside or outside the laundry treatment device 1 to transmit and receive communication signals. It may also be indirectly connected by using an intermediate means.
  • control unit 60 is connected together with the communication terminal 70 to a Wi-Fi module provided inside or outside the clothes handling apparatus 1 to transmit and receive signals to and from the communication terminal 70 through the Wi-Fi module.
  • a Wi-Fi module provided inside or outside the clothes handling apparatus 1 to transmit and receive signals to and from the communication terminal 70 through the Wi-Fi module.
  • control unit 60 is connected to the Wi-Fi module and transmits/receives a signal to a communication server corresponding to a terminal station for communication of the communication terminal 70, thereby transmitting and receiving signals to and from the communication terminal 70 through the communication server.
  • a communication server corresponding to a terminal station for communication of the communication terminal 70, thereby transmitting and receiving signals to and from the communication terminal 70 through the communication server.
  • the communication method of the control unit 60 described above is only an example for explaining an embodiment of the present invention, and is not limited to the above, and an embodiment of the present invention is the control unit 60 and the communication terminal 70 A variety of methods capable of directly or indirectly transmitting and receiving signals to each other may be possible.
  • An application capable of exchanging information with the clothes handling device 1 may be installed in the user's communication terminal 70, and various information provided from the control unit 60 may be transmitted to the application through an external server or via Bluetooth or the like. It can also be delivered directly.
  • a user may check various types of information of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 or give various setting and execution commands using the communication terminal 70 as well as the control panel 100 of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 .
  • FIG. 3 shows a state in which the front panel 15 is separated from the cabinet 10 according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • a configuration on the front panel 15 will be described with reference to FIG. 3 as follows.
  • the front panel 15 is provided with a clothing opening 17 and a detergent opening 16.
  • the clothes opening 17 can be opened and closed by the clothes door 40, and the storage unit of the detergent supply device can be inserted into the detergent opening 16.
  • the front end of the storage unit may be provided with a handle that can be held by a user, and when the storage unit is drawn into the cabinet 10, the front of the handle is the front panel 15 and the front of the clothes handling device 1. can form
  • a panel support 101 may be provided at the rear of the front panel 15 to improve the rigidity of the front panel 15 and to which the screen output unit 8 or the control unit of the control panel 100 may be fixed.
  • the panel support 101 may be coupled to the front panel 15 or to the upper panel and side panels.
  • the panel support 101 may be provided in a plate shape extending along the width direction of the cabinet 10 .
  • the panel support 101 may correspond to a plate provided in parallel with the front surface of the cabinet 10 .
  • the panel support unit 101 may be disposed on the upper side of the front panel 15, and at least a part of the screen output unit 8 and the control unit may be combined.
  • the panel support portion 101 may be coupled to the panel flange portion of the front panel 15 .
  • the panel flange portion may have a flange shape extending rearward from the edge of the front panel 15, and the panel support portion 101 may be coupled to an upper side of the panel flange portion.
  • the screen output unit 8 and a part of the operation unit may constitute the operation module 50 together. That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control module 50 may include at least a part of the screen output unit 8 and the control unit.
  • the control module 50 may be coupled to the panel support 101 at the rear of the front panel 15 .
  • the operation module 50 may include a dial unit 56 corresponding to a part of the operation unit, a power button unit 53a, and an action button unit 53b together with the screen output unit 8.
  • An opening may be formed in the front panel 15 so that the screen output unit 8 of the control module 50 is exposed forward. That is, in the control module 50 coupled and fixed to the panel support 101 at the rear of the front panel 15, a plurality of buttons and a screen output unit 8 are exposed forward through the opening of the front panel 15. can
  • FIG. 4 shows a control panel 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the control panel 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 4 as follows.
  • the control panel 100 may be provided on the cabinet 10 and form a part of the exterior of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 .
  • the control panel 100 may be provided in various positions such as the top panel and the front panel 15, and FIG. 1 shows the control panel 100 provided on the upper end of the front panel 15.
  • control panel 100 may be provided on the front panel 15, and the control panel 100 may be manufactured separately from the front panel 15 and coupled to the front panel 15, or A part of the front panel 15 may correspond to the control panel 100 .
  • the control panel 100 may have a bar-shaped plate shape extending along the width direction of the cabinet 10 .
  • the front panel 15 When a part of the front panel 15 corresponds to the control panel 100, the front panel 15 has an opening formed in an area corresponding to the control panel 100, and an opening at the rear of the front panel 15.
  • the screen output unit 8 and the control unit are exposed to the front of the front panel 15 through the opening and can be identified or operated by the user.
  • the control panel 100 may include a screen output unit 8, an option unit 200, a power button unit 53a, and an action button unit 53b.
  • the screen output unit 8 may include a dial unit 56 and a multi-function button unit 91
  • the option unit 200 may include an option button unit and an additional option button unit.
  • the power button unit 53a, the action button unit 53b, the dial unit 56, the multifunction button unit 91, the option button unit, and the additional option button unit may constitute a control unit together. That is, the control unit may include the power button unit 53a, the execution button unit 53b, the dial unit 56, the multifunction button unit 91, the option button unit, and the additional option button unit.
  • the screen output unit 8 and the option unit 200 may be arranged along the width direction of the cabinet 10 . Accordingly, the screen output unit 8 and the option unit 200 can be efficiently disposed in the control panel 100 extending along the width direction of the cabinet 10 .
  • the control panel 100 may include a power button unit 53a and a performance button unit 53b.
  • the power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b may correspond to parts of the control unit. That is, the control unit may include a power button unit 53a and a performance button unit 53b.
  • a user may manipulate the power button 53a to input power to the laundry treatment apparatus 1 .
  • the power button unit 53a may be provided in a touch type or mechanical button type, and generates a power signal corresponding to an operation signal when operated by a user.
  • the control unit 60 can stand by in a sleep state in which it can receive a signal from the power button unit 53a in a power off state, and is switched to a sleep state when the power signal is transmitted from the power button unit 53a.
  • the laundry treatment apparatus 1 may be controlled so that power is supplied to each component of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 .
  • the user may command the laundry treatment apparatus 1 to perform the laundry treatment process P3 by manipulating the execution button 53b.
  • the execution button unit 53b may be provided in a touch type or mechanical button type, and generates an execution signal, which is a kind of operation signal, when operated by a user.
  • the control unit 60 may control the driving unit and the water supply unit to perform a laundry treatment process (P3) for treating laundry.
  • the power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b which are indispensably operated by the user and have a high importance, are the screen output unit 8. And it is arranged independently of the option unit 200 so that the user can easily recognize it.
  • the power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b may be disposed in the remaining areas of the control panel 100 except for the screen output unit 8 and the option unit 200 .
  • the power button unit 53a and the action button unit 53b may be disposed on both sides of the screen output unit 8, respectively.
  • the power button 53a is disposed on one side of the screen output unit 8 based on the width direction of the cabinet 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the power button 53a is disposed on the other side of the screen output unit 8. A state in which the button portion 53b is disposed is shown.
  • the action button unit 53b may be disposed between the screen output unit 8 and the option unit 200 .
  • the option unit 200 is shown in FIG. 5 .
  • various courses for processing clothes are stored in advance in the control unit 60, and the user can check the option status of each course or adjust the options through the option unit 200.
  • the option unit 200 may include a plurality of option control units respectively corresponding to a plurality of options.
  • a plurality of options having a plurality of option values selectable by a user exist, and the plurality of option control units are provided to adjust option setting values for different options, respectively.
  • any one option includes a plurality of option values selectable by a user, and one of the plurality of option values is set as an option setting value for the corresponding option and reflected in a course for processing clothes. It can be.
  • FIG. 5 shows an option unit 200 including a first option unit 200, a second option unit 200, and a third option unit 200 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first option unit 200, the second option unit 200, and the third option unit 200 correspond to an option control unit. That is, the option unit 200 may include an option control unit, and the option control unit may include a first option unit 200, a second option unit 200, and a third option unit 200.
  • the number of option control units may correspond to the number of adjustable options for the course, and may be determined in various numbers.
  • an embodiment of the present invention may include a first option for rinsing number, a second option for dehydration number, and a third option for water temperature, and the option control unit also has a first option for the first option. It may include a part 200, a second option part 200 for the second option, and a third option part 200 for the third option.
  • the number of options and the content of the options as above are only for convenience of description, and are not limited as above, and the number of options and the number of option control units may vary, and corresponding to the first, second, and third options. Specific options may also vary as needed.
  • the option control unit included in the option unit 200 may include an option display unit and an option button unit. That is, the option unit 200 may include an option display unit and an option button unit, and the option button unit may correspond to a part of the aforementioned operation unit.
  • the option unit 200 may include a plurality of option control units, and the plurality of option control units include the first option control unit 210, the second option control unit 220, and the third option control unit 220. It may include an option control unit 230, and the first option control unit 210 may include a first option display unit 211 and a first option button unit 212, and the second option control unit 220 ) May include a second option display unit 221 and a second option button unit 222, the third option control unit 230 is the third option display unit 231 and the third option button unit 232 can include
  • the option display unit may be provided to display the current option setting value of an option corresponding to the corresponding option control unit, and the option button unit may be provided to change the option setting value of the option corresponding to the corresponding option control unit.
  • the user can generate an option control signal against a corresponding option by manipulating any one option button among a plurality of option control units provided in the option unit 200, and the control unit 60 can generate an option control signal based on the option control signal.
  • the object set as the option setting value can be changed. That is, the control unit 60 may change the option setting value of the corresponding option based on the option control signal.
  • the option display unit may include a plurality of light emitting units 205 .
  • Each of the plurality of light emitting units 205 may correspond to the number of option values of options corresponding to the corresponding option display unit.
  • the option display unit may provide option setting value information of a corresponding option to the user through light emitting characteristics of the plurality of light emitting units 205 .
  • the option control unit may include a first option unit 200, and the first option unit 200 is a first option display unit for displaying option setting values of the first option ( 211), and the first option display unit 211 may include a plurality of light emitting units 205 respectively corresponding to option values for the first option.
  • the user can change the option setting value of the first option by manipulating the first option button part 212, and the light emitting part 205 corresponding to the currently set option setting value of the first option display part 211 emits light for the user. You can display the current option settings to .
  • the control unit 60 changes the option setting value of the first option, and causes the light emitting unit 205 corresponding to the current option setting value of the first option to emit light.
  • the option display unit 211 can be controlled.
  • the option unit 200 may further include an additional option button unit together with the option control unit.
  • the additional option button unit may be provided to set additional options. For example, the user may apply, execute, cancel, or end the corresponding additional option by manipulating the additional option button unit.
  • the additional option does not have a plurality of option values, unlike options controlled by the option control unit, and whether to apply the additional option or not to proceed with the additional option may be determined.
  • the additional option button unit may include a setting button unit 240, a reservation button unit 250, a steam button unit, and the like.
  • the additional option button unit may set only whether to apply steam like the steam button unit, or only whether to proceed with a setting step like the setting button unit 240.
  • additional options may also include a plurality of option values, such as options controlled by the option control unit, and options controlled by the option control unit may only be applied as in the above additional options. this may be determined.
  • the setting screen 420 is output to the screen output unit 8 and the setting step may proceed. That is, the controller 60 can control the screen output unit 8 so that the setting screen 420 is output on the screen output unit 8 when the setting signal of the setting button unit 240 is transmitted.
  • a reservation screen is output on the screen output unit 8 and the reservation step may proceed. That is, the controller 60 can control the screen output unit 8 so that the reservation screen is output on the screen output unit 8 when the reservation signal of the reservation button unit 250 is transmitted. A detailed description of the setting step and the reservation step will be described later.
  • the plurality of additional option button units are arranged in a lattice form, so that efficient arrangement can be implemented in a limited area of the option unit 200 .
  • the option control unit may be provided so that the plurality of light emitting units 205 are aligned in a row so that it is advantageous to intuitively recognize a change in option value.
  • FIG. 5 shows a state in which a plurality of option control units are aligned along the width direction of the cabinet 10 and the additional option button units are arranged in a lattice form on one side of the option control unit.
  • the option button unit and the additional option button unit constituting a part of the operation unit may be provided to display names of corresponding options, respectively. Furthermore, the option display unit, the option button unit, and the additional option button unit are provided so as to emit light, respectively, to enhance the aesthetics of the exterior, and at the same time, only the option control unit or additional option button unit corresponding to the option that can be operated for each course for processing clothes. By emitting light, convenience of use can be provided to the user.
  • FIG. 6 shows an exploded view of the operation module 50 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the control module 50 in which the screen output unit 8 and at least a part of the control unit are modularized may be provided.
  • FIG. 6 shows a structure including the screen output unit 8, the power button unit 53a, and the execution button unit 53b in the operation module 50, but a part of the operation unit is included in the operation module 50 as needed. may be additionally included or other configurations may be added.
  • the control module 50 may be provided inside the front panel 15 . That is, the control module 50 may be located between the front of the front panel 15 and the panel support 101 .
  • the inside of the front panel 15 may refer to an area surrounded by the front surface of the front panel 15 and the aforementioned panel flange portion.
  • the inside of the front panel 15 can be located behind the front of the front panel 15 and can be opened to the rear.
  • the inside of the front panel 15 may be located on the front side of the upper panel, the side panel and the lower panel.
  • the control module 50 may be coupled to the front surface of the panel support 101 and disposed inside the front panel 15 .
  • the manipulation module 50 may include a manipulation housing 51 coupled to the panel support 101 .
  • the control housing 51 may include a power button unit 53a, an action button unit 53b, a dial unit 56, and a substrate unit 52 electrically connected to the screen output unit 8.
  • the substrate unit 52 is provided inside the manipulation housing 51 and may be connected to the power button unit 53a, the execution button unit 53b and the screen output unit 8. After the board unit 52 is accommodated in the manipulation housing 51, a sealer may be filled to secure watertightness.
  • the power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b may include a power button housing and a performance button housing 54b coupled to the substrate unit 52, respectively.
  • the power button housing 54a and the execution button housing may be coupled or connected to the substrate unit 52 in various ways, and may include buttons exposed to the front of the front panel 15 .
  • the power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b may sense physical force or electric force transmitted by the user to generate a user's input signal.
  • the power button unit 53a and the action button unit 53b may be physically moved mechanically or touch-typed without physical movement but detecting a user's contact.
  • the power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b generate an electrical signal when pressed by a user, or generate an electrical signal to be transmitted to the control unit 60 when the user's hand or the like is contacted and electrical power is input.
  • a catalog may be prepared.
  • control module 50 may include a screen output unit 8 , and the screen output unit 8 may include a dial unit 56 .
  • the screen output unit 8 may include an output housing 57 coupled to the substrate unit 52, and may include a rotation detection unit 58 for detecting rotation of the dial unit 56. .
  • the screen output unit 8 may provide a screen corresponding to an output signal transmitted by the control unit 60 to the user. At least some area of the screen output unit 8 may correspond to a touch area that can receive a user's touch signal.
  • the dial unit 56 may be provided to surround the circumference of the screen output unit 8, and the user may transmit an input signal to the control unit 60 by rotating the dial unit 56 of the screen output unit 8. .
  • the rotation detection unit 58 may be provided inside the output housing 57 and connected to the dial unit 56 to detect rotation of the dial unit 56 .
  • the rotation sensing unit 58 may correspond to an encoder including a magnetic force generator and having a fixed body and a rotating body.
  • the rotating body of the rotation sensing unit 58 is connected to the dial unit 56 and can be rotated together with the dial unit 56, and when the user rotates the dial unit 56, the rotation sensing unit ( 58) can generate an electrical signal by the rotation of the rotating body and transmit it to the control unit 60.
  • the control module 50 may be provided inside the front panel 15, and therefore, the front panel 15 has a sufficient length to accommodate the control module 50 along the front-back direction.
  • the front panel 15 has a sufficient length to accommodate the control module 50 along the front-back direction.
  • the rearward extension of the panel flange of the front panel 15 may be longer than that of the control module 50 in the front-back direction.
  • FIG. 7 shows an example of the screen output unit 8.
  • the screen output unit 8 includes a housing 81 fixed to the rotation sensing unit 58 and information (clothing processing device) fixed to the housing. It may be provided to include a display 84 for displaying information related to control, operation, etc., and a circuit board 82 provided in the housing and having a circuit for controlling the display 84.
  • the housing 81 may include a fastening body 81b fixed to the rotation sensing unit 58 and a receiving body 81a accommodated inside the rotation sensing unit 58 .
  • the accommodating body 81a may be provided in any shape as long as it can be inserted into the rotation sensing unit 58.
  • FIG. 7 shows a case in which the accommodating body 81a is provided in a cylindrical shape as an example. will be.
  • An installation space 811 is formed inside the accommodating body 81a, and the accommodating body through-hole 812 is provided in the space provided by the accommodating body 81a.
  • the fastening body 81b may be provided in any shape as long as it can be inserted into the rotation sensing unit 58.
  • the fastening body 81b is provided with a fastening body through hole 815 connected to the mounting space 811 .
  • a fixing body fastening part 816 may be provided on the circumferential surface of the fastening body 81b. Furthermore, a plurality of positioning protrusions 817 may be further provided on the circumferential surface of the fastening body 81b.
  • the shape of the positioning projection 817 is provided in a shape that can be inserted into the positioning groove provided in the rotation sensing unit 58, and the position of the positioning projection 817 corresponds to the position of the positioning groove. provided at the branch.
  • the positioning protrusion 817 and the positioning groove are means for minimizing the risk that the fixing body fastening part 816 is not coupled to the fixing part when the fastening body 81b is inserted.
  • the circuit board 82 of the display 84 is inserted into the mounting space 811, and the wire 822 connected to the circuit board 82 of the display 84 is fastened. It can be drawn out of the housing 81 through the body through-hole 815 .
  • a plurality of lamps 821 may be provided on the circuit board 82 of the display 84 .
  • the display 84 and the display 84 are provided in the mounting space 811.
  • a mounting portion 83 located between the second circuit board 82 may be provided.
  • the mounting part 83 may be provided as a mounting body 831 fixed to the receiving body 81a and positioned inside the mounting space 811 .
  • the mounting body 831 may be provided in any shape as long as it can be inserted into the mounting space 811.
  • FIG. 7 shows a case in which the mounting body 831 is provided in a substantially cylindrical shape as an example. will be.
  • a mounting groove 832 to which the display 84 is fixed is provided on one surface of the mounting body 831 .
  • a connector through-hole 836 may be provided in the seating groove 832, and the connector 841 (flexible PCB, etc.) provided in the display 84 is inserted into the connector through-hole 836 so that the display 84 ) can be connected to the circuit board 82.
  • a lamp through-hole 835 into which the lamp 821 is inserted may be provided in the mounting body 831 . It is preferable that the lamp through-holes 835 are provided in the same number as the number of lamps 821, and the location of the lamp through-holes 835 is the space of the mounting body located above the seating groove 832, Alternatively, it should be set to the space of the mounting body located below the seating groove 832. This is to allow the light emitted from the lamp 821 to be transmitted to the outside of the housing 81 through the lamp through-hole 835 .
  • the mounting part 83 is fixed to the housing 81 through the mounting body fastening part 813 provided in the receiving body 81a and the receiving body fastening part 833 provided in the mounting body 831 .
  • the mounting body fastening part 813 is provided with a plurality of protrusions located inside the mounting space 811, and the receiving body fastening part 833 is a circumferential surface of the mounting body 831 (in contact with the receiving body). It is provided on one surface of the mounting body) and may be provided with a groove or the like to which the mounting body fastening part 813 is fixed. Meanwhile, a protruding spacer 814 may be provided on the circumferential surface of the receiving body 81a.
  • the number of the mounting body fastening part 813 and the receiving body fastening part 833 should be set to be the same, and the positions of the mounting body fastening part 813 and the receiving body fastening part 833 should be set to correspond to each other. do.
  • the receiving body fastening part 833 is an upper fastening part located at a higher point than the seating surface 832, and a lower position than the seating surface 832. It may be provided as a lower fastening part. Unlike shown in the drawing, the receiving body fastening part 833 may be provided on the left and right sides of the seating surface, respectively.
  • a cover 85 may be further provided on the receiving body 81a to prevent water and foreign substances from entering the display 84 and the circuit board 82 of the display 84 .
  • the cover 85 is preferably fixed to at least one of the receiving body 81a and the mounting body 831 to close the receiving body through-hole 812 .
  • the cover 85 should be made of a material having transparency enough to allow information displayed on the display 84 and light emitted from the lamp 821 to be confirmed from the outside.
  • the cover 85 When the cover 85 is provided to be fixed to the mounting body 831, the cover 85 is provided with a cover fixing protrusion 851 protruding toward the mounting body 831, and the mounting body 831 ) may be provided with a fixing protrusion fastening part 834 to which the cover fixing protrusion 851 is coupled.
  • the circuit board 82 of the display 84 may also be fixed to the mounting body 831 . That is, the mounting part 83 is provided with a protrusion 838 protruding from the mounting body 831 toward the second circuit board 82, and the protrusion 838 is provided on the second circuit board 82. A protrusion through-hole 823 to be inserted may be provided.
  • the cover 85 may further include a cover sheet 853 that lowers the transparency of the cover.
  • the transparency of the cover sheet is preferably set to such a level that it is difficult to check the interior of the mounting space 811 from the outside.
  • the cover sheet 853 may be fixed to the surface of the cover 85, and characters or symbols may be provided in a region of the cover sheet where the lamp through-hole 835 is projected.
  • the screen output unit 8 may further include a multi-function button unit 91 that receives control commands displayed on the display 84 .
  • the multifunction button unit 91 may be provided to determine whether a control command displayed on the display 84 is selected by detecting whether or not the user's body is in contact with the cover 85 .
  • the multifunction button unit 91 includes a sensor 93 provided on the second circuit board 82 to detect static electricity of the user's body, and a conductor connecting the sensor 93 and the cover 85. may be provided to include.
  • the conductor may include a first conductor fixed to the cover 85 and a second conductor 92 having one end connected to the first conductor and the other end connected to the sensor 93 .
  • the mounting body 831 should be provided with a conductor through-hole 837 into which the second conductor 92 is inserted.
  • the sensor 93 and the second conductor 92 may form the signal sensing unit 9 together.
  • the first conductor is a means for facilitating the input of a control command by expanding an area accessible to the user.
  • the screen output unit 8 having the above-described structure enables display of control commands, search for displayed control commands, and selection of displayed control commands, and minimizes the space required for installation.
  • the screen output unit 8 having the above-described structure requires a means for discharging water or foreign substances introduced into the inside to the outside.
  • the screen output unit 8 includes a sealing unit (locking body sealing unit) that blocks foreign substances from entering the fastening body through-hole 815, and the cover 85 and the receiving body through-hole 812.
  • a cover sealing portion 852 may be provided to block a space between the two sides.
  • the cover sealing part 852 is sprayed to the receiving body 81a along the edge of the cover 85 to fill the space between the cover 85 and the receiving body 812, and to remove the cover 85.
  • An adhesive material fixed to the receiving body 812 may be provided.
  • FIG. 8 shows the appearance of the screen output unit 8 exposed to the outside through the control panel 100 in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the screen output unit 8 includes a display 84 on which a screen for providing information to a user is output, a screen peripheral portion 849 into which the display 84 is inserted and fixed, A multi-function button 91 provided on the screen circumference 849 and operated by a user may be included.
  • the screen circumference 849 may correspond to the remaining area except for the display 84 area in the aforementioned cover.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be provided to protrude forward from the control panel 100, and the aforementioned dial unit 56 may be disposed on an outer circumferential surface of the screen output unit 8.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be provided to have a circular cross section to facilitate rotation of the dial unit 56 corresponding to the rotating body.
  • the display 84 of the screen output unit 8 may be exposed to the outside to output a screen, and may have a square cross section. That is, in the screen output unit 8, a square display 84 may be disposed inside the circular screen circumferential portion 849.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 may be provided to be exposed to the outside on the screen circumferential portion 849. As described above, the multi-function button unit 91 may be provided to respond to static electricity present in the user's body.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 may be provided between the outer edge of the screen circumference 849 and the display 84 .
  • the control panel 100 can be located on the front panel 15 of the cabinet 10, and the screen output unit 8 can protrude forward from the control panel 100, and has a multi-function
  • the button unit 91 may be located below the display 84 in the screen output unit 8 .
  • the multi-function button unit 91 can be manipulated by a user to generate an operation signal, and the multi-function button unit 91 can be provided to vary its function according to a screen output to the screen output unit 8.
  • control unit 60 may be provided to perform different functions according to an operation signal transmitted from the multi-function button unit 91 according to the screen output to the screen output unit 8 .
  • the control unit 60 may ignore the operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 or deactivate the multi-function button unit 91 according to the screen.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically showing screen changes of the screen output unit 8 according to the operation process of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • An operating process of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 may include a booting process (P1), a course setting process (P2), and a laundry treatment process (P3).
  • the booting process P1 corresponds to a process in which power is supplied to each component of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 and programs stored in the control unit 60 are booted.
  • the course setting process P2 corresponds to a process in which one of a plurality of courses for processing clothes is selected by the user and various settings for the course are performed.
  • the clothes processing process (P3) corresponds to a process of processing clothes according to the course determined in the course setting process (P2).
  • the control unit 60 controls the driving unit or other components to perform the above course.
  • the screen output unit 8 may output the booting screen 300 in the booting process (P1).
  • the booting screen 300 may provide various information to the user in the booting process P1.
  • the booting screen 300 may provide the user with various information such as current temperature, weather, booting progress, warning contents, and notification contents.
  • the controller 60 controls the screen output unit 8 to output the booting screen 300, and provides various information related to the use of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 to the user through the booting screen 300. It may be provided to the user.
  • the screen output unit 8 may output the course setting screen 400 through the display 84 in the course setting process P2.
  • the course setting screen 400 can provide information on various courses and settings to the user, and the user can proceed with setting courses and options through the course setting screen 400 .
  • the controller 60 may control the screen output unit 8 so that a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance and a course selection screen 410 displaying the plurality of courses is displayed on the screen.
  • control unit 60 performs the clothes treatment process P3 according to the course or setting displayed on the display 84 based on the operation signal of the control unit 60.
  • the screen output unit 8 may output the clothes treatment screen 500 through the display 84 in the clothes treatment process P3.
  • the clothes treatment screen 500 may provide a user with various information about the current course.
  • the controller 60 may control the screen output unit 8 to output the clothes treatment screen 500, and on the clothes treatment screen 500, the name of the current course, the running time of the course, and the corresponding course In the process, various information such as the current process and remaining time can be provided to the user.
  • FIG. 10 schematically shows a notification screen 320 among booting screens 300 output from the screen output unit 8 in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be provided to provide various information to the user during the preparation process of each component of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 through the booting screen 300 .
  • the booting screen 300 may include a plurality of screens providing different information.
  • the notification screen 320 shown in FIG. 10 may correspond to a part of the booting screen 300 .
  • the notification screen 320 may display various information prior to using the laundry treatment device 1, such as current weather, air temperature, water temperature, remaining amount of detergent, and the like.
  • FIG. 11 schematically shows a course selection screen 410 among course setting screens 400 output from the screen output unit 8 in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the course setting screen 400 output from the screen output unit 8 may include various screens such as the course selection screen 410 . That is, the course selection screen 410 is a kind of course setting screen 400 output from the screen output unit 8 .
  • the course selection screen 410 displays a plurality of courses for processing clothes, and a user may select one of the plurality of courses.
  • the course selection screen 410 may include an order display area 411, a course name area 412, an option guide area 413, and a function display area 405.
  • the order display area 411 is an area for displaying the order of which course is currently displayed among a plurality of courses to be displayed to the user through the course selection screen 410 .
  • control unit 60 may store a plurality of courses for processing clothes in advance, and display the plurality of courses to the user through the screen output unit 8 to select one of the plurality of courses. One can be selected by the user.
  • the screen output unit 8 displays information in a limited area through the display 84, and accordingly, it may be inefficient to simultaneously display the plurality of courses. Accordingly, one embodiment of the present invention can effectively display a plurality of courses in a limited screen area by displaying a plurality of courses one by one in order on the course selection screen 410 .
  • the course selection screen 410 includes an order display area 411 for notifying the user of what order the currently displayed course is, and the order display area 411 Through this, the user can conveniently check order information of a currently displayed course for a plurality of courses.
  • a plurality of circular objects corresponding to the course are displayed in the order display area 411, and the circular object corresponding to the course currently displayed on the course selection screen 410 has a different illuminance than the other circular objects.
  • a state of indicating the order of courses currently marked to the user is shown.
  • the specific shape of the order display area 411 may be determined in various ways capable of indicating the order of the current course for a plurality of courses.
  • the name of the course currently displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be displayed in the course name area 412 .
  • the user can check the currently displayed course through the course name area 412 .
  • Option setting values for the currently displayed course may be displayed in the option guide area 413 .
  • each of the plurality of courses may have a plurality of options set by the user, the option has a plurality of option values selectable by the user, and any one of the plurality of option values is the option value. It can be specified as an option setting value for and reflected in the performance of the course.
  • the course selection screen 410 for displaying the course allows the user to easily check the current option setting state for the course through the option guidance area 413 of the course selection screen 410.
  • Each option setting value of a plurality of options for the course can be displayed.
  • the function display area 405 the current function of the multi-function button unit 91 according to the screen currently displayed on the screen output unit 8 may be displayed. Accordingly, the user can conveniently and intuitively check the result obtained when manipulating the multi-function button unit 91 for each screen.
  • the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410 may display content to indicate the entry of the option suggestion screen 460, and specific details about the option suggestion screen 460. is described later.
  • a plurality of areas are efficiently set so that various information can be effectively and conveniently delivered to the user even in a limited output area on the course selection screen 410 .
  • a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in the control unit 60, and whether to designate a display group to be displayed on the course selection screen 410 is set for each of the plurality of courses. and whether to designate the display group may be changeable by the user.
  • a dot area corresponding to each of a plurality of courses designated as the display group may be displayed in the order display area 411 .
  • the total number of dot areas may be the same as the total number of courses in the display group, and a dot area corresponding to a currently displayed course may be expressed through a brightness difference.
  • the order display area 411 may be positioned above the display 84, and a selection course display area 412 may be positioned below the order display area 411.
  • the selected course display area 412 may be positioned approximately at the center of the display 84 .
  • the name of the currently displayed course may be displayed in the selected course display area 412, and it has the largest character size in relation to other areas, and user visibility can be secured.
  • the option guide area 413 may be disposed below the selection course display area 412 .
  • the option guide area 413 is located at the center of the display 84 together with the selection course display area 412, and may be located below the selection course display area 412.
  • Option setting values of each of a plurality of options may be displayed in the option guide area 413 .
  • names of each of a plurality of options and option setting values of each option may be displayed.
  • the text displayed in the option guide area 413 may be displayed in a smaller size than the text in the selected course display area 412 and may be displayed with lower brightness than the text in the selected course display area 412 .
  • the function display area 405 may be positioned below the option guide area 413 .
  • the function display area 405 may be located at the bottom of the display 84 .
  • the text displayed in the function display area 405 may be displayed in a smaller size than the text in the selected course display area 412 .
  • FIG. 12 shows a course progress screen 510 among the clothes processing screens 500 output from the screen output unit 8 in one embodiment of the present invention. That is, the course progress screen 510 corresponds to one of the clothes processing screens 500, and FIG. 12 shows the course progress screen 510 as an example of the clothes processing screen 500.
  • the user checks various information on the course for processing clothes, and selects one of them through the aforementioned dial unit 56 and the execution button unit 53b. If a course is specified, the control unit 60 can perform the course specified by the user based on manipulation signals such as the dial unit 56 and the execution button unit 53b.
  • the plurality of courses for treating clothes include a standard washing course for washing clothes or a standard drying course 4102 for drying clothes.
  • the corresponding course can be performed by controlling the driving unit, the air supply unit, and the drainage unit.
  • control unit 60 controls the screen output unit 8 to output the course progress screen 510, and through the course progress screen 510, the controller ( 60) may provide the user with a variety of information about the clothes treatment process (P3) currently in progress.
  • the course progress screen 510 includes a course display area 511, a time display area 512, a process display area 513, a degree of completion display area 514, and A function display area 405 may be included.
  • the configuration of the course progress screen 510 is not necessarily limited as above, and may vary as needed.
  • the progressing course display area 511 is an area displaying the name of the course being performed in the clothing processing process P3, and the user can check the current course through the course displaying area 461.
  • the time display area 512 is an area displaying the elapsed time or remaining time of the course currently being performed, and the user can view the degree of execution or the end time of the course currently being performed through the time information displayed in the time display area 512. can be conveniently checked.
  • the process display area 513 is an area displaying the current process of the course currently being performed.
  • a course for treating clothes may include a plurality of treatment processes.
  • the standard washing course may include a water supply process, a detergent input process, a washing process, a rinsing process, a draining process, and a spin-drying process.
  • a plurality of processing processes for the corresponding course may be performed, and the controller 60 displays the course display area 513 of the course progress screen 510.
  • the user can secure intuition for the clothing processing process (P3) and effectively check the current processing process.
  • the degree of completion display area 514 is an area for displaying the degree of progress up to now for the entire course currently in progress.
  • the degree of completion display area 514 may display the degree of completion converted into a percentage or may be displayed in the form of a bar as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the user can simply and effectively check the progress of the current course through the completion degree display area 514 .
  • the degree of completion display area 514 that displays the current course among the entire course can provide convenience to the user.
  • the course progress screen 510 of the clothes processing screen 500 may include a function display area 405 for displaying functions of the multi-function button unit 91 like the course selection screen 410 described above. That is, the multi-function button unit 91 can be activated on the course progress screen 510 .
  • the multi-function button unit 91 When the multi-function button unit 91 is activated, the multi-function button unit 91 itself or a part of the screen output unit 8, for example, the border area of the multi-function button unit 91 emits light, allowing the user to use the multi-function button unit 91 can be effectively expressed.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a setting screen 420 among course setting screens 400 output from the screen output unit 8 in one embodiment of the present invention.
  • one embodiment of the present invention includes a cabinet 10, a drum 30, a control unit, a screen output unit 8, and a control unit 60, and the drum 30 is inside the cabinet 10. It is provided on, is provided to be rotatable, and clothes are accommodated therein.
  • the control unit is provided in the cabinet 10 and can be manipulated by a user to generate an operation signal.
  • the screen output unit 8 is provided in the cabinet 10 and can output a screen to provide information to the user.
  • the control unit 60 is signalally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit 8, and a plurality of courses for processing clothes accommodated in the drum 30 may be stored.
  • control unit 60 stores at least some of the plurality of courses designated as a display group, and the screen output unit 8 selects courses in which courses designated as the display group are displayed. It is provided to output a screen 410, and the controller 60 is provided to perform a course selected on the course selection screen 410, and whether or not each of the plurality of courses is designated as the display group is determined by the control unit. It can be provided so that the user can change it through.
  • various courses for treating clothes such as a standard washing course, a standard drying course 4102, and a spin-drying course, may be stored in advance in the controller 60.
  • the screen output unit 8 displays the plurality of courses to the user in the course setting process (P2) according to an embodiment of the present invention, and selects one of the plurality of courses based on the manipulation signal of the manipulation unit.
  • a course selection screen 410 may be output.
  • control unit 60 controls the screen output unit 8 to display the plurality of courses in the course setting process P2 after the booting process P1 to output the course selection screen 410 that the user can select.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be provided to selectively display only one of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen 410 in order to efficiently display a plurality of courses in a limited area of the display 84. .
  • the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be changed based on the manipulation signal of the manipulation unit. For example, when the user rotates the aforementioned dial unit 56 on the course selection screen 410, a plurality of courses may be sequentially displayed one by one.
  • a plurality of courses may be stored in the controller 60 to satisfy various needs of users, and displaying all of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen 410 may include unnecessary courses depending on the user. There are too many courses, and there is room for inconvenience in use.
  • the user designates and uses a course displayed on the course selection screen 410 for a plurality of courses stored in the controller 60, thereby effectively satisfying the needs of each user and improving ease of use. can be effectively improved.
  • a display group to be displayed on the course selection screen 410 among a plurality of pre-stored courses may be set in the control unit 60 . That is, only the courses designated as the display group among the plurality of courses are displayed on the course selection screen 410, and the user can check and select only the courses designated as the display group on the course selection screen 410, thereby improving usability. can be improved
  • the user can directly select whether to designate each of the plurality of courses stored in the controller 60 as a display group.
  • the control unit 60 may change and store whether each of the plurality of courses is designated as a display group based on a manipulation signal of the manipulation unit by the user.
  • the user can select courses requested by the user among various courses stored in the controller 60 and designate them as the display group, and the display group reflecting the user's request is displayed on the course selection screen 410, thereby enabling the user to use
  • the environment can be effectively improved.
  • the course selection screen 410 may include an order display area 411, a course name area 412, and an option guidance area 413.
  • the course name area 412 only courses designated as the aforementioned display group can be displayed.
  • Only one of the courses designated as the display group may be displayed in the course name area 412 .
  • Option setting values for the course displayed in the course name area 412 may be displayed in the option guide area 413 .
  • the user can change the course displayed in the course name area 412 and the option guidance area 413 to the next or previous course by manipulating the above-mentioned dial unit 56 or the like to determine whether to select the course.
  • the order and number of courses displayed in the order display area 411 may be displayed depending on the setting state of the display group. That is, the number of courses displayed in the order display area 411 may correspond to the number of courses designated as a display group, and the order information of the current course displayed in the order display area 411 is the order information in the display group. may correspond to
  • courses other than courses designated as the display group among the plurality of courses may be set not to be displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
  • the controller 60 may control the screen output unit 8 to display only courses designated as display groups on the course selection screen 410 . Accordingly, the user can select a course for clothes treatment only from the courses corresponding to the display group in which the user's intention is reflected on the course selection screen 410 of the screen output unit 8, thereby improving usage efficiency. It can be.
  • one embodiment of the present invention may alternatively display any one of courses set as a display group on the course selection screen 410 in order to effectively provide information in a limited area of the display 84 .
  • the user can change the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 by manipulating a control unit, for example, the dial unit 56.
  • a method in which a user selects a course through the course selection screen 410 and commands the controller 60 to perform is as follows.
  • the screen output unit 8 outputs the course selection screen 410 under the control of the controller 60, and only one of the courses designated as the display group may be displayed on the course selection screen 410.
  • the user can review the currently displayed course by checking the course name area 412 and the option guidance area 413.
  • the controller 60 sets the current option to the course displayed on the course selection screen 410.
  • a clothes treatment process (P3) based on the corresponding course can be performed.
  • the user when the user requests a course other than the course currently displayed on the course selection screen 410, the user can rotate the dial unit 56 to change the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 to another course.
  • the user rotates the dial unit 56 while the course selection screen 410 is output on the screen output unit 8 to display one of various courses designated as a display group on the course selection screen 410.
  • the course button 53b By manipulating the course button 53b in a state where the course desired to be performed is displayed on the course selection screen 410, the user can perform the desired course.
  • control unit may include the dial unit 56 as described above.
  • the dial unit 56 may be provided to be rotatable while surrounding the screen output unit 8 .
  • the screen output unit 8 displays a course corresponding to the next order of the currently displayed course, and the dial unit 56 displays another course.
  • the course corresponding to the previous order of the currently displayed course can be displayed.
  • the order information of the course may be stored in the control unit 60, and the control unit 60, based on the rotation signal of the dial unit 56, selects a course corresponding to the next order of the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 or
  • the screen output unit 8 may be controlled to display the course corresponding to the previous order on the course selection screen 410 .
  • FIG. 14 shows a course editing screen 430 including a course list 431 displaying a plurality of courses according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be provided to output a course editing screen 430 displaying a course list 431 including the plurality of courses based on the manipulation signal. .
  • the user may command the output of the course editing screen 430 by manipulating the control unit.
  • the control unit 60 may control the screen output unit 8 to output the course editing screen 430 based on the operation signal of the operation unit.
  • the user can output the setting screen 420 to the screen output unit 8 by manipulating the setting button part 240 among the additional option button parts of the option part 200 described above, and the setting screen 420 A setting list 421 including the course edit item 4212 is displayed, and the user can select the course edit item 4212 using the dial unit 56 and the multifunction button unit 91, etc., and the control unit ( 60) can control the screen output unit 8 to output the course editing screen 430 when the course editing item 4212 is selected.
  • All courses stored in the controller 60 may be itemized and displayed in the course list 431 . That is, the user can check the plurality of courses stored in the control unit 60 as a whole through the course list 431 of the course editing screen 430, and the courses that the user intends to use in the course list 431 are divided into display groups. It is possible to set a desired display group by canceling designation from the display group for courses that are designated and do not have the intention to use them.
  • the screen output unit 8 may switch from the course selection screen 410 to the course editing screen 430 based on the manipulation signal.
  • the course selection screen 410 in order to efficiently utilize the limited output area of the screen output unit 8, that is, the area of the display 84, when the course editing screen 430 needs to be output, the course selection screen 410 Instead, the course editing screen 430 may be provided to be output.
  • one embodiment of the present invention can efficiently output various screens even in a limited area of the display 84 .
  • control unit includes a setting button unit 240, and the screen output unit 8 generates an operation signal of the setting button unit 240 on the course selection screen 410.
  • the setting screen 420 is displayed.
  • course editing item 4212 among the plurality of setting items is selected according to the operation signal on the setting screen 420, the course editing screen 430 ) can be converted to
  • FIG. 13 shows a setting screen 420 and a course editing item 4212.
  • the controller 60 sets the course selection screen 410 instead.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be controlled so that the screen 420 is output.
  • a setting list 421 including setting items related to settings of the overall usage environment of the laundry handling apparatus 1 as well as settings of a currently displayed course may be displayed.
  • the setting list 421 may include a number of setting items such as language setting and initialization setting, and the screen output unit 8 may set It may be provided to display as many as a predetermined number of a plurality of setting items on the screen 420 on the setting screen 420 .
  • FIG. 13 shows an example of the setting list 421 stored in the controller 60, and an example of displaying a part of the setting list 421 on the setting screen 420 is shown.
  • the setting screen 420 and the setting list 421 shown in FIG. 13 are merely examples for convenience of explanation, and the number of setting items simultaneously displayed in the setting list 421 or the entire setting of the setting list 421. Item contents can be changed in various ways as needed.
  • the controller 60 changes the currently displayed setting items according to the order on the setting list 421 and displays the screen output unit 8 can control.
  • FIG. 13 shows a setting screen 420 in which a course edit item 4212 among setting items is displayed on the screen output unit 8 .
  • a name representing the course edit item 4212 may be variously determined.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be provided to indicate that any one item is an expected selection target.
  • 13 shows a state in which a course edit item 4212 among a plurality of setting items has a color or illuminance different from the rest and is displayed as a scheduled selection target.
  • a selection scheduled display having a different color or illuminance from the other items is applied to any one of a plurality of items, and the item to which the selection scheduled display is applied corresponds to the current scheduled selection target.
  • the control unit 60 recognizes that the target to be selected to which the selection scheduled display is applied is selected and performs subsequent procedures.
  • the user can change the target to be selected by rotating the dial unit 56 in a state where a plurality of items are displayed on the screen output unit 8.
  • the selection schedule display can be moved to an item below the course editing item 4212, and when the user rotates the dial unit 56 in another direction, the selection schedule display can be moved.
  • a display can be moved to an item above the course edit item 4212.
  • the screen output unit 8 displays the display on the current screen.
  • the item in the next order on the list may be displayed on the screen, and the topmost item among the items displayed on the current screen may be removed from the screen.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 is activated to have a selection function. That is, the control unit 60 may recognize the operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 as a selection signal in a state in which the setting screen 420 is output, and perform subsequent procedures according to the selection of the current target to be selected.
  • the course selection screen 410 can be output to the screen output unit 8 in the course setting process (P2), and the user sets the setting button unit 240 on the course selection screen 410.
  • the controller 60 can control the screen output unit 8 so that the setting screen 420 is output instead of the course selection screen 410 on the screen output unit 8, and the setting screen 420 allows the user to
  • the controller 60 sends an operation signal of the multi-function button 91. is determined as a selection signal, and the screen output unit 8 can be controlled so that the course editing screen 430 is output instead of the setting screen 420 in the screen output unit 8 according to the selection of the course editing item 4212.
  • An embodiment of the present invention can effectively provide various information to the user by selectively displaying the course selection screen 410, the setting screen 420, and the course editing screen 430 in one limited area of the display 84. And, some of the plurality of items are displayed on the screen and are provided so that the user can change the displayed items, and the plurality of items are efficiently displayed, and the multi-function button unit 91 is provided to perform various functions as needed. Addition of the control unit The user can conveniently manipulate the screen or select an item even without it.
  • the plurality of setting items include a course arrangement item 4211
  • the control unit 60 displays the course arrangement item 4211 in the setting screen 420.
  • the display order of the courses in the display group displayed on the course selection screen 410 can be arranged and stored according to the frequency of use.
  • FIG. 13 shows a screen output unit 8 displaying a setting list 421 including course editing items 4212 and course setting items according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the controller 60 may set the display order of the courses of the display group according to the frequency of the courses recently used in the laundry processing process (P3). For example, the controller 60 may set a display order from a course used most frequently to a course used least frequently in the preset number of times of the laundry treatment process P3.
  • the course sorting item 4211 by providing the course sorting item 4211 to the user, it is possible to provide the user with courses in a display group having a display order reflecting the frequency of use by the user, thereby improving usability.
  • the course list 431 indicates whether the display group is designated for each of the plurality of courses, and whether the display group is designated is determined based on the operation signal. can be changed.
  • a plurality of course items stored in the controller 60 are displayed in the course list 431, and whether or not a display group is designated may be displayed in each course item.
  • 14 shows a display group designation box 432 in which a check mark appears for each course item.
  • this is only an example for explanation of the present invention, and the specific form of indicating whether or not to designate as a display group may vary.
  • a check mark may be displayed in a designation box 432 of a course item designated as a display group among a plurality of course items, and a check mark may be removed from a designation box 432 of a course item not designated as a display group. there is.
  • FIG. 14 shows a course list 431 including a third course, and a state in which a selection scheduled display is located in the third course is shown. Also, when the user operates the multi-function button unit 91 in a state in which the third course is designated as a display group and displayed, it is displayed that the designation of the display group of the third course is canceled.
  • control unit 60 may invert whether or not to designate a display group of a currently selected course when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is transmitted from the course editing screen 430.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 has a function of changing whether or not to designate a display group, and the control unit 60 displays a signal when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated for any one course item. You can invert whether or not a group is designated.
  • the control unit 60 controls the third course You can cancel the display group designation.
  • control unit 60 can designate and store the third course as a display group. .
  • the multi-function button unit 91 may have a setting item selection function on the setting screen 420 and a display group designation change function on the course editing screen 430. That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the multi-function button unit 91 has different functions depending on the screen of the screen output unit 8, so that various functions can be input even if different button units are not provided for each screen.
  • the user can use a variety of functions using only the multi-function button unit 91, so convenience of use can be improved.
  • the screen output unit 8 may include a function display area 405 displaying current function information of the multi-function button unit 91 on the currently output screen.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 can have different functions depending on the currently displayed screen, the contents displayed on the function display area 405 can be changed according to the screen.
  • the function display area 405 may be omitted from the screen output from the screen output unit 8.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 has a selection function for each setting item on the setting screen 420, and the setting screen 420 has a function in which the selection function of the multi-function button unit 91 is displayed.
  • a display area 405 may be included.
  • FIG. 13 shows the selection function of the multi-function button unit 91 in the function display area 405 of the setting screen 420 in the name of "selection" according to an embodiment of the present invention, but it is variously displayed as needed. can be determined
  • the multi-function button unit 91 has a function of changing the display group designation of each course item on the course editing screen 430, and specifically, for a course item designated as a display group, a function of canceling the display group. , a function of designating a display group may be provided for a course item that has been canceled from designation as a display group.
  • the function of the multi-function button unit 91 can be changed according to the target to be currently selected, and the function display area 405 of the course edit screen 430 displays a display group designation function or display of the multi-function button unit 91.
  • a group unassignment function may be displayed.
  • the function display area 405 of the setting screen 420 and the function display area 405 of the course editing screen 430 may have different displays, and furthermore, the course editing screen 430 ), the function display area 405 may have different displays depending on the target to be selected.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 can have different functions for each screen, as well as have different functions depending on the target to be selected on the same screen, so that the user can use one button to provide various commands. It is advantageous to be able to enter
  • a function display area 405 for displaying the function of the multi-function button 91 is provided on the screen displayed on the screen output unit 8, so that the user can conveniently check the current function of the multi-function button 91. and can be used.
  • the controller 60 is provided to exchange information with the communication terminal 70 portable by the user, and the course list 431 and the communication terminal 70 are stored in It may be provided to synchronize the terminal course list 431 with each other.
  • the clothes handling apparatus 1 may be prepared to exchange information through a communication terminal 70 that can be carried by a user and a server, and the communication terminal 70
  • An application capable of controlling the operation of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 or checking information may be installed.
  • the user can edit the course list 431 through the application of the communication terminal 70, and the result of editing the course list 431 in the communication terminal 70 is transmitted to the control unit 60, and the control unit 60 ) may be synchronized with the course list 431 edited in the communication terminal 70.
  • course list 431 edited through the course editing screen 430 of the screen output unit 8 is transmitted to the communication terminal 70 so that the user can conveniently view the current course list 431 through the communication terminal 70. ) can be viewed and edited.
  • the plurality of courses include a fixed course 434 for which the designation of the display group cannot be released, and the course list 431 displays the fixed course 434 and the rest separately.
  • Some of the plurality of courses may be stored in the controller 60 as a fixed course 434 in which display group designation cannot be canceled.
  • the fixed course 434 corresponds to a basic course in use of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 or may be determined in other strategic aspects.
  • the user can directly edit the courses displayed on the course selection screen 410 of the screen output unit 8, but the user can release basic courses from the display group through a simple mistake. , the user may experience confusion because basic courses are not displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
  • the plurality of courses stored in the controller 60 are stored as fixed courses 434 in which the user cannot arbitrarily cancel the designation of the display group for courses that are basic and have latent necessity of use. By doing so, it is possible to effectively secure use stability.
  • the fixed course 434 may be displayed to be distinguished from other courses.
  • 14 shows a course item marked as "Sixth Course” displayed with a lower brightness unlike the other course items.
  • the method of displaying the fixed course 434 shown in FIG. 14 is only an example for explaining an embodiment of the present invention, and the method of displaying the fixed course 434 may be determined in various ways as needed.
  • the display order according to the order designated as the display group for the courses of the display group is stored in the control unit 60, and the screen output unit 8 displays the course selection screen ( In 410), the currently displayed course may be sequentially changed according to the display order based on the control signal of the control unit.
  • the controller 60 may set the display order of the courses of the display group according to the order designated by the user as the display group. For example, a course designated as the most recent display group by the user may have the best order or the last order by the controller 60 .
  • the screen output unit 8 displays the courses of the display group one by one in order on the course selection screen 410, and the courses of the display group are displayed one by one according to the display order set by the control unit 60. can be displayed in order.
  • a course designated by the user as a recent display group through the course editing screen 430 may correspond to a course that the user has a recent intention to use. User convenience can be improved by displaying the courses on the screen in the display order of the display groups according to the designated order.
  • the fixed course 434 has an independent display order for courses designated as the display group, and among the courses in the display group, the remaining courses excluding the fixed course 434 are displayed as the fixed course 434.
  • the display order can be determined by avoiding the order.
  • the fixed course 434 may correspond to a general-purpose or generally used course regardless of the user's intention, and accordingly, it is displayed in priority over the courses of the display group selected by the user or displayed last. Even in , the fixed course 434 can be differentiated from the rest of the courses.
  • a standard washing course corresponding to a general washing course may correspond to a representative course in the washing process, and the standard washing course is designated as a fixed course 434 and is removed from the entire display group regardless of the display order of the other courses. 1 can have a display order.
  • the total sterilization course recommended to the user strategically for hygiene purposes is not used in the general clothing treatment process (P3), but may be designated as a fixed course 434 to be recommended to the user, However, considering the frequency of use, it may have the last display order.
  • a fixed course 434 in which designation of a display group cannot be changed for various reasons can be set, and the display order of the fixed course 434 is strategically determined unlike the rest. , can effectively improve usability.
  • FIG. 15 shows a course arrangement screen 322 for notifying the user of the arrangement of the course list 431 among the notification screen 320 corresponding to the booting screen 300.
  • the screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course arrangement screen 322 requesting a user to organize courses designated as the display group, and the control unit 60 may be provided to release the designation of the display group for courses whose frequency of use is equal to or less than the reference frequency among courses designated as the display group based on the manipulation signal generated on the course summary screen 322 .
  • the controller 60 if there is a course that is used less than the first reference frequency in the clothes handling process P3 as many as the first reference number of times among the courses of the currently set display group, the course arrangement screen 322 ) can be controlled so that the screen output unit 8 is output.
  • the screen output unit 8 may output the Cory arrangement screen as one of the notification screens 320 under the control of the control unit 60 in the booting process P1.
  • the course arranging screen 322 may include a notification guide area 3221 indicating that course arranging is necessary and a course arranging selection area 3222 for the user to select whether or not to organize the course.
  • a phrase indicating that the user needs to organize the course may be displayed.
  • the specific text of the notification guide area 3221 may be determined in various ways.
  • An item for ordering a course arrangement and an item for canceling the course arrangement may be displayed in the course arrangement selection area 3222 of the course arrangement screen 322 . That is, an arrangement item and a cancellation item may be displayed in the course arrangement selection area 3222 .
  • the specific names of the arrangement item and the cancellation item may vary, and the display method may also vary.
  • Either one of the arrangement item and the cancellation item may be selected by the user.
  • the user can rotate the dial unit 56 on the course summary screen 322 to place the selection schedule display on any one of the arrangement item and cancellation item, and operate the multi-function button unit 91 to select the scheduled target. progress can be entered.
  • the controller 60 may perform a process of canceling designation of the display group for courses with a first reference frequency or less. Also, if the multi-function button unit 91 is manipulated for a cancel item, the course arrangement process can be canceled and the booting process P1 can be continued.
  • the course summary screen 322 may include a function display area 405 when the multi-function button unit 91 is activated.
  • a selection function of a current target to be selected may be displayed.
  • the phrase "confirm" is displayed in the function display area 405 according to an embodiment of the present invention, but the specific phrase can be variously determined.
  • FIG. 16 shows an option screen 440 output from the screen output unit 8 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • an embodiment of the present invention may include an option button unit, and the option button unit is provided in the cabinet 10 and is operated by a user to adjust option values for each of the plurality of courses.
  • the screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of a plurality of courses for processing clothes is displayed.
  • the option button unit is manipulated, the option screen 440 is switched, and the option value of the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be displayed on the option screen 440 .
  • the option button unit may be provided to change an option setting value for a corresponding option. That is, when the user manipulates the option button unit, an option value corresponding to an option setting value of a corresponding option may be changed to another option value.
  • the rinse number option has a plurality of option values such as 1 time, 2 times, 3 times, etc.
  • the option button When the additional operation is performed, the option setting value of the rinse number option may be changed to 2 times, 3 times, etc. corresponding to other option values.
  • options corresponding to the option button unit may be applied for each course. That is, the option button unit may be provided to change an option setting value of a corresponding option for each of a plurality of courses.
  • the screen output unit 8 can output to the option screen 440 when the option button unit is operated on the course selection screen 410 . That is, the screen output unit 8 may switch from the course selection screen 410 to the option screen 440 when the option button unit is manipulated.
  • a plurality of option values for a corresponding option may be displayed on the option screen 440 .
  • the user can select one of a plurality of option values on the option screen 440 and set it as an option setting value of the corresponding option.
  • the user can manipulate any one of a plurality of option button units to output the option screen 440. .
  • a plurality of option values may be displayed on the option screen 440, and the user sets one of the plurality of option values as an option selection value using the dial unit 56 or the like, or selects the option value on the option screen 440.
  • the option setting value may be adjusted by repeatedly manipulating the option button unit.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides convenience for option setting to the user by outputting an option screen 440 displaying a change in option setting values for a corresponding option on the screen output unit 8 when an operation of the option button unit is performed. can do.
  • the screen output unit 8 can switch from the course selection screen 410 to the option screen 440 in the entire area of the display 84 where the screen is output. Accordingly, it is possible to efficiently provide a plurality of screens to the user while maximally utilizing the limited area of the display 84 .
  • the screen output unit 8 may switch from the course selection screen 410 to the option screen 440 through a pop-up method.
  • a pop-up method means that a new screen is output as if a new screen pops out of an existing screen. According to the pop-up method, it may be understood that a new screen is stacked on top of an existing screen in a kind of layer form.
  • the screen output unit 8 is provided to output the course setting screen 400 in the course setting process (P2), and the course setting screen 400 includes the course selection screen 410 and the option screen ( 440), and the option screen 440 may be output from the course selection screen 410 in a pop-up manner.
  • FIG. 16 shows a state in which the screen of the screen output unit 8 is switched from the course selection screen 410 to the first option screen 441 according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 17 shows the screen output unit ( 8) shows a transition from the course selection screen 410 to the second option screen 442.
  • the option button unit includes a first option button unit 212 for adjusting a first option and a second option button unit 222 for adjusting a second option.
  • the screen output unit 8 displays a first option screen 441 displaying the option value of the first option.
  • the second option button unit 222 is manipulated, it can be converted to the second option screen 442 displaying the option value of the second option.
  • the screen output unit 8 may output different screens for each option.
  • the screen output unit 8 When the first option button unit 212 is operated, the screen output unit 8 outputs a first option screen 441 on which the option value of the first option is displayed, and when the second option button unit 222 is operated, the second option button unit 222 is operated. 2 option screen 442 can be output.
  • FIG. 16 shows a state in which the rinse number option screen 440 is output as the first option screen 441
  • FIG. 17 shows a state in which the washing strength option screen 440 is output as the second option screen 442. is shown
  • the number of rinses and the washing strength indicated by the first option and the second option are only examples for explanation of the present invention, and the first option and the second option may be determined by options other than the number of rinses and the washing strength. may be
  • a plurality of option button units are provided to adjust different options, and the controller 60 stores a plurality of option values for each of a plurality of options, and the plurality of option values. Any one of them may be set as an option setting value of the corresponding option.
  • the course selection screen 410 includes an option guide area 413 in which option setting values of the currently displayed course are displayed, and the option screen 440 includes at least some of the option setting values of the corresponding option and the plurality of option values. may include an option value display area 4401 displayed together.
  • the option button unit may be provided in plurality, such as the first option button unit 212, the second option button unit 222, and the third option button unit 232.
  • Each of the plurality of options may have a plurality of option values.
  • 16 shows option values such as 1 time, 2 times, 3 times, etc. in the rinse number option corresponding to the first option.
  • 17 shows option values such as strong, standard, and small washing strength options corresponding to the second option.
  • the option value may be composed of various types such as a number symbolizing the number of times as well as a character type indicating strength.
  • any one of a plurality of option values may be stored as an option setting value. That is, a plurality of options may be adjustable for any one course, each of the plurality of options has a plurality of option values, and for each option, any one of the plurality of option values is stored as an option setting value to provide a corresponding course. can be reflected.
  • the course selection screen 410 may include an option guide area 413 so that the user can check option setting value information for each option in the currently displayed course without checking the option screen 440 .
  • an option guidance area 413 displaying option setting values for each of a plurality of options is provided on the course selection screen 410, and accordingly, the user selects each option setting value of the current course through the option guidance area 413. can be checked easily.
  • the option screen 440 may include an option value display area 4401 displaying not only the option setting value of the corresponding option but also at least a part of the remaining option values together with the option setting value. Through the option value display area 4401, the user can conveniently check the existence of the option value desired by the user on the option screen 440 and change the option setting value.
  • the current option setting value may be displayed differently from other option values. 16 and 17 show that the current option setting value is displayed in a larger size than the other option values in the option value display area 4401 and displayed in different colors and brightness.
  • a method of classifying and displaying option setting values may be various other than that.
  • the option setting value of each option is intuitively and conveniently notified to the user through the option guide area 413 even on the course selection screen 410, and furthermore, option values other than the option setting value are displayed on the option screen 440. By displaying them together, the user can conveniently grasp the currently desired option setting value.
  • the option screen 440 may further include an option name display area 4405 together with the option value display area 4401.
  • the option screen 440 may include a plurality of option screens 440 such as the first option screen 441 and the second option screen 442, and accordingly, to the user
  • An option name display area 4405 may be provided on the option screen 440 to display the type of option currently being changed.
  • FIG 16 shows a state in which the word “rinse” is displayed in the option name display area 4405 of the first option screen 441 to indicate that it is a rinse number option, and the option name display area 442 of the second option screen 442 In 4405, the word “wash” is displayed to indicate that the washing strength is an option.
  • the first option and the second option are not necessarily limited to the rinse number option and the washing strength option, and furthermore, specific words of the option name display area 4405 for indicating the rinse number option and the washing strength option may be determined in various ways.
  • the screen output unit 8 displays any one of the plurality of option values as an option setting value on the option screen 440, and when the option button unit is operated, the plurality of options Instead of one of the above values, another one may be displayed as an option setting value.
  • the user can change an option setting value to another option value by manipulating the dial unit 56 or change an option setting value to another option value by repeatedly manipulating the option button unit.
  • the screen output unit 8 displays at least some of the plurality of option values listed in order on the option screen 440, and when the option button unit is operated, the current option setting value Option values corresponding to the following order may be changed to option setting values and displayed.
  • a plurality of option values for each of a plurality of options may be previously stored in the controller 60 , and at least some of the plurality of option values for the corresponding option may be displayed on the option screen 440 .
  • the number of simultaneously displayed option values may be predetermined in the option value display area 4401 of the option screen 440, and if the number of option values of the corresponding option exceeds the number of simultaneously displayed option values in the option value area , In the option value display area 4401, the option value in the previous order and the option values in the subsequent order centering on the option value corresponding to the current option setting value can be displayed in the option value display area 4401.
  • option values corresponding to the previous order of option values stored as option setting values and option values corresponding to the subsequent order are displayed together in the option value display area 4401 .
  • the number of option values simultaneously displayed in the option value display area 4401 may vary as needed.
  • the user can change the current option value of the option setting value to another option value by manipulating the option button unit on the option screen 440 . That is, when the option signal of the option button unit is input in a state where the option screen 440 is output to the screen output unit 8, the control unit 60 provides an option corresponding to the next order of the option value corresponding to the current option setting value. The value can be changed to the option setting value and saved.
  • the user can set a desired option value among a plurality of option values as an option setting value by repeating the process of inputting the option button unit on the option screen 440 .
  • the screen output unit 8 when the option button unit is manipulated on the option screen 440, the plurality of option values are displayed as a movement motion, and the rest of the area except for the plurality of option values may remain the same. there is.
  • option screen 440 only the display of the option value display area 4401 can be changed while remaining areas of the option screen 440 remain unchanged except for the option value display area 4401 where the option button unit is manipulated. That is, according to an embodiment of the present invention, unnecessary screen changes are minimized and option value information can be effectively delivered to the user by outputting only option value changes without unnecessary screen changes even when the option button unit is repeatedly manipulated.
  • each option value may be displayed in a moving motion. That is, each option value of the option value display area 4401 may be displayed to move like an animation when the option button unit is manipulated.
  • 16 and 17 show a state in which an option setting value is changed by inputting an option button unit on the option screen 440 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the option screen 440 includes an option setting value display area 4403 in which the current option setting value is displayed, and is located on one side of the option setting value display area 4403 to display the previous order of the current option setting value. It may further include a previous order display area 4402 displaying an option value and a next order display area 4404 located on the other side of the option setting value display area 4403 and displaying an option value next to the current option setting value.
  • the option value display area 4401 may include an option setting value display area 4403, a previous order display area 4402, and a next order display area 411.
  • the option setting value display area 4403 the option value set as the current option setting value in the corresponding option is displayed, and in the previous order display area 4402, the option value corresponding to the previous order of the option value displayed in the option setting value display area 4403 is displayed.
  • Option values are displayed, and option values corresponding to the next order of the option values displayed in the option setting value display area 4403 may be displayed in the next order display area 4404 .
  • the user by displaying an option value corresponding to the option setting value in the option setting value display area 4403, the user can easily grasp the current option setting value, and the option setting value display area 4403
  • the previous order display area 4402 and the next order display area 4404 are arranged on one side and the other side of the screen, so that the user can intuitively grasp the order of option values and easily understand the change in option setting values according to the operation of the option button unit. there is.
  • 16 and 17 show a previous order display area 4402, an option setting value display area 4403, and a next order display area 4404 arranged side by side in the vertical direction according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 16 and 17 show the result of changing the option setting value by inputting the option button unit on the option screen 440 .
  • a screen in which each option value of the option value display area 4401 is changed through a moving motion when the option button unit is manipulated may be displayed.
  • the option button unit when the option button unit is manipulated, the option value previously located in the next order display area 4404 is moved to the option setting value display area 4403, and the existing option setting value display area 4403 The positioned option value can be moved to the previous order display area 4402. Meanwhile, in the next order display area 4404, option values that were not previously displayed in the option value display area 4401 may be newly displayed.
  • the option value of the option setting value display area 4403 is transferred to the previous order display area 4402.
  • the option value in the option setting value display area 4403 may be moved to the next order display area 4404 and displayed.
  • the option setting value is changed only when the option button unit is input on the option screen 440, the option setting value is changed only when the dial unit 56 is rotated, or the option button unit and the dial unit 56 ), if any one is operated, the option setting value can be changed. Determination of the manipulation method on the option screen 440 may be determined in various ways as needed.
  • the screen output unit 8 displays the course from the option screen 440 when the operation signal of the option button unit does not occur during the option setting time previously set in the control unit 60 on the option screen 440. It may return to the selection screen 410 .
  • the option screen 440 may be output in the form of a pop-up from the course selection screen 410, and when the option screen 440 ends, the display 84 of the screen output unit 8 displays the course selection screen again ( 410) may be output, and at this time, option setting values adjusted through the option screen 440 may be displayed in the option guide area 413 of the course selection screen 410.
  • the controller 60 may pre-store an option setting time for ending the option screen 440 .
  • the control unit 60 may determine that the user has no intention to set options when an operation signal of the option button unit is not generated during the option setting time after the option screen 440 is output to the screen output unit 8. .
  • the controller 60 controls the screen output unit to return to the course selection screen 410 from the option screen 440 when no manipulation signal is generated by the user during the option setting time on the option screen 440.
  • the option setting process can be ended by controlling (8).
  • the option button unit may correspond to a part of the option unit 200, and the option unit 200 is an option display unit constituting the option control unit together with the option button unit. can include more.
  • An option display unit may be provided to display the option setting value, and the screen output unit 8 may display the option setting value along with the option display unit on the option screen 440 .
  • the change in the option setting value is displayed to the user through the change in the light emitting characteristic of the light emitting unit 205 in the option display unit, and also through the option screen 440 in the screen output unit 8.
  • User convenience can be effectively improved by visually displaying changes in option setting values.
  • the option display unit includes a plurality of light emitting units 205 as described above, and the plurality of light emitting units 205 correspond to different option values for the option, and correspond to a currently set option setting value.
  • the light emitting unit 205 may emit light.
  • the plurality of light emitting units 205 may be arranged side by side along one direction from the option button unit. By displaying the current option setting value through the light emitting units 205 arranged in a row from the option button unit, the user can intuitively grasp the level of the current option setting value.
  • FIG. 18 shows the control panel 100 displaying one course on the course selection screen 410
  • FIG. 19 shows the control panel 100 displaying another course on the course selection screen 410. This is shown
  • a plurality of option control units composed of an option button unit and an option display unit may be provided to correspond to a plurality of options, and the control unit 60 has Options that can be adjusted for each of a plurality of courses are set in advance, and when each of the plurality of option control units corresponds to an option that can be adjusted in the course currently displayed on the course selection screen 410, light is emitted to inform the user whether the adjustment is possible or not. can be arranged to do so.
  • FIG. 18 and 19 show an option unit 200 including a first option control unit 210, a second option control unit 220 and a third option control unit 230 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 shows a state in which the first option control unit 210 and the second option control unit 220 emit light and the third option control unit 230 is turned off
  • FIG. 19 shows the first option control unit 210 and the second option control unit 220 are extinguished and the third option control unit 230 emits light.
  • control unit 60 controls the first option and the second option for the course displayed on the screen output unit 8, so that the first option control unit 210 and the second option control unit 220 are
  • the option unit 200 is controlled to emit light.
  • control unit 60 cannot control the first option and the second option for the course displayed on the screen output unit 8 and can adjust the third option, so the first option control unit 210 And the second option control unit 220 controls the option unit 200 to be extinguished and the third option control unit 230 to emit light.
  • option groups that can be set for each course are set in advance in the control unit 60, and only the option control unit corresponding to the adjustable options for the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 emits light. As a result, the user's option setting convenience can be effectively improved.
  • an embodiment of the present invention includes the drum 30, the screen output unit 8, and the option control unit, and the screen output unit 8 is any one of a plurality of courses for processing clothes.
  • One may be provided to output a course selection screen 410 that is displayed and selected by the user.
  • Each of the plurality of option control units is provided to emit light, and may be provided to emit light when corresponding to an adjustable option for the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
  • the control unit 60 selects the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 among the plurality of option adjustment units. It is possible to control the plurality of option control units so that the option control unit corresponding to the adjustable option emits light and the others do not emit light.
  • control unit is provided on the cabinet 10 and is operated by a user to generate an operation signal, and the screen output unit 8 determines the course displayed on the course selection screen 410. It can be changed based on the manipulation signal.
  • the plurality of option control units may include an option button unit through which a corresponding option is controlled by being manipulated by a user, and an option display unit displaying an option setting value of the corresponding option.
  • the option display unit includes a plurality of light emitting units 205, each of the plurality of light emitting units 205 corresponds to a plurality of option values for a corresponding option, and among the plurality of light emitting units 205, the plurality of light emitting units 205 correspond to a plurality of option values.
  • the light emitting unit 205 corresponding to the current option setting value emits light to provide option setting value information to the user.
  • the option button unit and the option display unit are provided to emit light together, and when the plurality of option control units correspond to options that can be adjusted in the course displayed on the course selection screen 410, the option button unit and the option display unit are provided together. can be illuminated.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be provided to output an option screen 440 displaying an option value of a corresponding option when a user manipulates any one of the plurality of option control units on the course selection screen 410. there is.
  • the screen output unit 8 can output the first option screen 441, and the second option control unit 220 When the second option button unit 222 is operated, the screen output unit 8 may output the second option screen 442 .
  • one embodiment of the present invention may further include an air supply unit. It may be provided inside the cabinet 10 and supply air for drying clothes to the inside of the drum 30 .
  • the air supply unit may be provided in any one of an air circulation type in which air is circulated inside the cabinet 10 or an exhaust type in which external air is introduced into the cabinet 10 and then discharged again, and is supplied through the air supply unit.
  • the clothes inside the drum 30 can be dried by the air.
  • one embodiment of the present invention may include a drying course for drying clothes including an air supply unit.
  • the tub 20 and the air supply unit are provided together to perform both the washing process and the drying process, or the tub 20 is excluded and the air supply unit is provided to perform the drying process.
  • one embodiment of the present invention includes the air supply unit, and the control unit 60 may include a plurality of courses for drying clothes. That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of courses for treating clothes may include two or more drying courses for drying clothes. The user may select one of the plurality of drying courses to perform a drying process of clothes according to convenience.
  • FIG. 18 shows a screen output unit 8 displaying a standard drying course 4102 on the course selection screen 410 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the plurality of courses include a standard drying course 4102 for drying clothes
  • the plurality of option control units include a time option unit 200 for setting time for each course.
  • the time option unit 200 may be provided so as not to emit light while the standard drying course 4102 is displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
  • time distribution considering efficiency of air heating process or drying process for drying clothes may be set in advance.
  • a time factor may play an important role in a process of raising the temperature of a fluid in a fluid circulation system including the heat pump or a heat pump operation strategy for this process.
  • the air heating process through the heater and the time aspect of drying the clothes with the air passing through the heater can play an important role in the overall drying efficiency and drying result.
  • a standard drying course 4102 in which the user cannot arbitrarily manipulate the drying time may be provided, and in the standard drying course 4102, a time option unit for adjusting time options ( 200) may be deactivated.
  • the third option control unit 230 may correspond to the time option unit 200, and therefore, in a state where the seasoning drying course is displayed on the course selection screen 410, the first option control unit 210 and the second option control unit 210 In a state in which the option control unit 220 emits light, the third option control unit 230 corresponding to the time option unit 200 is turned off, thereby intuitively notifying the user that the time cannot be arbitrarily set.
  • the plurality of courses are stored in the control unit 60, and it is set that the time option cannot be adjusted through the time option unit 200 for the standard dry course,
  • the control unit 60 may control the option unit 200 so that the time option unit 200 does not emit light.
  • FIG. 19 shows a screen output unit 8 displaying a time drying course 4104 on the course selection screen 410 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the plurality of courses further include a time drying course 4104 in which time options are adjustable through the time option unit 200, and the time option unit 200 may be provided to emit light while the time drying course 4104 is displayed on the course selection screen 410.
  • a standard drying course 4102 in which the user cannot arbitrarily manipulate the time option may be provided.
  • the user may request an additional drying process or only a drying process for a relatively short time according to circumstances.
  • a time drying course 4104 may be preset in the control unit 60 in addition to a standard drying course 4102 in order to effectively meet these various needs of users.
  • the time drying course 4104 may be set so that the user can directly adjust the drying time. For example, the user may perform an additional drying process for a desired time through the time drying course 4104 in a state where the standard drying course 4102 has already been performed, and the time drying course ( 4104), it is possible to perform a drying process at a desired level within a short time.
  • the third option control unit 230 corresponding to the time option unit 200 displays the standard drying course 4102 described above. Unlike, it emits light to visually notify the user that the time option can be adjusted.
  • control unit 60 is set to be unable to adjust the time option through the time option unit 200 for the standard drying course 4102, and the time drying course ( 4104) can be set to allow adjustment of the time option through the time option unit 200.
  • FIG. 20 shows a state in which a time drying guide screen 450 for guiding a user to a time drying course 4104 is output to the screen output unit 8 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the screen output unit 8 provides the time option unit 200 to the user while the standard drying course 4102 is displayed on the course selection screen 410.
  • a time drying guide screen 450 for guiding the user to use the time drying course 4104 instead of the standard drying course 4102 may be provided to be output.
  • the standard drying course 4102 cannot be separately adjusted by the user, and the time drying course 4104 can be provided so that the user can separately adjust the time.
  • the user may not be aware of whether or not to adjust the time options of the standard drying course 4102 and the time drying course 4104 set in the control unit 60, and furthermore, for convenience of explanation, it corresponds to the time option unit 200
  • the described third option control unit 230 is in an extinct state in the standard drying course 4102, the user has room to manipulate the third option button unit 232 to adjust the time.
  • the course selection screen 410 is output to the screen output unit 8, and in a state where the standard drying course 4102 is displayed on the course selection screen 410, the user selects the time option section.
  • the control unit 60 provides the user with a time drying course (in addition to or instead of the standard drying course 4102).
  • the screen output unit 8 can be controlled so that the time drying guide screen 450 for suggesting execution of step 4104 is output.
  • movement items for displaying the time drying course 4104 are displayed on the time drying guide screen 450, and the screen output unit 8 moves the movement based on the operation signal.
  • the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 can be changed from the standard drying course 4102 to the time drying course 4104 and displayed.
  • a time drying guidance screen 450 may include a course guidance area 451 and a course change selection area 452 .
  • a phrase for guiding a user to change from the standard drying course 4102 to the time drying course 4104 for time adjustment may be displayed.
  • the phrases shown in FIG. 20 are only examples for explaining one embodiment of the present invention, and specific phrases may be determined in various ways.
  • the course switching selection area 452 is a movement item for agreeing and commanding a change from the standard drying course 4102 to the time drying course 4104, canceling the course change and maintaining the display of the standard drying course 4102. Cancellation items may be included to do so.
  • FIG. 20 shows the phrase “apply” displayed on the move item and the phrase “later” displayed on the cancel item in order to indicate the selection result of each item to the user.
  • phrases displayed in the move item and cancel item in FIG. 20 are for an example of the present invention, and may be changed in various ways as needed.
  • the time drying guide screen 450 may further include a function display area 405 . That is, the function of the multi-function button unit 91 is activated on the time drying guide screen 450, and the multi-function button unit 91 may have a function of selecting an item where the selection scheduled display is located among the move item and the cancel item. .
  • the function display area 405 a phrase notifying that the selection of the corresponding item is in progress when the multifunction button unit 91 is operated, such as "Confirm", may be displayed.
  • the control unit 60 displays a time drying course 4104 when the multi-function button unit 91 is operated in a state in which a selection scheduled display is located on a moving item on the time drying guide screen 450 and the moving item is a target to be selected.
  • the screen output unit 8 can be controlled so that the course selection screen 410 is output, and when the multi-function button unit 91 is operated in a state where the cancellation item is scheduled to be selected, the conventional standard drying course 4102 is displayed.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be controlled to return to the course selection screen 410 .
  • the control unit 60 may perform only the time drying course 4104 instead of the existing standard drying course 4102, and the time drying course ( 4104) may be additionally performed by making it optional.
  • FIG. 21 shows an option suggestion screen 460 that is converted from the course selection screen 410 and output according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the option suggestion screen 460 may correspond to a part of the course setting screen 400 output from the screen output unit 8 in the course setting process P2.
  • one embodiment of the present invention may include a cabinet 10, a drum 30, a manipulation unit, a screen output unit 8, and a control unit 60.
  • the control unit 60 is signally connected to the operation unit and the screen output unit 8, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and option setting values for a plurality of options in each course are the operation signals. can be adjusted based on
  • the screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and the control unit 60 selects the course For the course displayed on the screen 410, an option combination in which each option setting value for the plurality of options is set in advance is stored, and the option combination can be proposed to the user through the screen output unit 8.
  • each of the plurality of courses may be provided so that a plurality of options are adjustable.
  • Each of the plurality of options may have an initial option setting value for each course, and when there is no separate option adjustment by the user, a corresponding course may be performed based on the initial option setting value.
  • control unit 60 stores the option setting values set by the user for a plurality of options as an option combination to select a course later. can be suggested to the user.
  • control unit 60 may store in advance option setting values recommended or expected to be necessary for a user for a plurality of options in performing a course, and the control unit 60 may recommend or require a user for a plurality of options.
  • An option combination in which option setting values expected to be expected to be combined may be stored in advance.
  • control unit 60 may store a collection of option setting values set by the user more than the cumulative number of times or recommended to the user as the option combination, and suggest the option combination to the user in the course selection process of the user.
  • a plurality of option combinations may be stored in the control unit 60, and option setting values of at least some of the plurality of options may be set differently in the plurality of option combinations.
  • any one option combination includes each option setting value for a plurality of options, and a plurality of different option combinations may be stored in the controller 60 .
  • option setting values for at least one option may be set to be different from each other.
  • An embodiment of the present invention can improve usability by recommending option combinations to the user in the course selection process, and further provide a variety of option combinations to the user by providing a plurality of the option combinations.
  • a method in which a plurality of option combinations are suggested to the user through the option suggestion screen 460 may be the same as or similar to a method in which a plurality of courses are provided to the user in the course selection screen 410 .
  • one option combination among a plurality of option combinations may be alternatively displayed on the option suggestion screen 460, and the user rotates the dial unit 56 to sequentially display the plurality of option combinations on the screen.
  • the dial unit 56 can be manipulated as much as possible.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 may have an option recommendation function. That is, the control unit 60 outputs the screen so that the option suggestion screen 460 for recommending a combination of options to the user is displayed when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated while the course selection screen 410 is output. Section 8 can be controlled.
  • the course selection screen 410 may include a function display area 405 for displaying the functions of the multi-function button unit 91, and in the function display area 405, a combination of options is recommended when the multi-function button unit 91 is operated. A phrase indicating an option recommendation function may be displayed.
  • an alias of the option recommendation function "Master Card” is displayed in the function display area 405, and other phrases representing the option recommendation function may be determined in various ways as needed.
  • the screen displayed on the display area 84 of the screen output unit 8 is converted from the course selection screen 410 to the option suggestion screen 460.
  • the option suggestion screen 460 may include a course display area 461, an option combination area 462, and a function display area 405.
  • a phrase indicating the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be displayed on the course display area 461 .
  • the name of the course may be displayed in the course display area 461 .
  • the user can conveniently check the target course of the currently recommended option combination through the course display area 461 .
  • a plurality of option combinations may be alternatively displayed in the option combination area 462 .
  • a method of displaying a plurality of option combinations in the option combination area 462 is similar to a method of displaying a plurality of courses in the course selection screen 410 .
  • one of a plurality of option combinations is displayed in the option combination area 462, and the user manipulates the dial unit 56 to change the option combination displayed in the option combination area 462 to another option combination. You can check.
  • the second option combination 4602 is displayed in the option combination area 462 according to the user's manipulation of the control panel. The appearance is shown.
  • control unit 60 presets option combination groups applicable to each course in a plurality of option combinations, and the course display area 461 is displayed in the option combination area 462 on the option suggestion screen 460. ), only the option combination corresponding to the option combination group applicable to the course displayed can be displayed.
  • the option combination area 462 various information about the currently displayed option combination may be displayed.
  • the option combination area 462 may display the name of the option combination and option setting values of each option included in the corresponding option combination.
  • the option suggestion screen 460 may include a function display area 405 for displaying the functions of the multi-function button unit 91.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 may have an end function for ending the option suggestion screen 460, and the function display area 405 indicates the end function of the multi-function button unit 91. phrases may be displayed.
  • the phrase "close” is displayed in the function display area 405, but this is only an example for explaining the present invention, and the phrase for indicating the end function of the multi-function button 91 may vary according to need.
  • FIG. 22 shows a table displaying whether a plurality of option combinations are applicable for each course according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the number of option combinations and the number of courses in the table of FIG. 22 are just examples for convenience of explanation, and can be changed in various ways as needed.
  • a plurality of option combinations are stored in the control unit 60, option combinations applicable to each of the plurality of courses are set in advance, and among the plurality of option combinations,
  • the screen output unit 8 may be controlled to display option combinations applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
  • the option unit 200 includes a plurality of option control units corresponding to a plurality of options, and includes an additional option button unit for additional options other than the options controlled by the option control unit. can do. Furthermore, each of the plurality of option control units may be set in the control unit 60 so as not to be changed for each course.
  • control unit 60 has a similar table as shown in FIG. 22. Accordingly, whether or not a plurality of option combinations are applied for each course may be set in advance.
  • a plurality of option combinations may be stored in the controller 60 to provide convenience to the user through various option setting values, but a plurality of courses may change specific options due to their respective characteristics. Since it may or may not be applicable, the control unit 60 may pre-set whether or not to apply a plurality of option combinations for each course, so that the optimal option combination for each course is recommended to the user, thereby improving usability.
  • the controller 60 displays option combinations applicable to any one of the courses through the screen output unit 8. can be suggested to the user.
  • the controller 60 may be arranged not to provide the option combination for some of the plurality of courses.
  • courses are displayed as examples in which applicable option combinations do not exist.
  • some of the plurality of courses may be set so that option combinations cannot be applied. In other words, some of the plurality of courses may be provided so that options cannot be changed.
  • the plurality of courses may include a total sterilization course for automatically washing the inside of the drum 30 using steam, etc.
  • the total sterilization course is a course in which clothes are not directly treated. Since it is not , the number of times of rinsing, washing strength, water temperature, and whether to apply steam can be arbitrarily set so that they cannot be adjusted.
  • the controller 60 controls some of the plurality of courses. It can be set not to suggest a combination of options.
  • the plurality of option combinations include the most frequent combination
  • the control unit 60 sets the option setting value identically set by the user in the clothes processing cycle equal to or greater than a preset reference number of times to the most frequent combination. can be saved
  • the controller 60 sets each option setting value for the plurality of options to a plurality of times. It can be recommended to the user by storing it as the most frequent combination corresponding to one of the option combinations of .
  • 21 shows a combination recommendation screen displaying a first combination option, and the first combination option may correspond to the most frequent combination.
  • control unit 60 may store an option setting value having the highest frequency of use as the most frequent combination when there are a plurality of identically set option setting values in the laundry processing cycle of the reference number or more.
  • the option setting value set by the user more than the standard number of times may increase, and when there are a plurality of option setting values set by the user more than the standard number of times, the control unit 60 An option setting value having the highest frequency of use among a plurality of option setting values used more than a reference number of times may be stored as the most frequent combination and recommended to the user.
  • the screen output unit 8 is converted from the course selection screen 410 to the option suggestion screen 460 displaying the option combination based on the operation signal.
  • the option suggestion screen 460 may be provided in the form of a pop-up on the course selection screen 410, and the screen output unit 8 displays the entire course selection screen 410. It can be switched to the option suggestion screen 460 .
  • the screen output unit 8 alternatively displays any one of the plurality of option combinations on the option suggestion screen 460, and the currently displayed option combination based on the operation signal of the control unit. this may change.
  • the control unit may include a multifunction button unit 91 provided on the screen output unit 8 and having a variable function according to a screen output from the screen output unit 8, and the screen output unit 8 ) can be switched to the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated on the course selection screen 410 .
  • the course selection screen 410 includes a function display area 405 displaying the functions of the multi-function button unit 91, and the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410 includes the option A function to enter the suggestion screen 460 may be displayed.
  • the screen output unit 8 may return to the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button 91 is generated on the option suggestion screen 460.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 may have an option recommendation end function. Accordingly, the function to end the option suggestion screen 460 may be displayed on the function display area 405 of the option suggestion screen 460 .
  • the control unit 60 operates the execution button unit 53b for instructing the execution of the clothes treatment process P3 in a state where any combination of options is displayed on the option suggestion screen 460.
  • the clothes treatment process (P3) may be performed by applying the option combination displayed in the option combination area 462 to the course displayed in the course display area 461 of the option suggestion screen 460.
  • option setting values of the option combination displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 may be simultaneously displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 and the option display unit.
  • the option display unit may also be provided to change and display option setting value information corresponding to the change in the option combination.
  • control unit is provided on the cabinet 10 and is operated by a user to generate an operation signal
  • screen output unit 8 is provided on the cabinet 10 and provides information to the user. It may be provided to output a screen for providing.
  • the control unit 60 is signally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit 8, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and option setting values for a plurality of options in each course are the operation signals. can be adjusted based on
  • the screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and the control unit 60 has the course selection For the course displayed on the screen 410, an option combination in which each option setting value for the plurality of options is set in advance is stored, and the screen output unit 8 operates based on the operation signal on the course selection screen 410.
  • the course selection screen 410 may be switched to the option suggestion screen 460 displaying the combination of options.
  • the control unit may include a multi-function button unit 91.
  • the multi-function button unit 91 is provided on the screen output unit 8, and functions can be varied according to the screen output from the screen output unit 8.
  • the screen output unit 8 may switch to the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated on the course selection screen 410 .
  • the course selection screen 410 includes a function display area 405 displaying the functions of the multi-function button unit 91, and the option suggestion screen is included in the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410. (460) An entry function may be displayed.
  • the screen output unit 8 alternatively displays any one of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen 410, and when an operation signal of the multi-function button 91 is generated, the course selection screen 410 It may be arranged to display a combination of options for the course displayed in . That is, a combination of options applicable to the corresponding course may be displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 .
  • the execution button unit 53b is provided in the cabinet 10 and can generate a signal for performing the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 . That is, the control unit 60 may determine the operation signal of the execution button unit 53b as the execution signal.
  • control unit 60 may be arranged to perform the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 by applying a combination of options displayed on the option suggestion screen 460.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be provided to return to the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button 91 is generated on the option suggestion screen 460. there is.
  • control unit 60 switches the screen of the display area 84 from the option suggestion screen 460 to the course selection screen 410 when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated on the option suggestion screen 460. It is possible to control the screen output unit 8 to return.
  • the controller 60 ignores the option combination recommended on the option suggestion screen 460 and returns to the option suggestion screen.
  • the screen output unit 8 can be controlled to output the course selection screen 410 reflecting the option setting values before entering step 460 .
  • control unit 60 sets the option setting value of each option of the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 as an initial value. can be restored.
  • the screen output unit 8 displays the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460 when the option unit 200 is operated on the option suggestion screen 460. can be returned
  • control unit 60 accepts the operation signal of the option button unit or the additional option button unit of the option unit 200 on the option suggestion screen 460 in the same way as the operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91, and outputs the screen output unit 8. can be controlled to output the course selection screen 410 again.
  • the option unit 200 further includes a plurality of option display units for displaying each option setting value of the plurality of options, and the option combination value of the option combination displayed on the option suggestion screen 460. may be simultaneously displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 and the option display unit.
  • the screen output unit 8 selectively displays any one of option combinations applicable on the option suggestion screen 460, and options displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 based on the manipulation signal. Combinations may change.
  • the control unit may include a dial unit 56 provided to surround and rotate the screen output unit 8, and the screen output unit 8 may include the dial unit 56 on the course selection screen 410. ) is rotated, the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 is changed, and when the dial unit 56 is rotated on the option suggestion screen 460, the combination of options displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 is changed. It can be.
  • the laundry treatment apparatus 1 may include a cabinet 10, a drum 30, a control unit, a screen output unit 8, and a control unit 60, and the screen output unit (8) is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and the course selection screen 410 is displayed in the controller 60
  • An option combination in which each option setting value for the plurality of options is preset for the course displayed is stored, and the screen output unit 8 operates when the multifunction button unit 91 is operated on the course selection screen 410. It can be switched to the option suggestion screen 460 where the combination of options is displayed.
  • An option combination according to an embodiment of the present invention may include a change proposal and an additional proposal.
  • Change proposals and additional proposals may be prepared in various numbers as needed.
  • the change suggestion and the additional suggestion may be prepared to improve user convenience by recommending and suggesting course option settings to the user.
  • the change proposal and the additional proposal may correspond to a plurality of items corresponding to a combination of options, and may have option setting values of different options or whether different additional options are applied.
  • the change proposal may include option setting values for at least one option among a plurality of options. That is, when a change proposal is selected by the user on the option suggestion screen 460, each option in the corresponding course may be set to have an option setting value included in the change proposal.
  • the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 can be set in the controller 60 so that at least one option can be adjusted, and a change proposal having an option set value recommended for the adjustable option is displayed on the option suggestion screen 460. can be displayed
  • the option setting value of the option set to the initial option setting value in the corresponding course or the option setting value adjusted by the user using the option control unit becomes the option setting value by the change proposal. can be changed.
  • the change proposal corresponds to a function or means for suggesting to the user to change the option setting value of the adjusted option to have an initial option setting value or a specific option setting value in a course for processing clothes. can do.
  • the change proposal may include specific option setting values of options having a plurality of option values.
  • the change proposal may include at least one option setting value among a first option for rinsing, a second option for spin-drying, and a third option for water temperature.
  • the change proposal cannot change options that cannot be set or applied in each course.
  • the additional proposal does not change the option setting value of the option already set in the course or whether the additional option is applied before entering the option proposal screen 460, and adds additional options that are not applied in the course. can be arranged to do so.
  • the additional offer is prepared to additionally apply the additional option that is not applied in the corresponding course, and in addition to the additional option according to the additional proposal, option information already set in the corresponding course may be maintained as it is.
  • the additional suggestion may be prepared to propose an additional application of an additional option that may be set to either apply or not apply, for example, a steam option and a turbo option.
  • the steam option refers to an option for supplying steam into the drum
  • the turbo option refers to an option for supplying water into the tub or performing additional water supply using a spray nozzle or the like into the tub during a washing process.
  • additional suggestions cannot be offered to users for courses to which the additional options cannot be applied or changed.
  • control unit 60 is signally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit 8, and a plurality of courses for processing clothes may be stored in advance.
  • At least some of the plurality of options may be set based on the manipulation signal, and the plurality of options may include an additional option for which whether or not to apply is set based on the manipulation signal.
  • the plurality of options may include first, second, and third options having a plurality of option values and adjusting option setting values by the option control unit.
  • the plurality of options may include a first option for rinsing, a second option for spin-drying, and a third option for water temperature.
  • the plurality of options may include the aforementioned additional options. Whether or not to apply the additional option may be determined by the additional option button unit or may be set by the additional suggestion.
  • Additional options may include a steam option and a turbo option.
  • the steam option refers to an option for supplying steam into the drum
  • the turbo option refers to an option for supplying water into the tub or performing additional water supply using a spray nozzle or the like into the tub during a washing process.
  • the screen output unit 8 may be provided to output an option suggestion screen 460 displaying an additional suggestion for proposing application of the additional option to the user for any one of the plurality of courses.
  • a plurality of option combinations may be alternatively displayed on the option suggestion screen 460, and the plurality of option combinations may include at least one additional suggestion. Accordingly, additional suggestions for proposing to the user the application of additional options may be displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 .
  • control unit 60 may apply the additional option to perform any one of the courses.
  • the user can manipulate the screen to display any one additional suggestion using the dial unit 56, and operate the perform button unit 53b to add additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen 460.
  • a course for processing clothes can be performed by applying additional options according to the proposal.
  • the control unit 60 is provided to adjust an option setting value for at least one option among the plurality of options for each of the plurality of courses, and the control unit 60 displays the additional options on the option suggestion screen 460. If the proposal is selected, the one course may be performed by maintaining the option setting value of the at least one option and applying the additional option.
  • the options of the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may have a basic option setting value or an option setting value directly adjusted by the user through an option control unit, and even if the additional offer is selected, the options of each option The set value can be maintained.
  • the additional option can be set to the additional application state while the option setting value of each option is maintained.
  • the additional option may include a steam option for providing steam to the inside of the drum
  • the additional suggestion may include a steam suggestion for suggesting application of the steam option to the user. Whether or not to apply the steam option can be determined regardless of options for the number of rinses, the number of spin-drying, and the water temperature.
  • the screen output unit 8 may switch to the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated on the course selection screen 410 .
  • the function to enter the option suggestion screen 460 may be displayed on the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410 .
  • the screen output unit 8 alternatively displays any one of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen 410, and when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated, the option suggestion screen 460 ), additional suggestions for the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be displayed.
  • the control unit 60 may be provided to perform the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 by applying additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 when the execution signal is generated on the option suggestion screen 460. there is.
  • the control unit includes an additional option button unit provided to set whether to apply the additional option, and the control unit 60 operates the additional option button unit on the course selection screen 410 on the screen output unit 8. Accordingly, whether to apply the additional option is set, and when the execution button 53b is manipulated, the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be performed.
  • the user can individually set whether or not to apply the additional option using the additional option button of the option part on the course selection screen 410, and then use the setting button to perform the corresponding course.
  • the user can enter the option suggestion screen 460 by using the multi-function button unit 91 while the screen displays the desired course on the course selection screen 410, and the dial unit on the option suggestion screen 460.
  • a course to which additional options according to the additional proposal are applied may be directly progressed using the perform button unit 53b.
  • the user can conveniently adjust a plurality of options through manipulation of the option unit, check visual information through the option suggestion screen 460, and conveniently use additional suggestions. You can also adjust multiple options.
  • the screen output unit 8 can return to the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button 91 is generated on the option suggestion screen 460 .
  • the option suggestion screen 460 includes a function display area 405 displaying the function of the multi-function button unit 91, and the option suggestion screen is included in the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410. (460) An end function may be displayed.
  • the screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and the control unit 60 displays the additional suggestions. A plurality of these are stored, additional suggestions applicable to each course are set in advance, and the screen output unit 8 displays additional suggestions applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460. can be displayed
  • the plurality of courses may include a barrel sterilization course for sterilizing the inside of the drum, and the barrel sterilization course may necessarily apply a steam option to sterilize the inside of the drum. It may be set in advance in the control unit 60 so as not to be suggested to the user.
  • control unit 60 pre-sets additional suggestions related to additional options that can change whether or not to apply for each course.
  • additional suggestions related to additional options that can be changed in the corresponding course may be displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 .
  • controller 60 may be arranged to provide the additional suggestion only for some of the plurality of courses. Additional suggestions may not be provided for the remainder of the plurality of courses, and the remainder of the plurality of courses may be courses in which an additional option related to the additional offer cannot be changed.
  • the screen output unit 8 displays only one additional suggestion on the option suggestion screen 460 and responds to the operation signal. Based on this, additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 may be changed.
  • the screen output unit 8 changes the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 when the dial 56 is rotated on the course selection screen 410, and the dial on the option suggestion screen 460. When the part 56 is rotated, additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 may be changed.
  • control unit 60 is signalally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit 8, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and each Option setting values for a plurality of options in the course may be adjusted based on the manipulation signal.
  • the plurality of options include an additional option for setting whether to apply a corresponding course based on an operation signal, and the screen output unit 8 displays one of the plurality of courses based on the operation signal to provide a user with It is provided to output a course selection screen 410 selected by the user, and the control unit 60 is configured to propose application of the additional option among the plurality of options to the user for the course displayed on the course selection screen 410. Additional suggestions are stored in advance, and the screen output unit 8 can switch to the option suggestion screen 460 displaying the additional suggestions when the multifunction button 91 is operated on the course selection screen 410. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Control Of Washing Machine And Dryer (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a laundry treating apparatus, and the laundry treating apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises: a cabinet; a drum; a manipulation part; a screen output part; and a control part, wherein the control part is signally connected to the manipulation part and the screen output part and is configured to store a plurality of courses for treating laundry, in which, in the plurality of courses, at least some of a plurality of options are set on the basis of a manipulation signal, the plurality of options comprising an additional option of whether to apply or not is to be set on the basis of the manipulation signal, wherein the screen output part is provided to output an option suggestion screen on which an additional suggestion is displayed to suggest, to a user, application of the additional option to any one course from among the plurality of courses, and wherein, when the additional suggestion is selected on the option suggestion screen on the basis of the manipulation signal, the control part is provided to perform the any one course by applying the additional option.

Description

의류처리장치clothes handling device
본 발명은 의류처리장치에 관한 것으로서, 화면을 출력하는 화면출력부와 사용자에게 조작되는 조작부를 포함하는 의류처리장치에 관한 것이다.The present invention relates to a laundry treatment apparatus, and more particularly to a laundry treatment apparatus including a screen output unit for outputting a screen and a control unit operated by a user.
의류(세탁 대상물 또는 건조 대상물의 통칭)의 세탁, 의류의 건조, 의류의 세탁 및 건조가 가능한 의류처리장치를 비롯한 전자기기에는 사용자가 전자기기에 제어명령을 입력하기 위한 입출력장치(인터페이스)가 필수적이다.An input/output device (interface) for the user to input control commands to the electronic device is essential for electronic devices including clothes handling devices capable of washing clothes (a general term for objects to be washed or objects to be dried), drying clothes, and washing and drying clothes. to be.
종래 인터페이스들 중에는 사용자가 선택 가능한 제어명령을 표시하는 표시부, 상기 표시부에 표시되는 제어명령을 검색할 수 있게 하는 검색부, 상기 표시부에 표시된 제어명령을 사용자가 선택 가능하게 하는 다기능버튼부, 사용자가 선택한 제어명령의 실행을 요청하는 입력부가 서로 분리된 공간에 위치하도록 설계되었다(공개번호 10-2014-0023986).Among the conventional interfaces, a display unit displaying control commands selectable by the user, a search unit allowing the user to search for control commands displayed on the display unit, a multifunction button unit enabling the user to select control commands displayed on the display unit, and a user The input unit requesting the execution of the selected control command is designed to be located in a space separated from each other (Publication No. 10-2014-0023986).
즉, 종래 인터페이스는 제어명령이 표시되는 디스플레이(LCD, LED 패널 등), 해당 전자기기가 실행 가능한 제어명령을 상기 디스플레이에 표시되게 함으로써 제어명령을 검색할 수 있는 노브(knob)나 버튼, 디스플레이에 표시된 제어명령을 선택하는 제어명령을 입력하는 버튼, 및 선택된 제어명령의 실행을 요청하는 제어명령을 입력하는 버튼 등이 서로 분리된 공간에 각각 위치하였고, 이와 같은 배치는 의류처리장치와 같은 전자기기의 전방면면 등에 위치하는 인터페이스의 디자인(컨트롤패널의 디자인)을 결정하는 요소였다.That is, the conventional interface is a display (LCD, LED panel, etc.) on which control commands are displayed, a knob or button that can search for control commands by displaying control commands executable by the corresponding electronic device on the display, and a display A button for inputting a control command for selecting a displayed control command, and a button for inputting a control command for requesting the execution of the selected control command, etc. are located in separate spaces, and such an arrangement is such that an electronic device such as a laundry treatment machine It was a factor that determined the design of the interface (design of the control panel) located on the front surface of the .
상술한 구조의 종래 인터페이스는 디스플레이를 비롯한 각 장치들이 전자기기의 너비방향(전자기기의 너비방향)을 따라 분산 배치되거나, 전자기기의 높이방향을 따라 분산 배치되어야 했기 때문에, 인터페이스의 설치에 많은 공간이 요구되었다.In the conventional interface of the above structure, since each device including the display had to be distributed along the width direction of the electronic device (width direction of the electronic device) or distributed along the height direction of the electronic device, a lot of space for interface installation this was requested
따라서, 인터페이스를 구성하는 화면출력부, 조작부 및 옵션부 등을 효율적으로 배치하여 사용 편의성을 향상시키면서 효율적인 배치를 통해 공간 활용성을 향상시키는 것은 중요한 과제가 된다.Therefore, it is an important task to efficiently arrange a screen output unit, a control unit, and an option unit constituting an interface to improve usability while improving space utilization through efficient arrangement.
한편, 관련문헌 KR 10-2016-0062917 A에는 화면출력부를 포함하는 의류처리장치를 개시한다. 상기 의류처리장치는 화면출력부의 둘레에 회전 가능한 노브가 마련된다.Meanwhile, related document KR 10-2016-0062917 A discloses a laundry treatment apparatus including a screen output unit. In the laundry treatment apparatus, a rotatable knob is provided around the screen output unit.
상기 의류처리장치는 상기 화면출력부에 표시되는 다양한 선택항목을 사용자가 노브의 회전을 통해 선택할 수 있고, 화면출력부상에는 의류를 처리하기 위한 코스의 시작버튼이나 전원 버튼 등 다수의 버튼이 추가로 마련된다.In the laundry treatment apparatus, a user can select various selection items displayed on the screen output unit by rotating a knob, and a plurality of buttons such as a start button for processing clothes or a power button are additionally provided on the screen output unit. provided
상기 의류처리장치는 화면출력부상에 다수의 버튼이 구비되므로 노브에 의해 정의되는 내측공간에 구비되는 화면영역이 감소되고, 각 버튼에 대한 사용자의 직관성이 저하될 수 있다.Since the clothes handling apparatus is provided with a plurality of buttons on the screen output unit, the screen area provided in the inner space defined by the knob is reduced, and the user's intuition for each button may be deteriorated.
나아가, 상기 노브와 상기 다수의 버튼으로 인해 제한된 영역을 가지는 화면출력부의 디스플레이에는 다양한 정보를 표시하는 데에 있어서 제한된 출력영역으로 인해 불리할 수 있다.Furthermore, the display of the screen output unit having a limited area due to the knob and the plurality of buttons may be disadvantageous in displaying various information due to the limited output area.
따라서, 조작부를 구성하는 다양한 버튼들을 효율적으로 구성하여 화면출력부의 화면영역을 효과적으로 증가시키고, 제한된 화면영역에서 다양한 정보를 사용자에게 효과적으로 제공하는 것은 본 기술분야에 있어 중요하다.Therefore, it is important in the art to effectively increase the screen area of the screen output unit by efficiently configuring various buttons constituting the manipulation unit and effectively provide various information to the user in the limited screen area.
한편, 의류처리장치는 의류의 세탁코스, 건조코스, 탈수코스 등 다양한 코스를 포함할 수 있고, 상기 코스에 대한 다양한 옵션을 사용자가 조절 가능하다. Meanwhile, the laundry treatment apparatus may include various courses such as a laundry course, a drying course, and a spin-drying course, and the user may adjust various options for the courses.
다만, 코스별로 조절 가능한 옵션은 복수에 해당할 수 있고, 사용자가 의류처리장치의 사용시마다 상기 복수의 옵션을 각각 조절하는 것은 사용자에게 불편함을 줄 수 있다.However, the number of options adjustable for each course may correspond to a plurality, and it may cause inconvenience to the user if the user adjusts each of the plurality of options each time the laundry treatment device is used.
따라서, 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스에 대해 사용자가 선택하고자 하는 코스에서 사용자에게 유용할 수 있는 옵션 설정을 효율적으로 제공하는 것은 본 기술분야에 있어서 중요한 과제가 된다.Therefore, it is an important task in the art to efficiently provide option settings that can be useful to the user in a course to be selected by the user with respect to a plurality of courses for processing clothes.
본 발명의 실시예들은 의류 처리 과정에서 사용자에게 다양한 정보를 효과적으로 제공할 수 있는 화면출력부를 포함하고, 사용자가 편리하게 조작신호를 입력할 수 있는 조작부를 구비하는 의류처리장치를 제공하고자 한다.Embodiments of the present invention are intended to provide a laundry treatment apparatus including a screen output unit capable of effectively providing various information to a user during a laundry treatment process, and a control unit through which a user can conveniently input an operation signal.
또한, 본 발명의 실시예들은 화면이 출력되는 화면출력부와 조작신호가 발생되는 조작부의 설치 영역이 한정된 영역에서 효과적으로 설정되는 의류처리장치를 제공하고자 한다.In addition, embodiments of the present invention intend to provide a laundry treatment apparatus in which the installation area of a screen output unit for outputting a screen and a control unit for generating operation signals is effectively set in a limited area.
또한, 본 발명의 실시예들은 의류처리과정을 수행하기 위해 사용자에게 요구되는 다양한 조작신호를 효율적으로 발생시키고 설치공간을 효과적으로 감소시킬 수 있는 조작부를 포함하는 의류처리장치를 제공하고자 한다.In addition, embodiments of the present invention intend to provide a laundry treatment apparatus including a manipulation unit capable of efficiently generating various manipulation signals required by a user to perform a laundry treatment process and effectively reducing an installation space.
또한, 본 발명의 실시예들은 제한된 화면영역에서 다양한 정보를 효과적으로 표시하여 사용 편의성을 효과적으로 개선하고 공간활용성이 향상되는 의류처리장치를 제공하고자 한다.In addition, embodiments of the present invention are intended to provide a clothes handling apparatus that effectively improves usability and improves space utilization by effectively displaying various information in a limited screen area.
또한, 본 발명의 실시예들은 의류를 처리하기 위한 코스에 대해 사용자에게 유용할 수 있는 옵션 설정을 제공하여 사용 편의성을 개선할 수 있는 의류처리장치를 제공하고자 한다.In addition, embodiments of the present invention are intended to provide a laundry treatment apparatus capable of improving usability by providing option settings that may be useful to the user for a course for treating laundry.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 사용자에 의해 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 선택되는 코스선택화면이 화면출력부로부터 출력될 수 있고, 제어부는 화면출력부에 출력된 코스에 대한 복수의 옵션설정값이 미리 저장된 옵션조합을 추천하도록 마련될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, a course selection screen in which one of a plurality of courses is selected by a user may be output from the screen output unit, and the control unit may preset a plurality of option setting values for the courses output to the screen output unit. It may be arranged to recommend a stored option combination.
제어부는 상기 옵션조합이 복수개 미리 저장될 수 있고, 각 코스별로 적용 가능한 옵션조합을 추천함으로써, 사용자가 해당 코스에서 원하는 옵션조합을 간단하게 적용하여 의류를 처리할 수 있다.The control unit may store a plurality of option combinations in advance, and by recommending option combinations applicable to each course, the user can process clothes by simply applying a desired option combination in a corresponding course.
상기 복수의 옵션조합은 최빈조합을 포함하고, 상기 최빈조합은 미리 설정된 기준회수 이상의 의류처리행정에서 사용자에 의해 동일하게 설정된 옵션설정값을 기반으로 저장될 수 있다.The plurality of option combinations may include a most frequent combination, and the most frequent combination may be stored based on an option setting value identically set by a user in clothes processing cycles equal to or greater than a preset reference number of times.
이러한 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치는 캐비닛, 드럼, 조작부, 화면출력부 및 제어부를 포함한다. 드럼은 상기 캐비닛 내부에 구비되고, 회전 가능하도록 마련되며, 내부에 의류가 수용된다.The laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a cabinet, a drum, a control unit, a screen output unit, and a control unit. The drum is provided inside the cabinet, is provided to be rotatable, and clothes are accommodated therein.
조작부는 상기 캐비닛에 마련되고, 사용자에 의해 조작되어 조작신호가 발생된다. 화면출력부는 상기 캐비닛에 마련되고, 사용자에게 정보를 제공하기 위한 화면을 출력하도록 마련된다.The control unit is provided in the cabinet and is operated by a user to generate an operation signal. A screen output unit is provided in the cabinet and is provided to output a screen for providing information to a user.
제어부는 상기 조작부 및 상기 화면출력부와 신호적으로 연결되며, 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 미리 저장되고, 상기 복수의 코스는 복수의 옵션 중 적어도 일부가 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 설정되며, 상기 복수의 옵션은 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 적용 여부가 설정되는 추가옵션을 포함한다.The control unit is signalally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and at least some of a plurality of options of the plurality of courses are set based on the operation signal, The plurality of options include an additional option for which whether or not to apply is set based on the manipulation signal.
상기 화면출력부는 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나의 코스에 대해 상기 추가옵션의 적용을 사용자에게 제안하기 위한 추가제안이 표시되는 옵션제안화면을 출력하도록 마련된다.The screen output unit is provided to output an option suggestion screen displaying an additional suggestion for proposing application of the additional option to the user for any one of the plurality of courses.
상기 제어부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 추가제안이 선택되면, 상기 추가옵션을 적용하여 상기 어느 하나의 코스를 수행하도록 마련된다.When the additional suggestion is selected on the option suggestion screen based on the manipulation signal, the control unit applies the additional option to perform one of the courses.
상기 제어부는 상기 복수의 코스에 대해 각각 상기 복수의 옵션 중 적어도 하나의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 조절 가능하도록 마련되고, 상기 제어부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 추가제안이 선택되면, 상기 적어도 하나의 옵션의 상기 옵션설정값을 유지하며 상기 추가옵션을 적용하여 상기 어느 하나의 코스를 수행할 수 있다.The control unit is provided to adjust an option setting value for at least one option among the plurality of options for each of the plurality of courses, and when the additional suggestion is selected from the option suggestion screen, the control unit controls the at least one Any one of the above courses may be performed by maintaining the option setting value of the option and applying the additional option.
상기 추가옵션은 상기 드럼 내부로 스팀을 제공하기 위한 스팀옵션을 포함하고, 상기 추가제안은 사용자에게 상기 스팀옵션의 적용을 제안하기 위한 스팀제안을 포함할 수 있다.The additional option may include a steam option for providing steam to the inside of the drum, and the additional suggestion may include a steam suggestion for suggesting application of the steam option to a user.
상기 화면출력부는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면을 출력하도록 마련되고, 상기 조작부는 상기 화면출력부상에 마련되고, 상기 화면출력부에서 출력되는 화면에 따라 기능이 가변하는 다기능버튼부를 포함할 수 있다.The screen output unit is provided to output a course selection screen in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, the control unit is provided on the screen output unit, and the screen output unit It may include a multi-function button unit whose function varies according to the output screen.
상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 다기능버튼부의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면으로 전환될 수 있다.The screen output unit may be switched to the option suggestion screen when a manipulation signal of the multi-function button unit is generated on the course selection screen.
상기 코스선택화면은 상기 다기능버튼부의 기능을 표시하는 기능표시영역을 포함하고, 상기 코스선택화면의 상기 기능표시영역에는 상기 옵션제안화면 진입기능이 표시될 수 있다.The course selection screen includes a function display area for displaying functions of the multi-function button unit, and a function to enter the option suggestion screen may be displayed on the function display area of the course selection screen.
상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나를 택일적으로 표시하고, 상기 다기능버튼부의 조작신호가 발생되면, 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스에 대한 추가제안을 표시할 수 있다.The screen output unit selectively displays any one of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen, and when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit is generated, additional suggestions for the course displayed on the course selection screen are displayed on the option suggestion screen. can be displayed
상기 조작부는 상기 캐비닛에 마련되고, 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스의 수행신호가 발생되는 수행버튼부를 포함하고, 상기 제어부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 수행신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면에 표시된 추가제안을 적용하여 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스를 수행하도록 마련될 수 있다.The control unit is provided in the cabinet and includes a performance button unit for generating a signal for performing a course displayed on the course selection screen, and the control unit provides additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen when the signal for performing the course is generated on the option suggestion screen. It may be prepared to perform the course displayed on the course selection screen by applying.
상기 조작부는 상기 추가옵션의 적용 여부를 설정 가능하도록 마련되는 추가옵션버튼부를 포함하고, 상기 제어부는 상기 화면출력부에 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 추가옵션버튼부의 조작에 따라 상기 추가옵션의 적용 여부가 설정되고, 상기 수행버튼부가 조작되면 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스를 수행하도록 마련될 수 있다.The control unit includes an additional option button unit provided to set whether or not to apply the additional option, and the controller determines whether or not the additional option is applied according to manipulation of the additional option button unit on the course selection screen on the screen output unit. It is set, and when the execution button unit is manipulated, the course displayed on the course selection screen may be performed.
상기 화면출력부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 다기능버튼부의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 코스선택화면으로 복귀할 수 있다.The screen output unit may return to the course selection screen from the option suggestion screen when a manipulation signal of the multi-function button unit is generated on the option suggestion screen.
상기 옵션제안화면은 상기 다기능버튼부의 기능을 표시하는 기능표시영역을 포함하고, 상기 코스선택화면의 상기 기능표시영역에는 상기 옵션제안화면 종료기능이 표시될 수 있다.The option suggestion screen may include a function display area displaying functions of the multi-function button unit, and an end function of the option suggestion screen may be displayed on the function display area of the course selection screen.
상기 화면출력부는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면을 출력하도록 마련되고, 상기 제어부에는 상기 추가제안이 복수개 저장되고, 각 코스별로 적용 가능한 추가제안이 미리 설정되며, 상기 화면출력부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스에 대해 적용 가능한 추가제안을 표시할 수 있다.The screen output unit is provided to output a course selection screen in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and a plurality of additional suggestions are stored in the controller and applicable to each course. Additional suggestions are set in advance, and the screen output unit may display additional suggestions applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen on the option suggestion screen.
상기 제어부는 상기 복수의 코스 중 일부에 대해서만 상기 추가제안을 제공하도록 마련될 수 있다.The control unit may be arranged to provide the additional suggestion only for some of the plurality of courses.
상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스에 대해 적용 가능한 추가제안이 복수인 경우, 상기 옵션제안화면에서 어느 하나의 추가제안만을 표시하고, 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 옵션제안화면에 표시되는 추가제안이 변경될 수 있다.When there are a plurality of additional suggestions applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen, the screen output unit displays only one additional suggestion on the option suggestion screen, and displays additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen based on the operation signal. Offer subject to change.
상기 조작부는 상기 화면출력부를 둘러싸며 회전 가능하도록 마련되는 다이얼부를 포함하고, 상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 다이얼부가 회전되면 상기 코스선택화면에 표시되는 코스가 변경되고, 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 다이얼부가 회전되면 상기 옵션제안화면에 표시되는 추가제안이 변경될 수 있다.The control unit includes a dial unit provided to be rotatable and surrounds the screen output unit, and when the dial unit is rotated in the course selection screen, the course displayed on the course selection screen is changed, and in the option suggestion screen When the dial unit is rotated, additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen may be changed.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 상기 조작부 및 상기 화면출력부와 신호적으로 연결되고, 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 미리 저장되고, 각 코스에서 복수의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 조절되는 제어부를 포함하고, 상기 복수의 옵션은 조작신호에 기초하여 해당 코스의 적용 여부가 설정 가능한 추가옵션을 포함하고, 상기 화면출력부는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면을 출력하도록 마련되며, 상기 제어부에는 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스에 대해 상기 복수의 옵션 중 상기 추가옵션에 대한 적용을 사용자에게 제안하기 위한 추가제안이 미리 저장되며, 상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 다기능버튼부가 조작되면 상기 추가제안이 표시되는 옵션제안화면으로 전환될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the operation unit and the screen output unit are signally connected, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and option setting values for a plurality of options in each course are set according to the operation A control unit controlled based on a signal, the plurality of options include an additional option capable of setting whether to apply a corresponding course based on an operation signal, and the screen output unit among the plurality of courses based on the operation signal Provided to output a course selection screen selected by a user by displaying one of them, and the control unit provides an additional suggestion for proposing to the user the application of the additional option among the plurality of options to the course displayed on the course selection screen. This is stored in advance, and the screen output unit can be switched to an option suggestion screen displaying the additional suggestion when the multi-function button unit is manipulated on the course selection screen.
본 발명의 실시예들은 의류 처리 과정에서 사용자에게 다양한 정보를 효과적으로 제공할 수 있는 화면출력부를 포함하고, 사용자가 편리하게 조작신호를 입력할 수 있는 조작부를 구비하는 의류처리장치를 제공할 수 있다.Embodiments of the present invention may provide a laundry treatment apparatus including a screen output unit capable of effectively providing various information to a user during a laundry treatment process, and a control unit through which a user can conveniently input an operation signal.
또한, 본 발명의 실시예들은 화면이 출력되는 화면출력부와 조작신호가 발생되는 조작부의 설치 영역이 한정된 영역에서 효과적으로 설정되는 의류처리장치를 제공할 수 있다.In addition, embodiments of the present invention can provide a laundry treatment apparatus in which the installation area of the screen output unit for outputting a screen and the operation unit for generating an operation signal is effectively set in a limited area.
또한, 본 발명의 실시예들은 의류처리과정을 수행하기 위해 사용자에게 요구되는 다양한 조작신호를 효율적으로 발생시키고 설치공간을 효과적으로 감소시킬 수 있는 조작부를 포함하는 의류처리장치를 제공할 수 있다.In addition, embodiments of the present invention can provide a laundry treatment apparatus including a manipulation unit capable of efficiently generating various manipulation signals required by a user to perform a laundry treatment process and effectively reducing an installation space.
또한, 본 발명의 실시예들은 제한된 화면영역에서 다양한 정보를 효과적으로 표시하여 사용 편의성을 효과적으로 개선하고 공간활용성이 향상되는 의류처리장치를 제공할 수 있다.In addition, embodiments of the present invention can effectively display various information in a limited screen area to effectively improve usability and provide a clothes handling apparatus with improved space utilization.
또한, 본 발명의 실시예들은 의류를 처리하기 위한 코스에 대해 사용자에게 유용할 수 있는 옵션 설정을 제공하여 사용 편의성을 개선할 수 있는 의류처리장치를 제공할 수 있다.In addition, embodiments of the present invention may provide a laundry treatment apparatus capable of improving usability by providing option settings that may be useful to the user for a course for treating laundry.
도 1은 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치를 나타낸 도면이다.1 is a view showing a laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 2는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치의 내부 단면을 나타낸 도면이다.2 is a view showing an internal cross-section of a laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 3은 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치에서 프론트패널을 분해한 모습을 나타낸 도면이다.3 is a view showing a front panel disassembled in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 4는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치에서 화면출력부 및 조작부를 포함하는 컨트롤패널을 나타낸 도면이다.4 is a view showing a control panel including a screen output unit and a control unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 5는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치에서 옵션부를 나타낸 도면이다.5 is a view showing an option unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 6은 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치에서 화면출력부를 포함하는 조작모듈을 분해한 모습을 나타낸 도면이다.6 is a view showing an exploded view of an operation module including a screen output unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 7은 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치에서 화면출력부를 분해한 모습을 나타낸 도면이다.7 is a view showing a disassembled screen output unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 8은 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치에서 화면출력부의 각 구성을 나타낸 도면이다.8 is a diagram illustrating each configuration of a screen output unit in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 9는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치에서 각 진행단계에 따라 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 화면들을 개략적으로 나타낸 도면이다.9 is a diagram schematically illustrating screens output from a screen output unit according to each progress step in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 10은 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 부팅과정의 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 부팅화면 중 알림화면을 나타낸 도면이다.10 is a diagram showing a notification screen among booting screens output from a screen output unit in a booting process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 11은 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 코스설정과정의 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 코스설정화면 중 코스선택화면을 나타낸 도면이다.11 is a view showing a course selection screen among course setting screens output from a screen output unit in a course setting process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 12는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 의류처리과정의 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 의류처리화면 중 코스진행화면을 나타낸 도면이다.12 is a view showing a course progress screen among clothes processing screens output from a screen output unit of a clothes processing process according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 13은 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 설정화면을 나타낸 도면이다.13 is a diagram showing a setting screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
도 14는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 코스편집화면을 나타낸 도면이다.14 is a diagram showing a course editing screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
도 15는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 코스정리화면을 나타낸 도면이다.15 is a diagram showing a course summary screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
도 16은 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 제1옵션화면을 나타낸 도면이다.16 is a diagram showing a first option screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
도 17은 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 제2옵션화면을 나타낸 도면이다.17 is a diagram showing a second option screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
도 18은 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부에 표준건조코스가 표시된 상태의 컨트롤패널을 나타낸 도면이다.18 is a view showing a control panel in a state where a standard drying course is displayed on a screen output unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 19는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부에 시간건조코스가 표시된 상태의 컨트롤패널을 나타낸 도면이다.19 is a view showing a control panel in a state where a time drying course is displayed on a screen output unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 20은 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 시간건조안내화면을 나타낸 도면이다.20 is a diagram showing a time drying guide screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
도 21은 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부로부터 출력되는 옵션추천화면을 나타낸 도면이다.21 is a diagram showing an option recommendation screen output from a screen output unit in one embodiment of the present invention.
도 22는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 복수의 코스에 대한 복수의 옵션조합 각각의 적용 가부가 표시된 테이블이다.22 is a table showing whether each of a plurality of option combinations is applicable to a plurality of courses in an embodiment of the present invention.
아래에서는 첨부한 도면을 참고로 하여 본 발명의 실시예에 대하여 본 발명이 속하는 기술 분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자가 용이하게 실시할 수 있도록 상세히 설명한다. Hereinafter, with reference to the accompanying drawings, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail so that those skilled in the art can easily carry out the present invention.
그러나 본 발명은 여러 가지 상이한 형태로 구현될 수 있으며 여기에서 설명하는 실시예에 한정되지 않는다. 그리고 도면에서 본 발명을 명확하게 설명하기 위해서 설명과 관계없는 부분은 생략하였으며, 명세서 전체를 통하여 유사한 부분에 대해서는 유사한 도면 부호를 붙였다.However, the present invention may be embodied in many different forms and is not limited to the embodiments described herein. And in order to clearly explain the present invention in the drawings, parts irrelevant to the description are omitted, and similar reference numerals are attached to similar parts throughout the specification.
본 명세서에서, 동일한 구성요소에 대해서 중복된 설명은 생략한다.In this specification, redundant descriptions of the same components are omitted.
또한 본 명세서에서, 어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소에 '연결되어' 있다거나 '접속되어' 있다고 언급된 때에는, 그 다른 구성요소에 직접적으로 연결되어 있거나 또는 접속되어 있을 수도 있지만, 중간에 다른 구성요소가 존재할 수도 있다고 이해되어야 할 것이다. 반면에 본 명세서에서, 어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소에 '직접 연결되어' 있다거나 '직접 접속되어' 있다고 언급된 때에는, 중간에 다른 구성요소가 존재하지 않는 것으로 이해되어야 할 것이다.In addition, in this specification, when a component is referred to as being 'connected' or 'connected' to another component, it may be directly connected or connected to the other component, but another component in the middle It should be understood that may exist. On the other hand, in this specification, when a component is referred to as 'directly connected' or 'directly connected' to another component, it should be understood that no other component exists in the middle.
또한, 본 명세서에서 사용되는 용어는 단지 특정한 실시예를 설명하기 위해 사용되는 것으로써, 본 발명을 한정하려는 의도로 사용되는 것이 아니다. In addition, terms used in this specification are only used to describe specific embodiments and are not intended to limit the present invention.
또한 본 명세서에서, 단수의 표현은 문맥상 명백하게 다르게 뜻하지 않는 한, 복수의 표현을 포함할 수 있다. Also, in this specification, a singular expression may include a plurality of expressions unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
또한 본 명세서에서, '포함하다' 또는 '가지다' 등의 용어는 명세서에 기재된 특징, 숫자, 단계, 동작, 구성요소, 부품, 또는 이들을 조합한 것이 존재함을 지정하려는 것일 뿐, 하나 또는 그 이상의 다른 특징, 숫자, 단계, 동작, 구성요소, 부품 또는 이들을 조합한 것의 존재 또는 부가 가능성을 미리 배제하지 않는 것으로 이해되어야 할 것이다.In addition, in this specification, terms such as 'include' or 'having' are only intended to designate that there is a feature, number, step, operation, component, part, or combination thereof described in the specification, and one or more It should be understood that the presence or addition of other features, numbers, steps, operations, components, parts, or combinations thereof is not precluded.
또한 본 명세서에서, '및/또는' 이라는 용어는 복수의 기재된 항목들의 조합 또는 복수의 기재된 항목들 중의 어느 항목을 포함한다. 본 명세서에서, 'A 또는 B'는, 'A', 'B', 또는 'A와 B 모두'를 포함할 수 있다.Also in this specification, the term 'and/or' includes a combination of a plurality of listed items or any item among a plurality of listed items. In this specification, 'A or B' may include 'A', 'B', or 'both A and B'.
도 1에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)의 외관이 도시되어 있다. 도 1에 도시된 바와 같이, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 의류처리장치(1)는 캐비닛(10)을 포함할 수 있다.1 shows an appearance of a laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , in one embodiment of the present invention, a laundry treatment apparatus 1 may include a cabinet 10 .
캐비닛(10)은 의류처리장치(1)의 외관을 형성하며, 내부에 드럼(30) 및 터브(20) 등이 구비되는 공간이 형성될 수 있다. 도 1에는 육면체 형태의 캐비닛(10)이 도시되어 있으나, 캐비닛(10)이 형성하는 구체적인 형태는 다양할 수 있다.The cabinet 10 forms the exterior of the laundry treatment apparatus 1, and a space provided with the drum 30 and the tub 20 may be formed therein. Although the cabinet 10 in the shape of a hexahedron is shown in FIG. 1 , the specific shape formed by the cabinet 10 may vary.
캐비닛(10)은 복수의 패널을 포함할 수 있다. 상기 복수의 패널은 프론트패널(15), 사이드패널, 어퍼패널, 로워패널 및 리어패널 등을 포함할 수 있다. 복수의 패널은 서로 결합되어 함께 상기 캐비닛(10)을 형성할 수 있다.The cabinet 10 may include a plurality of panels. The plurality of panels may include a front panel 15, a side panel, an upper panel, a lower panel, and a rear panel. A plurality of panels may be joined together to form the cabinet 10 together.
프론트패널(15)에는 세제개구(16) 및 의류개구(17)가 형성될 수 있다. 세제개구(16)는 세제공급장치의 저장유닛이 이동하는 통로에 해당하고, 의류개구(17)는 사용자가 캐비닛(10) 내부의 드럼(30)으로 의류를 투입하기 위한 통로에 해당할 수 있다.A detergent opening 16 and a clothing opening 17 may be formed in the front panel 15 . The detergent opening 16 may correspond to a passage through which the storage unit of the detergent supply device moves, and the clothing opening 17 may correspond to a passage through which a user puts clothes into the drum 30 inside the cabinet 10. .
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 캐비닛(10)은 세제개구(16)가 형성되는 프론트패널(15)을 포함한다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the cabinet 10 includes a front panel 15 in which a detergent opening 16 is formed.
프론트패널(15)에는 의류개구(17)를 개폐하기 위한 의류도어(40)가 구비될 수 있고, 의류도어(40)는 프론트패널(15)의 외측에 힌지 결합되어 회전 가능하게 구비될 수 있다. 의류도어(40)에 의해 프론트패널(15)의 의류개구(17)는 개방되거나 폐쇄될 수 있다.A clothing door 40 for opening and closing the clothing opening 17 may be provided on the front panel 15, and the clothing door 40 may be rotatably provided by being hinged to the outside of the front panel 15. . The clothing opening 17 of the front panel 15 can be opened or closed by the clothing door 40 .
한편, 터브(20)는 상기 캐비닛(10)의 내부에 구비되고 내부에 물이 수용되며, 드럼(30)은 상기 터브(20)의 내부에 회전 가능하도록 구비되고 내부에 의류가 수용될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the tub 20 is provided inside the cabinet 10 and contains water therein, and the drum 30 is rotatably provided inside the tub 20 and can accommodate clothes therein. .
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 드럼(30)은 외주면상에 터브(20)측과 내부를 연통시키는 복수의 연통홀을 포함할 수 있고, 이에 따라 터브(20)에 저장되는 물이 드럼(30) 내부로 제공되어 의류에 제공될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the drum 30 may include a plurality of communication holes on the outer circumferential surface for communicating the tub 20 side and the inside, and accordingly, the water stored in the tub 20 may pass through the drum 30 It can be provided internally and provided to clothing.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 도 1에 도시된 바와 같이 드럼(30)과 터브(20)를 모두 포함하거나, 필요에 따라 터브(20)를 제외하고 드럼(30)만을 포함할 수도 있다. 즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 드럼(30)과 더불어 물이 수용되는 터브(20)를 포함하여 의류를 처리하기 위한 세탁코스를 수행할 수 있는 세탁기에 해당하거나, 터브(20)는 생략되고 드럼(30)만이 포함되어 드럼(30) 내부의 의류를 건조시키기 위한 건조코스를 수행할 수 있는 건조기에 해당할 수도 있다.Meanwhile, an embodiment of the present invention may include both the drum 30 and the tub 20, as shown in FIG. 1, or may include only the drum 30 excluding the tub 20, if necessary. That is, one embodiment of the present invention corresponds to a washing machine capable of performing a washing course for treating clothes by including the drum 30 and the tub 20 for receiving water, or the tub 20 is omitted. It may correspond to a dryer that includes only the drum 30 and can perform a drying course for drying clothes inside the drum 30.
다만, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 드럼(30)과 터브(20)를 모두 포함하면서 의류를 건조시키기 위한 공기공급부를 포함하여 세탁코스와 건조코스를 모두 수행할 수 있는 의류처리장치(1)에 해당할 수도 있다. 이하에서는 특별한 언급이 없는 경우, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 캐비닛(10) 내부에는 드럼(30)과 터브(20)가 함께 구비된 형태를 기준으로 설명한다.However, according to one embodiment of the present invention, the laundry treatment apparatus 1 includes both the drum 30 and the tub 20 and includes an air supply unit for drying clothes to perform both a washing course and a drying course. may apply. Unless otherwise specified, description will be made based on a form in which the drum 30 and the tub 20 are provided inside the cabinet 10 in one embodiment of the present invention.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 세탁코스의 진행을 위한 세제공급장치를 포함할 수 있다. 세제공급장치는 캐비닛(10) 내부에 구비되거나 캐비닛(10) 외측에 마련되어 터브(20) 또는 드럼(30)의 내부로 세제를 공급하기 위한 장치이다.Meanwhile, one embodiment of the present invention may include a detergent supply device for progressing a washing course. The detergent supply device is a device provided inside the cabinet 10 or provided outside the cabinet 10 to supply detergent to the inside of the tub 20 or drum 30 .
본 발명에서 세제란 의류의 이물질을 제거하기 위한 세탁제뿐만 아니라 섬유의 유연성을 개선하기 위한 유연제 및 섬유의 색상을 개선하기 위한 표백제 등을 포함한다. 또한, 세제는 가루 형태의 세제는 물론 액상 형태의 세제 등 다양한 형태와 종류의 것을 포함하여 정의될 수 있다.In the present invention, the detergent includes not only a washing agent for removing foreign substances from clothes, but also a softening agent for improving the flexibility of fibers and a bleaching agent for improving the color of fibers. In addition, detergents may be defined to include various types and types of detergents, such as detergents in powder form as well as detergents in liquid form.
세제공급장치는 세제가 저장되는 저장유닛을 포함하고, 저장유닛은 프론트패널(15)의 세제개구(16)를 통해 캐비닛(10) 내부로 인입되거나 외부로 인출될 수 있다.The detergent supply device includes a storage unit in which detergent is stored, and the storage unit may be introduced into or taken out of the cabinet 10 through the detergent opening 16 of the front panel 15 .
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 화면이 출력되는 화면출력부(8)와 사용자에 의해 조작되어 조작신호가 발생되는 조작부를 포함하는 컨트롤패널(100)을 포함할 수 있다.On the other hand, an embodiment of the present invention may include a control panel 100 including a screen output unit 8 for outputting a screen and a control unit for generating operation signals manipulated by a user.
도 1에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 프론트패널(15)에 컨트롤패널(100)이 마련된 모습이 도시되어 있다. 다만, 컨트롤패널(100)은 프론트패널(15) 뿐만 아니라 탑패널이나 사이드패널 등에도 마련될 수 있고, 복수의 패널에 각각 마련될 수도 있다.1 shows a state in which the control panel 100 is provided on the front panel 15 according to an embodiment of the present invention. However, the control panel 100 may be provided not only on the front panel 15 but also on a top panel or a side panel, or may be provided on a plurality of panels, respectively.
도 1을 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 컨트롤패널(100)은 프론트패널(15)의 상단부에 마련될 수 있다. 프론트패널(15)의 상단부는 프론트패널(15)의 상단과 상기 컨트롤패널(100)을 포함하는 부위로 이해될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 1 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the control panel 100 may be provided on the upper end of the front panel 15 . The upper part of the front panel 15 may be understood as a part including the upper part of the front panel 15 and the control panel 100 .
컨트롤패널(100)은 프론트패널(15)과 별도로 제조되어 상기 프론트패널(15)상에 결합되거나, 프론트패널(15)의 일부가 상기 컨트롤패널(100)에 해당할 수도 있다. 컨트롤패널(100)이 프론트패널(15)과 별개로 제조되는 경우, 컨트롤패널(100)은 프론트패널(15)상에 구비되어 상기 프론트패널(15)과 함께 캐비닛(10)의 전면을 형성할 수 있다.The control panel 100 may be manufactured separately from the front panel 15 and coupled to the front panel 15, or a part of the front panel 15 may correspond to the control panel 100. When the control panel 100 is manufactured separately from the front panel 15, the control panel 100 is provided on the front panel 15 to form the front of the cabinet 10 together with the front panel 15. can
컨트롤패널(100)에는 조작부가 포함될 수 있고, 조작부는 사용자에 의해 조작되는 버튼 등을 포함할 수 있다. 조작부는 사용자에 의해 조작되어 조작신호를 발생시킬 수 있고, 상기 조작신호는 후술하는 제어부(60)로 전달될 수 있다.The control panel 100 may include a manipulation unit, and the manipulation unit may include buttons operated by a user. The control unit may be operated by a user to generate an operation signal, and the operation signal may be transmitted to the control unit 60 to be described later.
본 발명에서 조작부는 사용자가 조작하여 조작신호를 발생시키는 대상을 통칭하며, 후술할 다이얼부(56), 다기능버튼부(91), 옵션버튼부 및 추가옵션버튼부 등을 포함할 수 있다. 조작부에 대한 자세한 설명은 후술한다.In the present invention, the control unit collectively refers to an object that is manipulated by a user to generate an operation signal, and may include a dial unit 56, a multi-function button unit 91, an option button unit, and an additional option button unit, which will be described later. A detailed description of the control unit will be described later.
한편, 컨트롤패널(100)에는 화면출력부(8)가 포함될 수 있고, 화면출력부(8)는 사용자에게 정보를 제공하기 위한 화면이 출력되는 디스플레이(84) 등을 포함할 수 있다. 화면출력부(8)의 자세한 얘기는 상기 조작부와 함께 후술한다.Meanwhile, the control panel 100 may include a screen output unit 8, and the screen output unit 8 may include a display 84 or the like on which a screen for providing information to a user is output. Details of the screen output unit 8 will be described later together with the control unit.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 제어부(60)를 포함할 수 있고, 제어부(60)는 조작부와 전기적 및 신호적으로 연결될 수 있다. 또한, 제어부(60)는 드럼(30)을 회전시키기 위한 구동부 또는 물을 공급하기 위한 급수부 등 전기/전자적인 제어가 요구되는 대상과 전기적 및 신호적으로 연결될 수 있다.Meanwhile, one embodiment of the present invention may include a control unit 60, and the control unit 60 may be electrically and signally connected to the operation unit. In addition, the control unit 60 may be electrically and signally connected to a target requiring electrical/electronic control, such as a driving unit for rotating the drum 30 or a water supply unit for supplying water.
제어부(60)는 사용자에 의해 조작부에 입력되는 신호를 전달받을 수 있고, 전달된 신호에 기초하여 의류처리장치(1)의 각 구성을 제어할 수 있다. 또한, 상기 각 구성으로부터 전달되는 신호에 기초하여 조작부를 통해 사용자에게 의류처리장치(1)의 작동 상황 등을 전달할 수도 있다.The control unit 60 may receive a signal input to the manipulation unit by the user, and may control each component of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 based on the transmitted signal. In addition, the operating status of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 may be transmitted to the user through the manipulation unit based on the signal transmitted from each of the above components.
한편, 도 2에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)의 내부 단면을 나타낸 도면이다. 도 2를 참고하여 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1) 내부를 개략적으로 설명하면 다음과 같다.Meanwhile, FIG. 2 is a view showing an internal cross-section of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 2, the inside of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be schematically described as follows.
프론트패널(15)의 의류개구(17)는 의류도어(40)에 의해 차폐될 수 있고, 사용자는 의류의 세탁을 진행하고자 하는 경우 상기 의류도어(40)를 조작하여 의류개구(17)를 개방할 수 있다.The clothing opening 17 of the front panel 15 can be shielded by the clothing door 40, and the user opens the clothing opening 17 by manipulating the clothing door 40 when washing clothes. can do.
개방된 의류개구(17)에는 의류가 투입될 수 있고, 상기 의류개구(17)를 통해 투입되는 의류는 터브(20)의 터브개구(22) 및 드럼(30)의 드럼개구(32)를 통과하여 드럼(30) 내부로 투입될 수 있다.Clothes may be put into the open clothing opening 17, and the clothes put through the clothing opening 17 pass through the tub opening 22 of the tub 20 and the drum opening 32 of the drum 30. and can be put into the drum 30.
터브(20)는 캐비닛(10) 내부에서 고정되고, 의류개구(17)를 향하는 전면이 개방되어 상기 터브개구(22)가 형성될 수 있다. 터브(20)는 의류의 이탈을 방지하고 누수를 방지하기 위한 가스켓을 통해 프론트패널(15)과 연결될 수 있다. 또한, 터브(20)는 캐비닛(10)으로 전달되는 진동을 최소화하기 위하여 댐퍼를 통해 캐비닛(10)상에 지지될 수 있다.The tub 20 may be fixed inside the cabinet 10 and the front surface facing the clothing opening 17 may be opened to form the tub opening 22 . The tub 20 may be connected to the front panel 15 through a gasket for preventing separation of clothes and leakage. In addition, the tub 20 may be supported on the cabinet 10 through a damper in order to minimize vibration transmitted to the cabinet 10 .
드럼(30)은 터브(20) 내부에 배치되고, 드럼(30)에서 터브개구(22) 및 의류개구(17)를 향하는 전면이 개방되어 드럼개구(32)가 형성될 수 있다. 즉, 의류개구(17), 터브개구(22) 및 드럼개구(32)는 나란하게 정렬되어 서로 연통될 수 있다.The drum 30 may be disposed inside the tub 20, and the drum opening 32 may be formed by opening the front surface of the drum 30 toward the tub opening 22 and the clothing opening 17. That is, the clothing opening 17, the tub opening 22, and the drum opening 32 may be aligned side by side and communicate with each other.
전술한 바와 같이 드럼(30)은 외주면상에 복수의 연통홀이 형성되어 터브(20) 내부에 수용되는 물이 드럼(30) 내부로 제공될 수 있다. 또한, 드럼(30)은 회전축을 가지며 회전 가능하도록 마련될 수 있다.As described above, the drum 30 has a plurality of communication holes formed on the outer circumferential surface, so that water accommodated in the tub 20 can be supplied to the inside of the drum 30 . In addition, the drum 30 may have a rotating shaft and be rotatably provided.
드럼(30)은 회전축을 통해 구동부와 연결될 수 있다. 구동부는 제어부(60)의 신호에 기초하여 회전력을 제공할 수 있고, 구동부의 회전력은 회전축을 통해 드럼(30)으로 전달되어 상기 드럼(30)을 회전시킬 수 있다.The drum 30 may be connected to the driving unit through a rotating shaft. The driving unit may provide rotational force based on a signal from the control unit 60, and the rotational force of the driving unit may be transmitted to the drum 30 through a rotating shaft to rotate the drum 30.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 도 2에 도시된 바와 같이 드럼(30)의 회전축이 전후방향으로 연장되고 의류개구(17)가 프론트패널(15)에 마련되는 프론트 로더 타입으로 설명하고 있으나, 반드시 이에 한정할 것은 아니며 의류개구(17)가 어퍼패널에 형성되는 탑 로더 타입일 수도 있다. 다만, 이하에서 별도의 언급이 없는 한 프론트 로더 타입을 기준으로 설명한다.As shown in FIG. 2, one embodiment of the present invention is described as a front loader type in which the rotating shaft of the drum 30 extends in the forward and backward directions and the clothing opening 17 is provided on the front panel 15, but this It is not limited and may be a top loader type in which the clothing opening 17 is formed on the upper panel. However, unless otherwise specified, the description will be made based on the front loader type.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)는 외부 급수원과 연결되어 물을 공급받을 수 있다. 캐비닛(10) 내부에는 외부 급수원과 연결되는 급수부가 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention may be connected to an external water supply source to receive water. A water supply unit connected to an external water supply source may be provided inside the cabinet 10 .
급수부는 급수밸브를 포함할 수 있고, 제어부(60)는 급수밸브의 제어를 통해 세탁과정 등에서 터브(20) 내부로 물을 공급할 수 있다. 급수부는 세제공급장치를 통해 터브(20) 내부로 물을 공급하거나 세제공급장치와 별개로 터브(20) 내부로 물을 직접 공급하도록 마련될 수도 있다.The water supply unit may include a water supply valve, and the control unit 60 may supply water into the tub 20 during a washing process or the like through control of the water supply valve. The water supply unit may be provided to supply water into the tub 20 through the detergent supply device or directly supply water into the tub 20 separately from the detergent supply device.
세제공급장치는 급수호스를 통해 급수부와 연결될 수 있다. 즉, 세제공급장치는 급수부로부터 물을 공급받아 세제와 물을 함께 터브(20) 또는 드럼(30) 내부로 공급하도록 마련될 수 있다.The detergent supply device may be connected to the water supply unit through a water supply hose. That is, the detergent supply device may be provided to receive water from the water supply unit and supply the detergent and water together to the inside of the tub 20 or the drum 30 .
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)는 배수부를 포함할 수 있고, 배수부는 터브(20)와 연결되어 터브(20)에 수용된 물을 외부로 배출하도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention may include a drainage unit, and the drainage unit may be connected to the tub 20 to discharge water contained in the tub 20 to the outside.
한편, 도 2에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 캐비닛(10) 내부에 마련되는 제어부(60)가 개략적으로 도시되어 있다. 제어부(60)는 전술한 바와 같이 드럼(30)의 구동부 및 컨트롤패널(100) 등과 같은 복수의 구성과 연결될 수 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 2 schematically shows a controller 60 provided inside the cabinet 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention. As described above, the control unit 60 may be connected to a plurality of components such as the driving unit of the drum 30 and the control panel 100.
제어부(60)는 조작부의 조작신호 등에 기초하여 의류를 처리하기 위한 코스를 수행하도록 마련될 수 있다. 예컨대, 제어부(60)는 조작부를 통해 의류 처리를 위한 코스의 수행신호를 입력받으면 급수부 및 구동부 등을 제어하여 해당 코스를 수행할 수 있다.The control unit 60 may be provided to perform a course for processing clothes based on a manipulation signal of the manipulation unit. For example, the control unit 60 may control a water supply unit and a driving unit to perform a corresponding course upon receiving a signal for performing a course for processing clothes through a manipulation unit.
제어부(60)는 캐비닛(10)의 일부 공간에 구비되거나 컨트롤패널(100) 내부에 구비될 수 있다. 예컨대, 제어부(60)는 모듈 형태로 마련되어 캐비닛(10)의 로워패널상에 위치되는 베이스에 구비될 수 있다.The controller 60 may be provided in a partial space of the cabinet 10 or inside the control panel 100 . For example, the controller 60 may be provided in the form of a module and may be provided on a base positioned on a lower panel of the cabinet 10 .
또한, 제어부(60)는 컨트롤패널(100) 내부, 예컨대 화면출력부(8) 또는 조작부의 일부에 포함되도록 마련될 수도 있다. 나아가, 제어부(60)는 복수의 분할체로 구성되어 컨트롤패널(100)과 베이스 등에 각각 구비되어 함께 작동될 수도 있다.In addition, the control unit 60 may be provided to be included in the inside of the control panel 100, for example, the screen output unit 8 or a part of the manipulation unit. Furthermore, the control unit 60 may be composed of a plurality of divided bodies and may be provided on the control panel 100 and the base, respectively, and operated together.
한편, 도 1 내지 2를 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)는 사용자에 의해 휴대 가능한 통신단말기(70)와 신호적으로 연결될 수 있다. 통신단말기(70)는 캐비닛(10)과 분리되어 독립적으로 이동 가능하고, 통신 기능을 포함하며, 사용자가 휴대할 수 있도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, referring to FIGS. 1 and 2 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 60 may be signalally connected to a communication terminal 70 portable by a user. The communication terminal 70 may be separated from the cabinet 10 and independently movable, include a communication function, and may be provided to be carried by a user.
예컨대, 통신단말기(70)는 사용자가 휴대할 수 있는 휴대폰 등에 해당할 수 있다. 도 1 내지 2에는 휴대폰에 해당하는 통신단말기(70)가 개략적으로 표현되어 있다. For example, the communication terminal 70 may correspond to a mobile phone that can be carried by a user. 1 and 2, a communication terminal 70 corresponding to a mobile phone is schematically represented.
다만, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 통신단말기(70)는 반드시 이에 한정되는 것이 아니며 제어부(60)와 직접적 또는 간접적으로 통신이 가능한 다양한 종류의 것일 수 있다.However, in one embodiment of the present invention, the communication terminal 70 is not necessarily limited thereto, and may be of various types capable of direct or indirect communication with the control unit 60.
제어부(60)는 통신단말기(70)와 다양한 방식으로 통신 가능하도록 마련될 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(60)는 통신단말기(70)와 다양한 방식을 통해 신호적으로 연결될 수 있다.The controller 60 may be provided to communicate with the communication terminal 70 in various ways. That is, the control unit 60 may be signally connected to the communication terminal 70 through various methods.
예컨대, 제어부(60)는 와이파이, 블루투스, NFC 등 무선 신호를 주고 받을 수 있는 다양한 방식으로 통해 통신단말기(70)가 직접 연결되거나, 의류처리장치(1)의 내부 또는 외부에 마련되어 통신신호를 송수신하는 중간수단을 이용하여 간접 연결될 수도 있다.For example, the control unit 60 is directly connected to the communication terminal 70 through various methods capable of transmitting and receiving wireless signals such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and NFC, or is provided inside or outside the laundry treatment device 1 to transmit and receive communication signals. It may also be indirectly connected by using an intermediate means.
예컨대, 제어부(60)는 상기 통신단말기(70)와 함께 의류처리장치(1)의 내부 또는 외부에 구비되는 와이파이 모듈 등에 함께 연결되어 상기 와이파이 모듈을 통해 상기 통신단말기(70)로 신호를 송수신할 수 있다.For example, the control unit 60 is connected together with the communication terminal 70 to a Wi-Fi module provided inside or outside the clothes handling apparatus 1 to transmit and receive signals to and from the communication terminal 70 through the Wi-Fi module. can
또는, 제어부(60)는 상기 와이파이 모듈 등에 연결되어 상기 통신단말기(70)의 통신을 위한 단말기지국 등에 해당하는 통신서버로 신호를 송수신함으로써, 상기 통신서버를 통해 상기 통신단말기(70)와 신호적으로 연결될 수도 있다.Alternatively, the control unit 60 is connected to the Wi-Fi module and transmits/receives a signal to a communication server corresponding to a terminal station for communication of the communication terminal 70, thereby transmitting and receiving signals to and from the communication terminal 70 through the communication server. may be connected to
상기한 제어부(60)의 통신 방식은 본 발명의 일 실시예를 설명하기 위한 일례일 뿐, 상기한 내용으로 한정되는 것이 아니며, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 제어부(60)와 통신단말기(70)가 직접적 또는 간접적으로 상호간의 신호 송수신이 가능한 다양한 방식이 가능할 수 있다.The communication method of the control unit 60 described above is only an example for explaining an embodiment of the present invention, and is not limited to the above, and an embodiment of the present invention is the control unit 60 and the communication terminal 70 A variety of methods capable of directly or indirectly transmitting and receiving signals to each other may be possible.
사용자의 통신단말기(70)에는 의류처리장치(1)와의 정보 교환이 가능한 어플리케이션이 인스톨될 수 있고, 제어부(60)로부터 제공되는 다양한 정보들은 외부서버를 통해 상기 어플리케이션에 전달되거나 블루투스 등의 방식으로 직접 전달될 수도 있다.An application capable of exchanging information with the clothes handling device 1 may be installed in the user's communication terminal 70, and various information provided from the control unit 60 may be transmitted to the application through an external server or via Bluetooth or the like. It can also be delivered directly.
사용자는 의류처리장치(1)의 컨트롤패널(100) 뿐만 아니라 상기 통신단말기(70)를 이용하여 의류처리장치(1)의 각종 정보를 확인하거나 다양한 설정 및 수행을 명령할 수 있다.A user may check various types of information of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 or give various setting and execution commands using the communication terminal 70 as well as the control panel 100 of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 .
한편, 도 3에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 캐비닛(10)으로부터 프론트패널(15)을 분리한 모습이 도시되어 있다. 도 3을 참고하여 프론트패널(15)상의 구성을 설명하면 다음과 같다.Meanwhile, FIG. 3 shows a state in which the front panel 15 is separated from the cabinet 10 according to one embodiment of the present invention. A configuration on the front panel 15 will be described with reference to FIG. 3 as follows.
전술한 바와 같이 프론트패널(15)에는 의류개구(17) 및 세제개구(16)가 마련된다. 의류개구(17)는 의류도어(40)에 의해 개폐될 수 있고, 세제개구(16)에는 세제공급장치의 저장유닛이 삽입될 수 있다.As described above, the front panel 15 is provided with a clothing opening 17 and a detergent opening 16. The clothes opening 17 can be opened and closed by the clothes door 40, and the storage unit of the detergent supply device can be inserted into the detergent opening 16.
저장유닛은 전단부에 사용자에 의해 쥐어질 수 있는 손잡이부가 마련될 수 있고, 저장유닛이 캐비닛(10) 내부로 인입되면 손잡이부의 전면은 프론트패널(15)과 함께 의류처리장치(1)의 전면을 형성할 수 있다.The front end of the storage unit may be provided with a handle that can be held by a user, and when the storage unit is drawn into the cabinet 10, the front of the handle is the front panel 15 and the front of the clothes handling device 1. can form
한편, 프론트패널(15)의 후방에는 프론트패널(15)의 강성을 향상시키고 컨트롤패널(100)의 화면출력부(8)나 조작부가 고정될 수 있는 패널지지부(101)가 마련될 수 있다. 패널지지부(101)는 프론트패널(15)에 결합되거나 어퍼패널 및 사이드패널에 결합될 수 있다.Meanwhile, a panel support 101 may be provided at the rear of the front panel 15 to improve the rigidity of the front panel 15 and to which the screen output unit 8 or the control unit of the control panel 100 may be fixed. The panel support 101 may be coupled to the front panel 15 or to the upper panel and side panels.
패널지지부(101)는 캐비닛(10)의 폭방향을 따라 연장된 플레이트 형상으로 마련될 수 있다. 패널지지부(101)는 캐비닛(10)의 전면과 나란하게 구비되는 플레이트에 해당될 수 있다. 패널지지부(101)는 프론트패널(15)의 상부측에 배치될 수 있고, 화면출력부(8) 및 조작부의 적어도 일부가 결합될 수 있다.The panel support 101 may be provided in a plate shape extending along the width direction of the cabinet 10 . The panel support 101 may correspond to a plate provided in parallel with the front surface of the cabinet 10 . The panel support unit 101 may be disposed on the upper side of the front panel 15, and at least a part of the screen output unit 8 and the control unit may be combined.
패널지지부(101)는 프론트패널(15)의 패널플랜지부와 결합될 수 있다. 패널플랜지부는 프론트패널(15)의 테두리에서 후방으로 연장되는 플랜지 형상을 가질 수 있고, 패널플랜지부의 상부측에 상기 패널지지부(101)가 결합될 수 있다.The panel support portion 101 may be coupled to the panel flange portion of the front panel 15 . The panel flange portion may have a flange shape extending rearward from the edge of the front panel 15, and the panel support portion 101 may be coupled to an upper side of the panel flange portion.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 화면출력부(8)와 조작부의 일부가 함께 조작모듈(50)을 구성할 수 있다. 즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 조작모듈(50)은 상기 화면출력부(8) 및 조작부의 적어도 일부를 포함할 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 and a part of the operation unit may constitute the operation module 50 together. That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control module 50 may include at least a part of the screen output unit 8 and the control unit.
조작모듈(50)은 프론트패널(15)의 후방에서 상기 패널지지부(101)에 결합될 수 있다. 조작모듈(50)은 상기 화면출력부(8)와 더불어 조작부의 일부에 해당하는 다이얼부(56), 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b) 등을 포함할 수 있다.The control module 50 may be coupled to the panel support 101 at the rear of the front panel 15 . The operation module 50 may include a dial unit 56 corresponding to a part of the operation unit, a power button unit 53a, and an action button unit 53b together with the screen output unit 8.
프론트패널(15)에는 상기 조작모듈(50)의 화면출력부(8) 등이 전방으로 노출되도록 개구가 형성될 수 있다. 즉, 프론트패널(15)의 후방에서 패널지지부(101)에 결합 및 고정되는 조작모듈(50)은 복수의 버튼과 화면출력부(8)가 프론트패널(15)의 개구를 통해 전방으로 노출될 수 있다.An opening may be formed in the front panel 15 so that the screen output unit 8 of the control module 50 is exposed forward. That is, in the control module 50 coupled and fixed to the panel support 101 at the rear of the front panel 15, a plurality of buttons and a screen output unit 8 are exposed forward through the opening of the front panel 15. can
한편, 도 4에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 컨트롤패널(100)이 도시되어 있다. 도 4를 참고하여 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 컨트롤패널(100)을 설명하면 다음과 같다.Meanwhile, FIG. 4 shows a control panel 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The control panel 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 4 as follows.
컨트롤패널(100)은 캐비닛(10)상에 마련되어 의류처리장치(1)의 외관의 일부를 형성할 수 있다. 컨트롤패널(100)은 탑패널, 프론트패널(15) 등 다양한 위치에 마련될 수 있으며, 도 1에는 프론트패널(15)의 상단부에 마련된 컨트롤패널(100)이 도시되어 있다.The control panel 100 may be provided on the cabinet 10 and form a part of the exterior of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 . The control panel 100 may be provided in various positions such as the top panel and the front panel 15, and FIG. 1 shows the control panel 100 provided on the upper end of the front panel 15.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 컨트롤패널(100)은 프론트패널(15)상에 마련될 수 있고, 컨트롤패널(100)은 프론트패널(15)과 별개로 제조되어 프론트패널(15)에 결합되거나, 프론트패널(15)의 일부가 상기 컨트롤패널(100)에 해당할 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the control panel 100 may be provided on the front panel 15, and the control panel 100 may be manufactured separately from the front panel 15 and coupled to the front panel 15, or A part of the front panel 15 may correspond to the control panel 100 .
컨트롤패널(100)은 캐비닛(10)의 폭방향을 따라 연장된 바 형태의 플레이트 형상을 가질 수 있다. 프론트패널(15)의 일부가 상기 컨트롤패널(100)에 해당하는 경우, 프론트패널(15)은 상기 컨트롤패널(100)에 대응되는 영역에 개구가 형성되고, 상기 프론트패널(15)의 후방에 위치되는 화면출력부(8) 및 조작부 등은 상기 개구를 통해 프론트패널(15)의 전방으로 노출되어 사용자에게 식별되거나 조작될 수 있다.The control panel 100 may have a bar-shaped plate shape extending along the width direction of the cabinet 10 . When a part of the front panel 15 corresponds to the control panel 100, the front panel 15 has an opening formed in an area corresponding to the control panel 100, and an opening at the rear of the front panel 15. The screen output unit 8 and the control unit are exposed to the front of the front panel 15 through the opening and can be identified or operated by the user.
도 4를 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 컨트롤패널(100)은 화면출력부(8), 옵션부(200), 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)를 포함할 수 있다. 후술할 내용과 같이 화면출력부(8)는 다이얼부(56)와 다기능버튼부(91)를 포함할 수 있고, 옵션부(200)는 옵션버튼부 및 추가옵션버튼부를 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 4 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the control panel 100 may include a screen output unit 8, an option unit 200, a power button unit 53a, and an action button unit 53b. . As will be described later, the screen output unit 8 may include a dial unit 56 and a multi-function button unit 91, and the option unit 200 may include an option button unit and an additional option button unit.
상기 전원버튼부(53a), 수행버튼부(53b), 다이얼부(56), 다기능버튼부(91), 옵션버튼부 및 추가옵션버튼부는 함께 조작부를 구성할 수 있다. 즉, 조작부는 상기 전원버튼부(53a), 수행버튼부(53b), 다이얼부(56), 다기능버튼부(91), 옵션버튼부 및 추가옵션버튼부를 포함할 수 있다.The power button unit 53a, the action button unit 53b, the dial unit 56, the multifunction button unit 91, the option button unit, and the additional option button unit may constitute a control unit together. That is, the control unit may include the power button unit 53a, the execution button unit 53b, the dial unit 56, the multifunction button unit 91, the option button unit, and the additional option button unit.
화면출력부(8)와 옵션부(200)는 캐비닛(10)의 폭방향을 따라 배열될 수 있다. 이에 따라 캐비닛(10)의 폭방향을 따라 연장된 형태의 컨트롤패널(100)에서 화면출력부(8) 및 옵션부(200)가 효율적으로 배치될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 and the option unit 200 may be arranged along the width direction of the cabinet 10 . Accordingly, the screen output unit 8 and the option unit 200 can be efficiently disposed in the control panel 100 extending along the width direction of the cabinet 10 .
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 컨트롤패널(100)에는 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)를 포함할 수 있다. 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)는 조작부의 일부에 해당할 수 있다. 즉, 조작부는 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)를 포함할 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control panel 100 may include a power button unit 53a and a performance button unit 53b. The power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b may correspond to parts of the control unit. That is, the control unit may include a power button unit 53a and a performance button unit 53b.
사용자는 전원버튼부(53a)를 조작하여 의류처리장치(1)의 전원이 입력되도록 할 수 있다. 전원버튼부(53a)는 터치식 또는 기계식 버튼 타입으로 마련될 수 있고, 사용자에 의해 조작되면 조작신호에 해당하는 전원신호를 발생시킨다. A user may manipulate the power button 53a to input power to the laundry treatment apparatus 1 . The power button unit 53a may be provided in a touch type or mechanical button type, and generates a power signal corresponding to an operation signal when operated by a user.
제어부(60)는 전원 오프된 상태에서 전원버튼부(53a)의 신호를 입력받을 수 있는 슬립상태로 대기할 수 있고, 전원버튼부(53a)로부터 상기 전원신호가 전달되면 슬립온 상태로 전환되어 의류처리장치(1)의 각 구성으로 전력이 공급되도록 의류처리장치(1)를 제어할 수 있다.The control unit 60 can stand by in a sleep state in which it can receive a signal from the power button unit 53a in a power off state, and is switched to a sleep state when the power signal is transmitted from the power button unit 53a. The laundry treatment apparatus 1 may be controlled so that power is supplied to each component of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 .
한편, 사용자는 수행버튼부(53b)를 조작하여 의류처리장치(1)가 의류를 처리하는 의류처리과정(P3)을 수행하도록 명령할 수 있다. 수행버튼부(53b)는 터치식 또는 기계식 버튼 타입으로 마련될 수 있고, 사용자에 의해 조작되면 조작신호의 일종인 수행신호를 발생시킨다. 제어부(60)는 슬립온 상태에서 상기 수행신호가 전달되면, 구동부 및 급수부 등을 제어하여 의류를 처리하기 위한 의류처리과정(P3)을 수행할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the user may command the laundry treatment apparatus 1 to perform the laundry treatment process P3 by manipulating the execution button 53b. The execution button unit 53b may be provided in a touch type or mechanical button type, and generates an execution signal, which is a kind of operation signal, when operated by a user. When the execution signal is transmitted in the slip-on state, the control unit 60 may control the driving unit and the water supply unit to perform a laundry treatment process (P3) for treating laundry.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)의 사용에 있어 사용자에게 필수적으로 조작되고 중요도가 높은 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)는 상기 화면출력부(8) 및 옵션부(200)에 대해 독립적으로 배치되어 사용자가 쉽게 인지할 수 있다.On the other hand, in using the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention, the power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b, which are indispensably operated by the user and have a high importance, are the screen output unit 8. And it is arranged independently of the option unit 200 so that the user can easily recognize it.
전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)는 컨트롤패널(100)에서 화면출력부(8) 및 옵션부(200)를 제외한 나머지 영역에 배치될 수 있다. 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)는 화면출력부(8)의 양측에 각각 배치될 수 있다.The power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b may be disposed in the remaining areas of the control panel 100 except for the screen output unit 8 and the option unit 200 . The power button unit 53a and the action button unit 53b may be disposed on both sides of the screen output unit 8, respectively.
도 4에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 캐비닛(10)의 폭방향을 기준으로 화면출력부(8)의 일측에 전원버튼부(53a)가 배치되고, 화면출력부(8)의 타측에 수행버튼부(53b)가 배치된 모습이 도시되어 있다. 수행버튼부(53b)는 화면출력부(8)와 옵션부(200) 사이에 배치될 수 있다.4, the power button 53a is disposed on one side of the screen output unit 8 based on the width direction of the cabinet 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the power button 53a is disposed on the other side of the screen output unit 8. A state in which the button portion 53b is disposed is shown. The action button unit 53b may be disposed between the screen output unit 8 and the option unit 200 .
한편, 도 5에는 옵션부(200)가 도시되어 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)에는 의류를 처리하기 위한 다양한 코스가 미리 저장되며, 사용자는 옵션부(200)를 통해 각 코스의 옵션 상태를 확인하거나 상기 옵션을 조절할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the option unit 200 is shown in FIG. 5 . In one embodiment of the present invention, various courses for processing clothes are stored in advance in the control unit 60, and the user can check the option status of each course or adjust the options through the option unit 200.
옵션부(200)는 복수의 옵션에 각각 대응되는 복수의 옵션조절부를 포함할 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예는 사용자가 선택 가능한 옵션값이 복수개 존재하는 옵션이 복수개 존재하고, 상기 복수의 옵션조절부는 각각 서로 다른 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값을 조절하도록 마련된다.The option unit 200 may include a plurality of option control units respectively corresponding to a plurality of options. In one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of options having a plurality of option values selectable by a user exist, and the plurality of option control units are provided to adjust option setting values for different options, respectively.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 어느 하나의 옵션은 사용자가 선택 가능한 복수의 옵션값을 포함하고, 상기 복수의 옵션값 중 어느 하나는 해당 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값으로 설정되어 의류를 처리하는 코스에 반영될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, any one option includes a plurality of option values selectable by a user, and one of the plurality of option values is set as an option setting value for the corresponding option and reflected in a course for processing clothes. It can be.
도 5에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 제1옵션부(200), 제2옵션부(200) 및 제3옵션부(200)를 포함하는 옵션부(200)가 도시되어 있다. 상기 제1옵션부(200), 제2옵션부(200) 및 제3옵션부(200)는 옵션조절부에 해당한다. 즉, 옵션부(200)는 옵션조절부를 포함할 수 있고, 옵션조절부는 제1옵션부(200), 제2옵션부(200) 및 제3옵션부(200)를 포함할 수 있다.5 shows an option unit 200 including a first option unit 200, a second option unit 200, and a third option unit 200 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The first option unit 200, the second option unit 200, and the third option unit 200 correspond to an option control unit. That is, the option unit 200 may include an option control unit, and the option control unit may include a first option unit 200, a second option unit 200, and a third option unit 200.
옵션조절부의 수는 코스에 대해 조절 가능한 옵션의 수와 대응될 수 있고, 다양한 수로 결정될 수 있다. 예컨대, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 헹굼회수에 대한 제1옵션, 탈수회수에 대한 제2옵션 및 물온도에 대한 제3옵션을 포함할 수 있고, 옵션조절부 또한 제1옵션에 대한 제1옵션부(200), 제2옵션에 대한 제2옵션부(200) 및 제3옵션에 대한 제3옵션부(200)를 포함할 수 있다.The number of option control units may correspond to the number of adjustable options for the course, and may be determined in various numbers. For example, an embodiment of the present invention may include a first option for rinsing number, a second option for dehydration number, and a third option for water temperature, and the option control unit also has a first option for the first option. It may include a part 200, a second option part 200 for the second option, and a third option part 200 for the third option.
다만, 위와 같은 옵션의 수와 옵션 내용은 설명의 편의를 위한 것일 뿐 위와 같이 한정되는 것이 아니며, 상기 옵션의 수와 옵션조절부의 수는 다양할 수 있고, 제1,2,3옵션에 대응되는 구체적인 옵션 내용 또한 필요에 따라 다양할 수 있다.However, the number of options and the content of the options as above are only for convenience of description, and are not limited as above, and the number of options and the number of option control units may vary, and corresponding to the first, second, and third options. Specific options may also vary as needed.
옵션부(200)에 포함되는 옵션조절부는 옵션표시부 및 옵션버튼부를 포함할 수 있다. 즉, 옵션부(200)는 옵션표시부 및 옵션버튼부를 포함할 수 있고, 상기 옵션버튼부는 전술한 조작부의 일부에 해당할 수 있다.The option control unit included in the option unit 200 may include an option display unit and an option button unit. That is, the option unit 200 may include an option display unit and an option button unit, and the option button unit may correspond to a part of the aforementioned operation unit.
예컨대, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 옵션부(200)는 복수의 옵션조절부를 포함할 수 있고, 복수의 옵션조절부는 제1옵션조절부(210), 제2옵션조절부(220) 및 제3옵션조절부(230)를 포함할 수 있으며, 제1옵션조절부(210)는 제1옵션표시부(211) 및 제1옵션버튼부(212)를 포함할 수 있고, 제2옵션조절부(220)는 제2옵션표시부(221) 및 제2옵션버튼부(222)를 포함할 수 있으며, 제3옵션조절부(230)는 제3옵션표시부(231) 및 제3옵션버튼부(232)를 포함할 수 있다.For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, the option unit 200 may include a plurality of option control units, and the plurality of option control units include the first option control unit 210, the second option control unit 220, and the third option control unit 220. It may include an option control unit 230, and the first option control unit 210 may include a first option display unit 211 and a first option button unit 212, and the second option control unit 220 ) May include a second option display unit 221 and a second option button unit 222, the third option control unit 230 is the third option display unit 231 and the third option button unit 232 can include
옵션표시부는 해당 옵션조절부에 대응되는 옵션의 현재 옵션설정값을 표시하도록 마련될 수 있고, 옵션버튼부는 해당 옵션조절부에 대응되는 옵션의 상기 옵션설정값을 변경하도록 마련될 수 있다.The option display unit may be provided to display the current option setting value of an option corresponding to the corresponding option control unit, and the option button unit may be provided to change the option setting value of the option corresponding to the corresponding option control unit.
즉, 사용자는 옵션부(200)에 마련되는 복수의 옵션조절부 중 어느 하나의 옵션버튼부를 조작하여 해당 옵션에 대항 옵션조절신호를 발생시킬 수 있고, 제어부(60)는 상기 옵션조절신호에 기초하여 해당 옵션에 대한 복수의 옵션값 중 옵션설정값으로 설정되는 대상을 변경할 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(60)는 옵션조절신호에 기초하여 해당 옵션의 옵션설정값을 변경할 수 있다.That is, the user can generate an option control signal against a corresponding option by manipulating any one option button among a plurality of option control units provided in the option unit 200, and the control unit 60 can generate an option control signal based on the option control signal. Thus, among a plurality of option values for the corresponding option, the object set as the option setting value can be changed. That is, the control unit 60 may change the option setting value of the corresponding option based on the option control signal.
옵션표시부는 복수의 발광부(205)를 포함할 수 있다. 복수의 발광부(205)는 각각 해당 옵션표시부와 대응되는 옵션의 옵션값 수와 대응될 수 있다. 또한, 옵션표시부는 상기 복수의 발광부(205)의 발광 특성을 통해 사용자에게 해당 옵션의 옵션설정값 정보를 제공할 수 있다.The option display unit may include a plurality of light emitting units 205 . Each of the plurality of light emitting units 205 may correspond to the number of option values of options corresponding to the corresponding option display unit. In addition, the option display unit may provide option setting value information of a corresponding option to the user through light emitting characteristics of the plurality of light emitting units 205 .
예컨대, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 옵션조절부는 제1옵션부(200)를 포함할 수 있고, 상기 제1옵션부(200)는 제1옵션의 옵션설정값을 표시하기 위한 제1옵션표시부(211)를 포함할 수 있으며, 제1옵션표시부(211)는 제1옵션에 대한 옵션값들에 대해 각각 대응되는 복수의 발광부(205)를 포함할 수 있다.For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, the option control unit may include a first option unit 200, and the first option unit 200 is a first option display unit for displaying option setting values of the first option ( 211), and the first option display unit 211 may include a plurality of light emitting units 205 respectively corresponding to option values for the first option.
사용자는 제1옵션버튼부(212)를 조작하여 제1옵션의 옵션설정값을 변경할 수 있으며, 제1옵션표시부(211)는 현재 설정된 옵션설정값에 대응되는 발광부(205)가 발광되어 사용자에게 현재의 옵션설정값을 표시할 수 있다.The user can change the option setting value of the first option by manipulating the first option button part 212, and the light emitting part 205 corresponding to the currently set option setting value of the first option display part 211 emits light for the user. You can display the current option settings to .
즉, 제어부(60)는 제1옵션버튼부(212)가 조작되면 제1옵션의 옵션설정값을 변경하며, 제1옵션의 현재 옵션설정값에 대응되는 발광부(205)가 발광되도록 제1옵션표시부(211)를 제어할 수 있다.That is, when the first option button unit 212 is manipulated, the control unit 60 changes the option setting value of the first option, and causes the light emitting unit 205 corresponding to the current option setting value of the first option to emit light. The option display unit 211 can be controlled.
한편, 옵션부(200)는 상기 옵션조절부와 더불어 추가옵션버튼부를 더 포함할 수 있다. 상기 추가옵션버튼부는 추가옵션을 설정하기 위해 마련될 수 있다. 예컨대, 사용자는 추가옵션버튼부를 조작하여 해당 추가옵션을 적용 또는 실행시키거나 취소 또는 종료시킬 수 있다.Meanwhile, the option unit 200 may further include an additional option button unit together with the option control unit. The additional option button unit may be provided to set additional options. For example, the user may apply, execute, cancel, or end the corresponding additional option by manipulating the additional option button unit.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 추가옵션은 옵션조절부에 의해 조절되는 옵션과 달리 복수의 옵션값을 가지지 않으며, 추가옵션의 적용 여부 또는 추가옵션의 진행 여부가 결정될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the additional option does not have a plurality of option values, unlike options controlled by the option control unit, and whether to apply the additional option or not to proceed with the additional option may be determined.
예컨대, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 추가옵션버튼부는 설정버튼부(240), 예약버튼부(250), 스팀버튼부 등을 포함할 수 있다.For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, the additional option button unit may include a setting button unit 240, a reservation button unit 250, a steam button unit, and the like.
추가옵션버튼부는 상기 스팀버튼부와 같이 스팀의 적용 여부만이 설정되거나, 설정버튼부(240)와 같이 설정단계의 진행 여부만이 설정될 수 있다. 다만, 반드시 이와 같이 한정되는 것은 아니며, 추가옵션 또한 옵션조절부에 의해 조절되는 옵션과 같이 복수의 옵션값을 포함할 수도 있고, 옵션조절부에 의해 조절되는 옵션 또한 상기 추가옵션과 같이 적용 여부만이 결정될 수도 있다.The additional option button unit may set only whether to apply steam like the steam button unit, or only whether to proceed with a setting step like the setting button unit 240. However, it is not necessarily limited in this way, and additional options may also include a plurality of option values, such as options controlled by the option control unit, and options controlled by the option control unit may only be applied as in the above additional options. this may be determined.
한편, 추가옵션버튼부의 설정버튼부(240)가 사용자에 의해 조작되면 화면출력부(8)에는 설정화면(420)이 출력되며 설정단계가 진행될 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(60)는 설정버튼부(240)의 설정신호가 전달되면 화면출력부(8)에 설정화면(420)이 출력되도록 상기 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.On the other hand, when the setting button unit 240 of the additional option button unit is manipulated by the user, the setting screen 420 is output to the screen output unit 8 and the setting step may proceed. That is, the controller 60 can control the screen output unit 8 so that the setting screen 420 is output on the screen output unit 8 when the setting signal of the setting button unit 240 is transmitted.
또한, 추가옵션버튼부의 예약버튼부(250)가 사용자에 의해 조작되면 화면출력부(8)에는 예약화면이 출력되며 예약단계가 진행될 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(60)는 예약버튼부(250)의 예약신호가 전달되면 화면출력부(8)에 예약화면이 출력되도록 상기 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다. 상기 설정단계 및 예약단계에 대한 자세한 설명은 후술한다.In addition, when the reservation button unit 250 of the additional option button unit is manipulated by the user, a reservation screen is output on the screen output unit 8 and the reservation step may proceed. That is, the controller 60 can control the screen output unit 8 so that the reservation screen is output on the screen output unit 8 when the reservation signal of the reservation button unit 250 is transmitted. A detailed description of the setting step and the reservation step will be described later.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 복수의 추가옵션버튼부는 격자 형태로 배열되어 제한된 옵션부(200)의 영역에서 효율적인 배치가 구현될 수 있다. 또한, 옵션조절부는 복수의 발광부(205)가 일렬로 정렬되어 옵션값의 변화를 직관적으로 인지하기에 유리하도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the plurality of additional option button units are arranged in a lattice form, so that efficient arrangement can be implemented in a limited area of the option unit 200 . In addition, the option control unit may be provided so that the plurality of light emitting units 205 are aligned in a row so that it is advantageous to intuitively recognize a change in option value.
도 5에는 캐비닛(10)의 폭방향을 따라 복수의 옵션조절부가 정렬되고, 옵션조절부의 일측에 상기 추가옵션버튼부들이 격자 형태로 배치된 모습이 도시되어 있다.5 shows a state in which a plurality of option control units are aligned along the width direction of the cabinet 10 and the additional option button units are arranged in a lattice form on one side of the option control unit.
조작부의 일부를 구성하는 옵션버튼부 및 추가옵션버튼부는 각각 해당하는 옵션의 명칭이 표시되도록 마련될 수 있다. 나아가, 옵션표시부, 옵션버튼부 및 추가옵션버튼부는 각각 발광 가능하도록 마련되어 외관상의 심미성을 향상시킴과 동시에, 의류의 처리를 위한 코스별로 조작이 가능한 옵션에 대응되는 옵션조절부 또는 추가옵션버튼부만이 발광됨으로써 사용자에게 사용 편의성을 제공할 수 있다.The option button unit and the additional option button unit constituting a part of the operation unit may be provided to display names of corresponding options, respectively. Furthermore, the option display unit, the option button unit, and the additional option button unit are provided so as to emit light, respectively, to enhance the aesthetics of the exterior, and at the same time, only the option control unit or additional option button unit corresponding to the option that can be operated for each course for processing clothes. By emitting light, convenience of use can be provided to the user.
한편, 도 6에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 조작모듈(50)을 분해한 모습이 도시되어 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예는 화면출력부(8)와 조작부의 적어도 일부가 함께 모듈화된 상기 조작모듈(50)이 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 6 shows an exploded view of the operation module 50 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In one embodiment of the present invention, the control module 50 in which the screen output unit 8 and at least a part of the control unit are modularized may be provided.
도 6에는 조작모듈(50)에 화면출력부(8), 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)가 포함된 구조가 도시되어 있으나, 필요에 따라 조작모듈(50)에는 조작부의 일부가 추가로 포함되거나 기타 구성이 추가될 수 있다.6 shows a structure including the screen output unit 8, the power button unit 53a, and the execution button unit 53b in the operation module 50, but a part of the operation unit is included in the operation module 50 as needed. may be additionally included or other configurations may be added.
도 6을 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 조작모듈(50)은 프론트패널(15)의 내부에 구비될 수 있다. 즉, 조작모듈(50)은 프론트패널(15)의 전면과 패널지지부(101) 사이에 위치될 수 있다. 프론트패널(15)의 내부란 프론트패널(15)의 전면과 전술한 패널플랜지부에 의해 둘러싸이는 영역을 의미할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 6 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the control module 50 may be provided inside the front panel 15 . That is, the control module 50 may be located between the front of the front panel 15 and the panel support 101 . The inside of the front panel 15 may refer to an area surrounded by the front surface of the front panel 15 and the aforementioned panel flange portion.
프론트패널(15)의 내부는 프론트패널(15)의 전면의 후방에 위치될 수 있고 후방으로 개방될 수 있다. 프론트패널(15)의 내부는 어퍼패널, 사이드패널 및 로워패널의 전방측에 위치될 수 있다.The inside of the front panel 15 can be located behind the front of the front panel 15 and can be opened to the rear. The inside of the front panel 15 may be located on the front side of the upper panel, the side panel and the lower panel.
조작모듈(50)은 패널지지부(101)의 전면상에 결합되어 프론트패널(15)의 내부에 배치될 수 있다. 조작모듈(50)은 패널지지부(101)에 결합되는 조작하우징(51)을 포함할 수 있다. 조작하우징(51)은 전원버튼부(53a), 수행버튼부(53b), 다이얼부(56) 및 화면출력부(8)와 전기적으로 연결되는 기판부(52)를 포함할 수 있다.The control module 50 may be coupled to the front surface of the panel support 101 and disposed inside the front panel 15 . The manipulation module 50 may include a manipulation housing 51 coupled to the panel support 101 . The control housing 51 may include a power button unit 53a, an action button unit 53b, a dial unit 56, and a substrate unit 52 electrically connected to the screen output unit 8.
기판부(52)는 조작하우징(51)의 내부에 구비되고, 전원버튼부(53a), 수행버튼부(53b) 및 화면출력부(8)와 연결될 수 있다. 조작하우징(51)의 내부에는 기판부(52)가 수용된 이후 수밀성을 확보하기 위해 실러가 충전될 수 있다.The substrate unit 52 is provided inside the manipulation housing 51 and may be connected to the power button unit 53a, the execution button unit 53b and the screen output unit 8. After the board unit 52 is accommodated in the manipulation housing 51, a sealer may be filled to secure watertightness.
한편, 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)는 기판부(52)에 결합되는 전원버튼 하우징 및 수행버튼하우징(54b)을 각각 포함할 수 있다. 전원버튼하우징(54a) 및 수행버튼 하우징은 다양한 방식으로 기판부(52)에 결합되거나 연결될 수 있고, 프론트패널(15)의 전방으로 노출되는 버튼을 포함할 수 있다. Meanwhile, the power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b may include a power button housing and a performance button housing 54b coupled to the substrate unit 52, respectively. The power button housing 54a and the execution button housing may be coupled or connected to the substrate unit 52 in various ways, and may include buttons exposed to the front of the front panel 15 .
전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)는 사용자에 의해 전달되는 물리력이나 전기력을 감지하여 사용자의 입력신호를 발생시킬 수 있다. 예컨대, 전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)는 물리적으로 이동되는 기계식 또는 물리적인 이동은 없으나 사용자의 접촉을 감지하는 터치식일 수 있다.The power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b may sense physical force or electric force transmitted by the user to generate a user's input signal. For example, the power button unit 53a and the action button unit 53b may be physically moved mechanically or touch-typed without physical movement but detecting a user's contact.
전원버튼부(53a) 및 수행버튼부(53b)는 사용자에 의해 가압되면 전기신호를 발생시키거나, 사용자의 손 등이 접촉되어 전기력이 입력되는 경우 제어부(60)로 전달될 전기신호를 발생시키도록 마련될 수 있다.The power button unit 53a and the execution button unit 53b generate an electrical signal when pressed by a user, or generate an electrical signal to be transmitted to the control unit 60 when the user's hand or the like is contacted and electrical power is input. A catalog may be prepared.
한편, 조작모듈(50)은 화면출력부(8)를 포함하고, 화면출력부(8)는 다이얼부(56)을 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 화면출력부(8)는 기판부(52)에 결합되는 출력하우징(57)을 포함할 수 있고, 다이얼부(56)의 회전을 감지하기 위한 회전감지부(58)를 포함할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the control module 50 may include a screen output unit 8 , and the screen output unit 8 may include a dial unit 56 . In addition, the screen output unit 8 may include an output housing 57 coupled to the substrate unit 52, and may include a rotation detection unit 58 for detecting rotation of the dial unit 56. .
화면출력부(8)는 제어부(60)에 의해 전달되는 출력신호에 대응하는 화면을 사용자에게 제공할 수 있다. 화면출력부(8)의 적어도 일부 영역은 사용자의 터치신호를 입력받을 수 있는 터치영역에 해당할 수 있다. 다이얼부(56)는 화면출력부(8)의 둘레를 감싸도록 마련될 수 있고, 사용자는 화면출력부(8)의 다이얼부(56)를 회전시켜 제어부(60)로 입력신호를 전달할 수 있다. The screen output unit 8 may provide a screen corresponding to an output signal transmitted by the control unit 60 to the user. At least some area of the screen output unit 8 may correspond to a touch area that can receive a user's touch signal. The dial unit 56 may be provided to surround the circumference of the screen output unit 8, and the user may transmit an input signal to the control unit 60 by rotating the dial unit 56 of the screen output unit 8. .
회전감지부(58)는 출력하우징(57)의 내부에 구비될 수 있고, 다이얼부(56)와 연결되어 다이얼부(56)의 회전을 감지하도록 마련될 수 있다. 회전감지부(58)는 자력발생체를 포함하고 고정체와 회전체가 구비되는 엔코더에 해당할 수 있다.The rotation detection unit 58 may be provided inside the output housing 57 and connected to the dial unit 56 to detect rotation of the dial unit 56 . The rotation sensing unit 58 may correspond to an encoder including a magnetic force generator and having a fixed body and a rotating body.
회전감지부(58)의 회전체는 다이얼부(56)와 연결되어 상기 다이얼부(56) 함께 회전될 수 있고, 사용자가 다이얼부(56)를 회전시키면 회전체의 회전에 의해 회전감지부(58)가 회전체의 회전에 의한 전기적 신호를 발생시켜 제어부(60)로 전달할 수 있다.The rotating body of the rotation sensing unit 58 is connected to the dial unit 56 and can be rotated together with the dial unit 56, and when the user rotates the dial unit 56, the rotation sensing unit ( 58) can generate an electrical signal by the rotation of the rotating body and transmit it to the control unit 60.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 프론트패널(15)의 내부에 조작모듈(50)이 구비될 수 있고, 따라서 프론트패널(15)은 전후방향을 따라 상기 조작모듈(50)이 수용될 수 있도록 충분한 길이를 가질 수 있다. 예컨대, 프론트패널(15)의 패널플랜지부가 후방으로 연장되는 길이는 조작모듈(50)의 전후방향 길이보다 더 길 수 있다.According to one embodiment of the present invention, the control module 50 may be provided inside the front panel 15, and therefore, the front panel 15 has a sufficient length to accommodate the control module 50 along the front-back direction. can have For example, the rearward extension of the panel flange of the front panel 15 may be longer than that of the control module 50 in the front-back direction.
한편, 도 7은 화면출력부(8)의 일례를 도시한 것으로, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 회전감지부(58)에 고정되는 하우징(81), 상기 하우징에 고정되어 정보(의류처리장치의 제어, 작동 등에 관련된 정보)가 표시되는 디스플레이(84), 상기 하우징에 구비되어 상기 디스플레이(84)를 제어하는 회로가 구비된 회로기판(82)을 포함하도록 구비될 수 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 7 shows an example of the screen output unit 8. The screen output unit 8 includes a housing 81 fixed to the rotation sensing unit 58 and information (clothing processing device) fixed to the housing. It may be provided to include a display 84 for displaying information related to control, operation, etc., and a circuit board 82 provided in the housing and having a circuit for controlling the display 84.
상기 하우징(81)은 상기 회전감지부(58)에 고정되는 체결바디(81b) 및 상기 회전감지부(58) 내부에 수용되는 수용바디(81a)를 포함하도록 구비될 수 있다.The housing 81 may include a fastening body 81b fixed to the rotation sensing unit 58 and a receiving body 81a accommodated inside the rotation sensing unit 58 .
상기 수용바디(81a)는 상기 회전감지부(58)에 삽입될 수 있는 한 어떠한 형상으로도 구비될 수 있는데, 도 7은 상기 수용바디(81a)가 원기둥 형상으로 구비된 경우를 일례로 도시한 것이다.The accommodating body 81a may be provided in any shape as long as it can be inserted into the rotation sensing unit 58. FIG. 7 shows a case in which the accommodating body 81a is provided in a cylindrical shape as an example. will be.
상기 수용바디(81a)의 내부에는 장착공간(811)이 형성되고, 상기 수용바디 관통홀(812)은 상기 수용바디(81a)가 제공하는 공간에 구비된다. 상기 체결바디(81b)는 상기 회전감지부(58)에 삽입될 수 있는 한 어떠한 형상으로도 구비될 수 있다. 상기 체결바디(81b)에는 상기 장착공간(811)에 연결되는 체결바디 관통홀(815)이 구비된다.An installation space 811 is formed inside the accommodating body 81a, and the accommodating body through-hole 812 is provided in the space provided by the accommodating body 81a. The fastening body 81b may be provided in any shape as long as it can be inserted into the rotation sensing unit 58. The fastening body 81b is provided with a fastening body through hole 815 connected to the mounting space 811 .
상기 체결바디(81b)의 원주면에는 고정바디 체결부(816)가 구비될 수 있다. 나아가, 상기 체결바디(81b)의 원주면에는 다수의 위치설정 돌기(817)가 더 구비될 수도 있다.A fixing body fastening part 816 may be provided on the circumferential surface of the fastening body 81b. Furthermore, a plurality of positioning protrusions 817 may be further provided on the circumferential surface of the fastening body 81b.
상기 위치설정 돌기(817)의 형상은 상기 회전감지부(58)에 구비된 위치설정홈에 삽입 가능한 형상으로 구비되고, 상기 위치설정 돌기(817)의 위치는 상기 위치설정홈의 위치에 대응하는 지점에 구비된다. The shape of the positioning projection 817 is provided in a shape that can be inserted into the positioning groove provided in the rotation sensing unit 58, and the position of the positioning projection 817 corresponds to the position of the positioning groove. provided at the branch.
상기 위치설정 돌기(817)와 위치설정홈은 상기 체결바디(81b)가 삽입될 때 상기 고정바디 체결부(816)가 고정부에 결합되지 못하는 위험을 최소화하는 수단이다.The positioning protrusion 817 and the positioning groove are means for minimizing the risk that the fixing body fastening part 816 is not coupled to the fixing part when the fastening body 81b is inserted.
도 7에 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 디스플레이(84)의 회로기판(82)은 상기 장착공간(811)에 삽입되고, 상기 디스플레이(84)의 회로기판(82)에 연결된 와이어(822)는 상기 체결바디 관통홀(815)을 통해 상기 하우징(81)의 외부로 인출 가능하다. 상기 디스플레이(84)의 회로기판(82)에는 다수의 램프(821)가 구비될 수 있다.As shown in FIG. 7, the circuit board 82 of the display 84 is inserted into the mounting space 811, and the wire 822 connected to the circuit board 82 of the display 84 is fastened. It can be drawn out of the housing 81 through the body through-hole 815 . A plurality of lamps 821 may be provided on the circuit board 82 of the display 84 .
상기 디스플레이(84)의 회로기판(82)과 상기 디스플레이(84) 사이의 간격을 유지하고, 상기 램프(821)의 파손을 방지하기 위해, 상기 장착공간(811)에는 상기 디스플레이(84)와 상기 제2회로기판(82) 사이에 위치하는 장착부(83)가 구비될 수 있다.In order to maintain a distance between the circuit board 82 of the display 84 and the display 84 and to prevent damage to the lamp 821, the display 84 and the display 84 are provided in the mounting space 811. A mounting portion 83 located between the second circuit board 82 may be provided.
상기 장착부(83)는 상기 수용바디(81a)에 고정되어 상기 장착공간(811) 내부에 위치하는 장착바디(831)로 구비될 수 있다. 상기 장착바디(831)는 상기 장착공간(811)에 삽입될 수 있는 한 어떠한 형상으로도 구비될 수 있는데, 도 7은 상기 장착바디(831)가 대략 원기둥 형상으로 구비된 경우를 일례로 도시한 것이다.The mounting part 83 may be provided as a mounting body 831 fixed to the receiving body 81a and positioned inside the mounting space 811 . The mounting body 831 may be provided in any shape as long as it can be inserted into the mounting space 811. FIG. 7 shows a case in which the mounting body 831 is provided in a substantially cylindrical shape as an example. will be.
상기 장착바디(831)의 일면에는 상기 디스플레이(84)가 고정되는 안착홈(832)이 구비된다. 상기 안착홈(832)에는 커넥터 관통홀(836)이 구비될 수 있는데, 상기 디스플레이(84)에 구비된 커넥터(841, flexible PCB 등)는 상기 커넥터 관통홀(836)에 삽입됨으로써 상기 디스플레이(84)의 회로기판(82)에 연결될 수 있다.A mounting groove 832 to which the display 84 is fixed is provided on one surface of the mounting body 831 . A connector through-hole 836 may be provided in the seating groove 832, and the connector 841 (flexible PCB, etc.) provided in the display 84 is inserted into the connector through-hole 836 so that the display 84 ) can be connected to the circuit board 82.
상기 장착바디(831)에는 상기 램프(821)가 삽입되는 램프 관통홀(835)이 구비될 수 있다. 상기 램프 관통홀(835)은 상기 램프(821)의 수와 동일한 수로 구비됨이 바람직하며, 상기 램프 관통홀(835)의 위치는 상기 안착홈(832)의 상부에 위치된 장착바디의 공간, 또는 상기 안착홈(832)의 하부에 위치된 장착바디의 공간으로 설정되어야 한다. 상기 램프(821)에서 방출된 빛이 상기 램프 관통홀(835)을 통해 상기 하우징(81)의 외부로 전달되도록 하기 위함이다.A lamp through-hole 835 into which the lamp 821 is inserted may be provided in the mounting body 831 . It is preferable that the lamp through-holes 835 are provided in the same number as the number of lamps 821, and the location of the lamp through-holes 835 is the space of the mounting body located above the seating groove 832, Alternatively, it should be set to the space of the mounting body located below the seating groove 832. This is to allow the light emitted from the lamp 821 to be transmitted to the outside of the housing 81 through the lamp through-hole 835 .
상기 장착부(83)는 상기 수용바디(81a)에 구비된 장착바디 체결부(813) 및 상기 장착바디(831)에 구비된 수용바디 체결부(833)를 통해 하우징(81)에 고정된다. The mounting part 83 is fixed to the housing 81 through the mounting body fastening part 813 provided in the receiving body 81a and the receiving body fastening part 833 provided in the mounting body 831 .
상기 장착바디 체결부(813)는 상기 장착공간(811) 내부에 위치하는 다수의 돌기로 구비되고, 상기 수용바디 체결부(833)는 상기 장착바디(831)의 원주면(수용바디에 접촉하는 장착바디의 일면)에 구비되어 상기 장착바디 체결부(813)가 고정되는 홈 등으로 구비될 수 있다. 한편, 상기 수용바디(81a)의 원주면에는 돌기 형태의 스페이서(814)가 마련될 수 있다.The mounting body fastening part 813 is provided with a plurality of protrusions located inside the mounting space 811, and the receiving body fastening part 833 is a circumferential surface of the mounting body 831 (in contact with the receiving body). It is provided on one surface of the mounting body) and may be provided with a groove or the like to which the mounting body fastening part 813 is fixed. Meanwhile, a protruding spacer 814 may be provided on the circumferential surface of the receiving body 81a.
상기 장착바디 체결부(813)와 상기 수용바디 체결부(833)의 개수는 동일하게 설정되고, 상기 장착바디 체결부(813)와 상기 수용바디 체결부(833)의 위치는 서로 대응하도록 설정되어야 한다.The number of the mounting body fastening part 813 and the receiving body fastening part 833 should be set to be the same, and the positions of the mounting body fastening part 813 and the receiving body fastening part 833 should be set to correspond to each other. do.
상기 장착바디(831)의 체결력을 높이기 위해, 상기 수용바디 체결부(833)는 상기 안착면(832)보다 높은 지점에 위치하는 상부 체결부, 및 상기 안착면(832)보다 낮은 지점에 위치하는 하부 체결부로 구비될 수 있다. 도면에 도시된 바와 달리, 상기 수용바디 체결부(833)는 상기 안착면의 좌측과 우측에 각각 구비되도록 구비될 수도 있다.In order to increase the fastening force of the mounting body 831, the receiving body fastening part 833 is an upper fastening part located at a higher point than the seating surface 832, and a lower position than the seating surface 832. It may be provided as a lower fastening part. Unlike shown in the drawing, the receiving body fastening part 833 may be provided on the left and right sides of the seating surface, respectively.
상기 디스플레이(84)와 상기 디스플레이(84)의 회로기판(82)으로 물과 이물질이 유입되는 것을 방지할 수 있도록, 상기 수용바디(81a)에는 커버(85)가 더 구비될 수 있다.A cover 85 may be further provided on the receiving body 81a to prevent water and foreign substances from entering the display 84 and the circuit board 82 of the display 84 .
상기 커버(85)는 상기 수용바디(81a)와 상기 장착바디(831) 중 적어도 어느 하나에 고정되어, 상기 수용바디 관통홀(812)를 폐쇄하도록 구비됨이 바람직하다. 상기 커버(85)는 상기 디스플레이(84)에 표시된 정보 및 상기 램프(821)에서 방출된 빛을 외부에서 확인 가능한 정도의 투명도를 가진 재질로 구비되어야 한다.The cover 85 is preferably fixed to at least one of the receiving body 81a and the mounting body 831 to close the receiving body through-hole 812 . The cover 85 should be made of a material having transparency enough to allow information displayed on the display 84 and light emitted from the lamp 821 to be confirmed from the outside.
상기 커버(85)가 상기 장착바디(831)에 고정되도록 구비될 경우, 상기 커버(85)에는 상기 장착바디(831)를 향해 돌출된 커버 고정돌기(851)가 구비되고, 상기 장착바디(831)에는 상기 커버 고정돌기(851)가 결합하는 고정돌기 체결부(834)가 구비될 수 있다.When the cover 85 is provided to be fixed to the mounting body 831, the cover 85 is provided with a cover fixing protrusion 851 protruding toward the mounting body 831, and the mounting body 831 ) may be provided with a fixing protrusion fastening part 834 to which the cover fixing protrusion 851 is coupled.
상기 디스플레이(84)의 회로기판(82) 역시 상기 장착바디(831)에 고정될 수 있다. 즉, 상기 장착부(83)는 상기 장착바디(831)에서 상기 제2회로기판(82)을 향해 돌출된 돌기(838)가 구비되고, 상기 제2회로기판(82)에는 상기 돌기(838)가 삽입되는 돌기 관통홀(823)이 구비될 수 있다.The circuit board 82 of the display 84 may also be fixed to the mounting body 831 . That is, the mounting part 83 is provided with a protrusion 838 protruding from the mounting body 831 toward the second circuit board 82, and the protrusion 838 is provided on the second circuit board 82. A protrusion through-hole 823 to be inserted may be provided.
나아가, 상기 커버(85)에는 상기 커버의 투명도를 낮추는 커버시트(853)가 더 구비될 수 있다. 상기 커버시트의 투명도는 상기 장착공간(811) 내부가 외부에서 확인 하기 어려운 정도로 설정됨이 바람직하다.Furthermore, the cover 85 may further include a cover sheet 853 that lowers the transparency of the cover. The transparency of the cover sheet is preferably set to such a level that it is difficult to check the interior of the mounting space 811 from the outside.
상기 커버시트(853)는 상기 커버(85)의 표면에 고정될 수 있고, 상기 커버시트 중 상기 램프 관통홀(835)이 투영된 영역에는 문자나 기호가 구비될 수 있다.The cover sheet 853 may be fixed to the surface of the cover 85, and characters or symbols may be provided in a region of the cover sheet where the lamp through-hole 835 is projected.
도 7에 도시된 바와 같이, 상기 화면출력부(8)에는 상기 디스플레이(84)에 표시된 제어명령을 입력받는 다기능버튼부(91)가 더 구비될 수 있다.As shown in FIG. 7 , the screen output unit 8 may further include a multi-function button unit 91 that receives control commands displayed on the display 84 .
상기 다기능버튼부(91)는 사용자의 신체가 상기 커버(85)에 접촉되었는지 여부를 감지함으로써, 상기 디스플레이(84)에 표시된 제어명령의 선택여부를 판단하도록 구비될 수 있다. The multifunction button unit 91 may be provided to determine whether a control command displayed on the display 84 is selected by detecting whether or not the user's body is in contact with the cover 85 .
즉, 상기 다기능버튼부(91)는 상기 제2회로기판(82)에 구비되어 사용자 신체의 정전기를 감지하는 센서(93), 및 상기 센서(93)와 상기 커버(85)를 연결하는 전도체를 포함하도록 구비될 수 있다. 상기 전도체는 상기 커버(85)에 고정된 제1전도체 및 일단은 상기 제1전도체에 연결되고 타단은 상기 센서(93)에 연결된 제2전도체(92)로 구비될 수 있다. 이 경우, 상기 장착바디(831)에는 상기 제2전도체(92)가 삽입되는 전도체 관통홀(837)이 구비되어야 한다.That is, the multifunction button unit 91 includes a sensor 93 provided on the second circuit board 82 to detect static electricity of the user's body, and a conductor connecting the sensor 93 and the cover 85. may be provided to include. The conductor may include a first conductor fixed to the cover 85 and a second conductor 92 having one end connected to the first conductor and the other end connected to the sensor 93 . In this case, the mounting body 831 should be provided with a conductor through-hole 837 into which the second conductor 92 is inserted.
상기 센서(93)와 제2전도체(92)는 함께 신호감지부(9)를 형성할 수 있다. 상기 제1전도체는 사용자가 접촉 가능한 영역을 확장시킴으로써 제어명령의 입력을 용이하게 하는 수단이다.The sensor 93 and the second conductor 92 may form the signal sensing unit 9 together. The first conductor is a means for facilitating the input of a control command by expanding an area accessible to the user.
상술한 구조를 가진 화면출력부(8)는 제어명령의 표시, 표시된 제어명령의 검색, 및 표시된 제어명령의 선택을 가능하게 하고, 설치에 요구되는 공간의 최소화가 가능하다. 다만, 상술한 구조의 화면출력부(8)는 내부로 유입된 물이나 이물질을 외부로 배출할 수단이 필요하다.The screen output unit 8 having the above-described structure enables display of control commands, search for displayed control commands, and selection of displayed control commands, and minimizes the space required for installation. However, the screen output unit 8 having the above-described structure requires a means for discharging water or foreign substances introduced into the inside to the outside.
한편, 상기 화면출력부(8)에는 상기 체결바디 관통홀(815)로 이물질이 유입되는 것을 차단하는 실링부(체결바디 실링부), 및 상기 커버(85)와 상기 수용바디 관통홀(812) 사이의 공간을 막는 커버 실링부(852)가 구비될 수 있다.On the other hand, the screen output unit 8 includes a sealing unit (locking body sealing unit) that blocks foreign substances from entering the fastening body through-hole 815, and the cover 85 and the receiving body through-hole 812. A cover sealing portion 852 may be provided to block a space between the two sides.
상기 커버 실링부(852)는 상기 커버(85)의 가장자리를 따라 상기 수용바디(81a)에 분사되어 상기 커버(85)와 상기 수용바디(812) 사이의 공간을 메우고, 상기 커버(85)를 상기 수용바디(812)에 고정하는 접착물질로 구비될 수 있다.The cover sealing part 852 is sprayed to the receiving body 81a along the edge of the cover 85 to fill the space between the cover 85 and the receiving body 812, and to remove the cover 85. An adhesive material fixed to the receiving body 812 may be provided.
한편, 도 8에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 컨트롤패널(100)을 통해 외부로 노출되는 화면출력부(8)의 외관이 도시되어 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서, 화면출력부(8)는 사용자에게 정보를 제공하기 위한 화면이 출력되는 디스플레이(84)와, 상기 디스플레이(84)가 삽입되어 고정되는 화면둘레부(849)와, 상기 화면둘레부(849)에 마련되어 사용자에 의해 조작되는 다기능버튼부(91)를 포함할 수 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 8 shows the appearance of the screen output unit 8 exposed to the outside through the control panel 100 in one embodiment of the present invention. In one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 includes a display 84 on which a screen for providing information to a user is output, a screen peripheral portion 849 into which the display 84 is inserted and fixed, A multi-function button 91 provided on the screen circumference 849 and operated by a user may be included.
상기 화면둘레부(849)는 전술한 커버에서 상기 디스플레이(84) 영역을 제외한 나머지 영역에 해당할 수 있다.The screen circumference 849 may correspond to the remaining area except for the display 84 area in the aforementioned cover.
화면출력부(8)는 컨트롤패널(100)로부터 전방으로 돌출되도록 마련될 수 있고, 화면출력부(8)의 외주면에는 전술한 다이얼부(56)가 배치될 수 있다. 화면출력부(8)는 회전체에 해당하는 다이얼부(56)의 회전이 용이하도록 원 형상의 단면을 가지도록 마련될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 may be provided to protrude forward from the control panel 100, and the aforementioned dial unit 56 may be disposed on an outer circumferential surface of the screen output unit 8. The screen output unit 8 may be provided to have a circular cross section to facilitate rotation of the dial unit 56 corresponding to the rotating body.
화면출력부(8)의 디스플레이(84)는 외부로 노출되어 화면을 출력하도록 마련될 수 있고, 사각 형상의 단면을 가질 수 있다. 즉, 화면출력부(8)는 원 형상의 화면둘레부(849) 내부에 사각 형상의 디스플레이(84)가 배치될 수 있다.The display 84 of the screen output unit 8 may be exposed to the outside to output a screen, and may have a square cross section. That is, in the screen output unit 8, a square display 84 may be disposed inside the circular screen circumferential portion 849.
한편, 다기능버튼부(91)는 화면둘레부(849)상에서 외부로 노출되도록 마련될 수 있다. 전술한 바와 같이 다기능버튼부(91)는 사용자의 인체에 존재하는 정전기 등에 반응하도록 마련될 수 있다.On the other hand, the multi-function button unit 91 may be provided to be exposed to the outside on the screen circumferential portion 849. As described above, the multi-function button unit 91 may be provided to respond to static electricity present in the user's body.
다기능버튼부(91)는 화면둘레부(849)의 외측 테두리와 디스플레이(84) 사이에 구비될 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 컨트롤패널(100)은 캐비닛(10)의 프론트패널(15)에 위치될 수 있고, 화면출력부(8)는 컨트롤패널(100)로부터 전방으로 돌출될 수 있으며, 다기능버튼부(91)는 화면출력부(8)에서 디스플레이(84)의 하방에 위치될 수 있다.The multi-function button unit 91 may be provided between the outer edge of the screen circumference 849 and the display 84 . In one embodiment of the present invention, the control panel 100 can be located on the front panel 15 of the cabinet 10, and the screen output unit 8 can protrude forward from the control panel 100, and has a multi-function The button unit 91 may be located below the display 84 in the screen output unit 8 .
다기능버튼부(91)는 사용자에 의해 조작되어 조작신호를 발생시킬 수 있고, 다기능버튼부(91)는 화면출력부(8)에 출력되는 화면에 따라 기능이 가변하도록 마련될 수 있다.The multi-function button unit 91 can be manipulated by a user to generate an operation signal, and the multi-function button unit 91 can be provided to vary its function according to a screen output to the screen output unit 8.
즉, 제어부(60)는 화면출력부(8)에 출력되는 화면에 따라 다기능버튼부(91)로부터 전달되는 조작신호에 따라 다른 기능을 수행하도록 마련될 수 있다. 제어부(60)는 화면에 따라 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호를 무시하거나 상기 다기능버튼부(91)를 비활성화시킬 수도 있다.That is, the control unit 60 may be provided to perform different functions according to an operation signal transmitted from the multi-function button unit 91 according to the screen output to the screen output unit 8 . The control unit 60 may ignore the operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 or deactivate the multi-function button unit 91 according to the screen.
한편, 도 9에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)의 작동과정에 따른 화면출력부(8)의 화면 변화를 개략적으로 나타낸 도면이다.Meanwhile, FIG. 9 is a diagram schematically showing screen changes of the screen output unit 8 according to the operation process of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)의 작동과정은 부팅과정(P1), 코스설정과정(P2) 및 의류처리과정(P3)을 포함할 수 있다. 부팅과정(P1)은 의류처리장치(1)의 각 구성에 전원이 입력되고 제어부(60)에 저장된 프로그램 등이 부팅되는 과정에 해당한다.An operating process of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention may include a booting process (P1), a course setting process (P2), and a laundry treatment process (P3). The booting process P1 corresponds to a process in which power is supplied to each component of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 and programs stored in the control unit 60 are booted.
코스설정과정(P2)은 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스 중 사용자에 의해 어느 하나가 선택되고, 상기 코스에 대한 다양한 설정이 진행되는 과정에 해당한다.The course setting process P2 corresponds to a process in which one of a plurality of courses for processing clothes is selected by the user and various settings for the course are performed.
의류처리과정(P3)은 코스설정과정(P2)에서 결정된 코스에 따라 의류가 처리되는 과정에 해당한다. 의류처리과정(P3)에서 제어부(60)는 구동부나 기타 구성을 제어하며 상기 코스를 수행한다.The clothes processing process (P3) corresponds to a process of processing clothes according to the course determined in the course setting process (P2). In the clothes treatment process (P3), the control unit 60 controls the driving unit or other components to perform the above course.
한편, 화면출력부(8)는 부팅과정(P1)에서 부팅화면(300)을 출력할 수 있다. 부팅화면(300)은 부팅과정(P1)에서 사용자에게 다양한 정보를 제공할 수 있다. 예컨대, 부팅화면(300)은 현재 기온, 날씨, 부팅 진행 상황, 경고 내용, 알림 내용 등 다양한 정보를 사용자에게 제공할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the screen output unit 8 may output the booting screen 300 in the booting process (P1). The booting screen 300 may provide various information to the user in the booting process P1. For example, the booting screen 300 may provide the user with various information such as current temperature, weather, booting progress, warning contents, and notification contents.
즉, 제어부(60)는 상기 부팅화면(300)을 출력하도록 상기 화면출력부(8)를 제어하고, 상기 부팅화면(300)을 통해 사용자에게 의류처리장치(1)의 사용에 관련된 다양한 정보를 사용자에게 제공하도록 마련될 수 있다.That is, the controller 60 controls the screen output unit 8 to output the booting screen 300, and provides various information related to the use of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 to the user through the booting screen 300. It may be provided to the user.
한편, 화면출력부(8)는 코스설정과정(P2)에서 디스플레이(84)를 통해 코스설정화면(400)을 출력할 수 있다. 코스설정화면(400)은 사용자에게 다양한 코스와 설정에 대한 정보를 제공할 수 있고, 사용자는 코스설정화면(400)을 통해 코스 및 옵션 등의 설정을 진행할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the screen output unit 8 may output the course setting screen 400 through the display 84 in the course setting process P2. The course setting screen 400 can provide information on various courses and settings to the user, and the user can proceed with setting courses and options through the course setting screen 400 .
예컨대, 제어부(60)는 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 미리 저장되고, 상기 복수의 코스를 화면상에 표시하는 코스선택화면(410) 등이 출력되도록 상기 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.For example, the controller 60 may control the screen output unit 8 so that a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance and a course selection screen 410 displaying the plurality of courses is displayed on the screen. can
또한, 사용자가 디스플레이(84)에 표시된 화면을 통해 조작부를 조작하면, 제어부(60)는 조작부의 조작신호에 기초하여 디스플레이(84)에 표시된 코스나 설정 등에 따라 의류처리과정(P3)을 수행할 수 있다.In addition, when the user manipulates the control unit through the screen displayed on the display 84, the control unit 60 performs the clothes treatment process P3 according to the course or setting displayed on the display 84 based on the operation signal of the control unit 60. can
한편, 화면출력부(8)는 의류처리과정(P3)에서 디스플레이(84)를 통해 의류처리화면(500)을 출력할 수 있다. 의류처리화면(500)은 사용자에게 현재 진행되는 코스에 대한 다양한 정보를 제공할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the screen output unit 8 may output the clothes treatment screen 500 through the display 84 in the clothes treatment process P3. The clothes treatment screen 500 may provide a user with various information about the current course.
예컨대, 제어부(60)는 의류처리화면(500)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있고, 상기 의류처리화면(500)에서 현재 진행되는 코스의 명칭, 코스의 수행시간, 해당 코스에서 현재 진행되는 처리과정 및 남은 시간 등 다양한 정보를 사용자에게 제공할 수 있다.For example, the controller 60 may control the screen output unit 8 to output the clothes treatment screen 500, and on the clothes treatment screen 500, the name of the current course, the running time of the course, and the corresponding course In the process, various information such as the current process and remaining time can be provided to the user.
한편, 도 10에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부(8)에서 출력되는 부팅화면(300) 중 알림화면(320)을 개략적으로 나타낸 도면이다.Meanwhile, FIG. 10 schematically shows a notification screen 320 among booting screens 300 output from the screen output unit 8 in one embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부(8)는 부팅화면(300)을 통해 의류처리장치(1)의 각 구성의 준비과정에서 사용자에게 다양한 정보를 제공하도록 마련될 수 있다. 한편, 부팅화면(300)은 서로 다른 정보를 제공하는 복수의 화면을 포함할 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 도 10에 도시된 알림화면(320)은 부팅화면(300)의 일부에 해당할 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 may be provided to provide various information to the user during the preparation process of each component of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 through the booting screen 300 . Meanwhile, the booting screen 300 may include a plurality of screens providing different information. In one embodiment of the present invention, the notification screen 320 shown in FIG. 10 may correspond to a part of the booting screen 300 .
알림화면(320)에서는 다양한 정보가 표시되어 사용자에게 시각적으로 제공될 수 있다. 알림화면(320)은 현재 날씨, 기온, 수온, 세제의 잔여량 등 의류처리장치(1)의 사용에 앞서 다양한 정보가 표시될 수 있다.Various information may be displayed on the notification screen 320 and visually provided to the user. The notification screen 320 may display various information prior to using the laundry treatment device 1, such as current weather, air temperature, water temperature, remaining amount of detergent, and the like.
한편, 도 11에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부(8)에서 출력되는 코스설정화면(400) 중 코스선택화면(410)을 개략적으로 나타낸 도면이다.Meanwhile, FIG. 11 schematically shows a course selection screen 410 among course setting screens 400 output from the screen output unit 8 in one embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부(8)로부터 출력되는 코스설정화면(400)은 코스선택화면(410) 등 다양한 화면을 포함할 수 있다. 즉, 코스선택화면(410)은 화면출력부(8)로부터 출력되는 코스설정화면(400)의 일종이다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the course setting screen 400 output from the screen output unit 8 may include various screens such as the course selection screen 410 . That is, the course selection screen 410 is a kind of course setting screen 400 output from the screen output unit 8 .
도 11에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 코스설정화면(400)의 일례로서 코스선택화면(410)이 도시되어 있다. 코스선택화면(410)은 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스를 표시하며, 사용자에 의해 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 선택될 수 있다.11 shows a course selection screen 410 as an example of the course setting screen 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The course selection screen 410 displays a plurality of courses for processing clothes, and a user may select one of the plurality of courses.
코스선택화면(410)에는 순서표시영역(411), 코스명칭영역(412), 옵션안내영역(413) 및 기능표시영역(405)이 포함될 수 있다. 순서표시영역(411)은 코스선택화면(410)을 통해 사용자에게 표시될 복수의 코스 중 현재 표시된 코스가 몇번째인지 순서를 표시하는 영역이다.The course selection screen 410 may include an order display area 411, a course name area 412, an option guide area 413, and a function display area 405. The order display area 411 is an area for displaying the order of which course is currently displayed among a plurality of courses to be displayed to the user through the course selection screen 410 .
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)는 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 미리 저장될 수 있고, 상기 복수의 코스를 화면출력부(8)를 통해 사용자에게 표시하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나를 사용자가 직접 선택할 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 60 may store a plurality of courses for processing clothes in advance, and display the plurality of courses to the user through the screen output unit 8 to select one of the plurality of courses. One can be selected by the user.
다만, 화면출력부(8)는 디스플레이(84)를 통해 한정된 면적에서 정보를 표시하고, 이에 따라 상기 복수의 코스를 동시에 표시하는 것은 비효율적일 수 있다. 이에 따라, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 코스선택화면(410)에서 복수의 코스를 순서대로 하나씩 표시함으로써, 제한된 화면영역에서 복수의 코스를 효과적으로 표시할 수 있다.However, the screen output unit 8 displays information in a limited area through the display 84, and accordingly, it may be inefficient to simultaneously display the plurality of courses. Accordingly, one embodiment of the present invention can effectively display a plurality of courses in a limited screen area by displaying a plurality of courses one by one in order on the course selection screen 410 .
위와 같은 사정에 따라, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 코스선택화면(410)은 현재 표시되는 코스가 몇번째 순서인지 사용자에게 알리기 위한 순서표시영역(411)을 포함하고, 순서표시영역(411)을 통해 사용자는 복수의 코스에 대해 현재 표시되는 코스의 순서 정보를 편리하게 확인할 수 있다.According to the above circumstances, in one embodiment of the present invention, the course selection screen 410 includes an order display area 411 for notifying the user of what order the currently displayed course is, and the order display area 411 Through this, the user can conveniently check order information of a currently displayed course for a plurality of courses.
도 11에는 순서표시영역(411)에서 상기 코스에 각각 대응되는 복수의 원형 개체가 표시되고, 코스선택화면(410)에서 현재 표시되는 코스에 대응되는 원형 개체가 나머지 원형 개체와 다른 조도를 가짐으로써, 사용자에게 현재 표스되는 코스의 순서를 나타내는 모습이 도시되어 있다. 다만, 순서표시영역(411)의 구체적인 형태는 복수의 코스에 대한 현재 코스의 순서를 나타낼 수 있는 다양한 방식으로 결정될 수 있다.In FIG. 11, a plurality of circular objects corresponding to the course are displayed in the order display area 411, and the circular object corresponding to the course currently displayed on the course selection screen 410 has a different illuminance than the other circular objects. , a state of indicating the order of courses currently marked to the user is shown. However, the specific shape of the order display area 411 may be determined in various ways capable of indicating the order of the current course for a plurality of courses.
한편, 코스명칭영역(412)에는 코스선택화면(410)에서 현재 표시되는 코스의 명칭이 표시될 수 있다. 사용자는 코스명칭영역(412)을 통해 현재 표시되는 코스를 확인할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the name of the course currently displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be displayed in the course name area 412 . The user can check the currently displayed course through the course name area 412 .
옵션안내영역(413)에는 현재 표시된 코스에 대한 옵션설정값이 표시될 수 있다. 전술한 바와 같이, 복수의 코스는 각각 사용자에 의해 복수의 옵션이 설정될 수 있고, 상기 옵션은 사용자에 의해 선택될 수 있는 복수의 옵션값을 가지며, 상기 복수의 옵션값 중 어느 하나가 상기 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값으로 지정되어 해당 코스의 수행에 반영될 수 있다.Option setting values for the currently displayed course may be displayed in the option guide area 413 . As described above, each of the plurality of courses may have a plurality of options set by the user, the option has a plurality of option values selectable by the user, and any one of the plurality of option values is the option value. It can be specified as an option setting value for and reflected in the performance of the course.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 코스를 표시하는 코스선택화면(410)에서 사용자가 해당 코스에 대한 현재의 옵션 설정 상태를 간편하게 확인할 수 있도록 코스선택화면(410)의 옵션안내영역(413)을 통해 해당 코스의 대한 복수의 옵션의 각 옵션설정값을 표시할 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the course selection screen 410 for displaying the course allows the user to easily check the current option setting state for the course through the option guidance area 413 of the course selection screen 410. Each option setting value of a plurality of options for the course can be displayed.
한편, 기능표시영역(405)에는 화면출력부(8)에서 현재 표시되는 화면에 따른 다기능버튼부(91)의 현재 기능이 표시될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 사용자는 각 화면별로 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작 시 이루어지는 결과를 편리하고 직관적으로 확인할 수 있다.On the other hand, in the function display area 405, the current function of the multi-function button unit 91 according to the screen currently displayed on the screen output unit 8 may be displayed. Accordingly, the user can conveniently and intuitively check the result obtained when manipulating the multi-function button unit 91 for each screen.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 코스선택화면(410)의 기능표시영역(405)에는 옵션제안화면(460)의 진입을 나타내기 위한 내용이 표시될 수 있고, 옵션제안화면(460)에 대한 구체적인 내용은 후술한다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410 may display content to indicate the entry of the option suggestion screen 460, and specific details about the option suggestion screen 460. is described later.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 코스선택화면(410)에서 한정적인 출력 면적에서도 사용자에게 다양한 정보를 효과적이고 편리하게 전달할 수 있도록 복수의 영역이 효율적으로 설정된다.In one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of areas are efficiently set so that various information can be effectively and conveniently delivered to the user even in a limited output area on the course selection screen 410 .
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)에는 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 저장되고, 상기 복수의 코스 각각에 대해 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시되기 위한 표시그룹의 지정 여부가 설정될 수 있으며, 상기 표시그룹으로의 지정 여부는 사용자에 의해 변경 가능할 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in the control unit 60, and whether to designate a display group to be displayed on the course selection screen 410 is set for each of the plurality of courses. and whether to designate the display group may be changeable by the user.
도 11을 참고하면, 순서표시영역(411)에는 상기 표시그룹으로 지정되는 복수의 코스 각각에 대응되는 점 영역이 표시될 수 있다. 상기 점 영역의 전체 개수는 상기 표시그룹의 코스 전체 개수와 동일할 수 있고, 현재 표시된 코스에 대응되는 점 영역이 밝기 차이를 통해 표현될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 11 , a dot area corresponding to each of a plurality of courses designated as the display group may be displayed in the order display area 411 . The total number of dot areas may be the same as the total number of courses in the display group, and a dot area corresponding to a currently displayed course may be expressed through a brightness difference.
상기 순서표시영역(411)은 디스플레이(84)의 상단에 위치될 수 있고, 상기 순서표시영역(411)의 하방에 선택코스 표시영역(412)이 위치될 수 있다. 선택코스 표시영역(412)은 디스플레이(84)의 대략 중앙에 위치될 수 있다.The order display area 411 may be positioned above the display 84, and a selection course display area 412 may be positioned below the order display area 411. The selected course display area 412 may be positioned approximately at the center of the display 84 .
선택코스 표시영역(412)에는 현재 표시된 코스의 명칭이 표시될 수 있고, 타 영역과의 관계에서 가장 큰 문자크기를 가지며 사용자의 가시성이 확보될 수 있다.The name of the currently displayed course may be displayed in the selected course display area 412, and it has the largest character size in relation to other areas, and user visibility can be secured.
옵션안내영역(413)은 상기 선택코스 표시영역(412)의 하방에 배치될 수 있다. 옵션안내영역(413)은 선택코스 표시영역(412)과 함께 디스플레이(84) 중앙측에 위치되되, 상기 선택코스 표시영역(412)의 하방에 위치될 수 있다.The option guide area 413 may be disposed below the selection course display area 412 . The option guide area 413 is located at the center of the display 84 together with the selection course display area 412, and may be located below the selection course display area 412.
옵션안내영역(413)에는 복수의 옵션 각각의 옵션설정값이 표시될 수 있다. 옵션안내영역(413)에는 복수의 옵션 각각의 명칭과, 각 옵션의 옵션설정값이 표시될 수 있다.Option setting values of each of a plurality of options may be displayed in the option guide area 413 . In the option guidance area 413, names of each of a plurality of options and option setting values of each option may be displayed.
옵션안내영역(413)에 표시되는 문자는 상기 선택코스 표시영역(412)의 문자보다 작은 크기로 표시될 수 있고, 선택코스 표시영역(412)의 문자보다 낮은 밝기로 표시될 수 있다.The text displayed in the option guide area 413 may be displayed in a smaller size than the text in the selected course display area 412 and may be displayed with lower brightness than the text in the selected course display area 412 .
기능표시영역(405)은 옵션안내영역(413)보다 하방에 위치될 수 있다. 기능표시영역(405)은 디스플레이(84)의 하단부에 위치될 수 있다. 기능표시영역(405)에 표시되는 문자는 선택코스 표시영역(412)의 문자보다 낮은 크기로 표시될 수 있다.The function display area 405 may be positioned below the option guide area 413 . The function display area 405 may be located at the bottom of the display 84 . The text displayed in the function display area 405 may be displayed in a smaller size than the text in the selected course display area 412 .
한편, 도 12에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부(8)로부터 출력되는 의류처리화면(500) 중 코스진행화면(510)이 도시되어 있다. 즉, 코스진행화면(510)은 의류처리화면(500) 중 하나에 해당하며, 도 12에는 코스진행화면(510)이 의류처리화면(500)의 일례로서 도시되어 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 12 shows a course progress screen 510 among the clothes processing screens 500 output from the screen output unit 8 in one embodiment of the present invention. That is, the course progress screen 510 corresponds to one of the clothes processing screens 500, and FIG. 12 shows the course progress screen 510 as an example of the clothes processing screen 500.
화면출력부(8)의 코스선택화면(410) 등을 통해 사용자는 의류를 처리하기 위한 코스의 다양한 정보를 확인하고, 전술한 다이얼부(56) 및 수행버튼부(53b) 등을 통해 어느 하나의 코스를 특정하면, 제어부(60)는 상기 다이얼부(56) 및 수행버튼부(53b) 등의 조작신호에 기초하여 사용자에 의해 특정된 코스를 수행할 수 있다.Through the course selection screen 410 of the screen output unit 8, the user checks various information on the course for processing clothes, and selects one of them through the aforementioned dial unit 56 and the execution button unit 53b. If a course is specified, the control unit 60 can perform the course specified by the user based on manipulation signals such as the dial unit 56 and the execution button unit 53b.
의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스는 의류의 세탁을 위한 표준세탁코스 또는 의류의 건조를 위한 표준건조코스(4102) 등을 포함하고, 사용자에 의해 어느 하나가 선택되면 제어부(60)는 급수부, 구동부, 공기공급부 및 배수부 등을 제어하여 해당 코스를 수행할 수 있다.The plurality of courses for treating clothes include a standard washing course for washing clothes or a standard drying course 4102 for drying clothes. The corresponding course can be performed by controlling the driving unit, the air supply unit, and the drainage unit.
위와 같이 해당 코스를 수행하는 의류처리과정(P3)에서, 제어부(60)는 화면출력부(8)가 코스진행화면(510)을 출력하도록 제어하고, 상기 코스진행화면(510)을 통해 제어부(60)는 사용자에게 현재 진행중인 의류처리과정(P3)을 다양한 정보를 사용자에게 제공할 수 있다.In the clothes processing process (P3) performing the corresponding course as above, the control unit 60 controls the screen output unit 8 to output the course progress screen 510, and through the course progress screen 510, the controller ( 60) may provide the user with a variety of information about the clothes treatment process (P3) currently in progress.
도 12를 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 코스진행화면(510)은 진행코스 표시영역(511), 시간표시영역(512), 과정표시영역(513), 완료도 표시영역(514) 및 기능표시영역(405)을 포함할 수 있다. 다만, 코스진행화면(510)의 구성은 반드시 위와 같이 한정되는 것이 아니며, 필요에 따라 다양할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 12, in one embodiment of the present invention, the course progress screen 510 includes a course display area 511, a time display area 512, a process display area 513, a degree of completion display area 514, and A function display area 405 may be included. However, the configuration of the course progress screen 510 is not necessarily limited as above, and may vary as needed.
진행코스 표시영역(511)은 의류처리과정(P3)에서 수행중인 코스의 명칭을 표시하는 영역이며, 사용자는 코스표시영역(461)을 통해 현재 진행중인 코스를 확인할 수 있다.The progressing course display area 511 is an area displaying the name of the course being performed in the clothing processing process P3, and the user can check the current course through the course displaying area 461.
시간표시영역(512)은 현재 수행중인 코스의 수행 경과시간을 또는 잔여시간을 표시하는 영역이며, 사용자는 시간표시영역(512)에 표시되는 시간 정보를 통해 현재 수행중인 코스의 수행 정도 또는 종료시간을 편리하게 확인할 수있다.The time display area 512 is an area displaying the elapsed time or remaining time of the course currently being performed, and the user can view the degree of execution or the end time of the course currently being performed through the time information displayed in the time display area 512. can be conveniently checked.
과정표시영역(513)은 현재 수행중인 코스의 현재 처리과정을 표시하는 영역이다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 의류를 처리하기 위한 코스는 복수의 처리과정을 포함할 수 있다. 예컨대, 표준세탁코스는 급수과정, 세제투입과정, 세탁과정, 헹굼과정, 배수과정, 탈수과정 등을 포함할 수 있다.The process display area 513 is an area displaying the current process of the course currently being performed. In one embodiment of the present invention, a course for treating clothes may include a plurality of treatment processes. For example, the standard washing course may include a water supply process, a detergent input process, a washing process, a rinsing process, a draining process, and a spin-drying process.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 어느 하나의 코스가 수행되면 해당 코스에 대한 복수의 처리과정이 수행될 수 있고, 제어부(60)는 코스진행화면(510)의 과정표시영역(513)을 통해 사용자에게 현재 진행중인 처리과정을 표시함으로써, 사용자가 의류처리과정(P3)에 대한 직관성을 확보하고 현재의 처리과정을 효과적으로 확인할 수 있도록 한다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, when one course is performed, a plurality of processing processes for the corresponding course may be performed, and the controller 60 displays the course display area 513 of the course progress screen 510. By displaying the processing process currently in progress to the user, the user can secure intuition for the clothing processing process (P3) and effectively check the current processing process.
한편, 완료도 표시영역(514)은 현재 진행중인 코스 전체에 대해 현재까지의 진행 정도를 표시하는 영역이다. 완료도 표시영역(514)은 완료도를 백분율로 환산하여 표시하거나 도 12에 도시된 바와 같이 바의 형태로 표시할 수도 있다.On the other hand, the degree of completion display area 514 is an area for displaying the degree of progress up to now for the entire course currently in progress. The degree of completion display area 514 may display the degree of completion converted into a percentage or may be displayed in the form of a bar as shown in FIG. 12 .
본 발명의 일 실시예는 완료도 표시영역(514)을 통해 사용자가 현재 진행중인 코스의 진행 정도를 간단하고 효과적으로 확인할 수 있다. 또한, 단순히 잔여시간만을 표시하는 시간표시영역(512)과 달리 코스의 전체 과정 중 현재 과정을 표시하는 완료도 표시영역(514)은 사용자에게 편의성을 제공할 수 있다.According to an embodiment of the present invention, the user can simply and effectively check the progress of the current course through the completion degree display area 514 . In addition, unlike the time display area 512 that simply displays the remaining time, the degree of completion display area 514 that displays the current course among the entire course can provide convenience to the user.
한편, 의류처리화면(500) 중 코스진행화면(510)은 전술한 코스선택화면(410)과 같이 다기능버튼부(91)의 기능을 표시하기 위한 기능표시영역(405)을 포함할 수 있다. 즉, 다기능버튼부(91)는 코스진행화면(510)에서 활성화될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the course progress screen 510 of the clothes processing screen 500 may include a function display area 405 for displaying functions of the multi-function button unit 91 like the course selection screen 410 described above. That is, the multi-function button unit 91 can be activated on the course progress screen 510 .
다기능버튼부(91)가 활성화되면 다기능버튼부(91) 자체 또는 화면출력부(8)의 일부, 예컨대 다기능버튼부(91)의 테두리영역이 발광되어 사용자에게 다기능버튼부(91)의 사용 가부를 효과적으로 표현할 수 있다.When the multi-function button unit 91 is activated, the multi-function button unit 91 itself or a part of the screen output unit 8, for example, the border area of the multi-function button unit 91 emits light, allowing the user to use the multi-function button unit 91 can be effectively expressed.
한편, 도 13에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부(8)로부터 출력되는 코스설정화면(400) 중 설정화면(420)을 나타낸 도면이다.Meanwhile, FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a setting screen 420 among course setting screens 400 output from the screen output unit 8 in one embodiment of the present invention.
전술한 바와 같이, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 캐비닛(10), 드럼(30), 조작부, 화면출력부(8) 및 제어부(60)를 포함하고, 드럼(30)은 상기 캐비닛(10) 내부에 구비되고, 회전 가능하도록 마련되며, 내부에 의류가 수용된다.As described above, one embodiment of the present invention includes a cabinet 10, a drum 30, a control unit, a screen output unit 8, and a control unit 60, and the drum 30 is inside the cabinet 10. It is provided on, is provided to be rotatable, and clothes are accommodated therein.
조작부는 상기 캐비닛(10)에 마련되고, 사용자에 의해 조작되어 조작신호를 발생시킬 수 있다. 화면출력부(8)는 상기 캐비닛(10)에 마련되고, 사용자에게 정보를 제공하기 위한 화면을 출력할 수 있다. 제어부(60)는 상기 조작부 및 상기 화면출력부(8)와 신호적으로 연결되고, 상기 드럼(30)에 수용되는 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 저장될 수 있다.The control unit is provided in the cabinet 10 and can be manipulated by a user to generate an operation signal. The screen output unit 8 is provided in the cabinet 10 and can output a screen to provide information to the user. The control unit 60 is signalally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit 8, and a plurality of courses for processing clothes accommodated in the drum 30 may be stored.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 복수의 코스 중 적어도 일부가 표시그룹으로 지정되어 저장되고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들이 표시되는 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 마련되며, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 선택되는 코스를 수행하도록 마련되며, 상기 복수의 코스에서 각각 상기 표시그룹으로의 지정 여부는 상기 조작부를 통해 사용자가 변경 가능하도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 60 stores at least some of the plurality of courses designated as a display group, and the screen output unit 8 selects courses in which courses designated as the display group are displayed. It is provided to output a screen 410, and the controller 60 is provided to perform a course selected on the course selection screen 410, and whether or not each of the plurality of courses is designated as the display group is determined by the control unit. It can be provided so that the user can change it through.
구체적으로, 제어부(60)에는 표준세탁코스, 표준건조코스(4102), 탈수코스 등 의류를 처리하기 위한 다양한 코스가 미리 저장될 수 있다. 한편, 화면출력부(8)는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 코스설정과정(P2)에서 사용자에게 상기 복수의 코스를 표시하고 조작부의 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 선택되기 위한 코스선택화면(410)을 출력할 수 있다.Specifically, various courses for treating clothes, such as a standard washing course, a standard drying course 4102, and a spin-drying course, may be stored in advance in the controller 60. Meanwhile, the screen output unit 8 displays the plurality of courses to the user in the course setting process (P2) according to an embodiment of the present invention, and selects one of the plurality of courses based on the manipulation signal of the manipulation unit. A course selection screen 410 may be output.
즉, 제어부(60)는 부팅과정(P1) 이후 코스설정과정(P2)에서 상기 복수의 코스를 표시하여 사용자가 선택할 수 있는 코스선택화면(410)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.That is, the control unit 60 controls the screen output unit 8 to display the plurality of courses in the course setting process P2 after the booting process P1 to output the course selection screen 410 that the user can select. can
한편, 화면출력부(8)는 제한된 디스플레이(84) 영역에서 복수의 코스를 효율적으로 표시하기 위해, 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나만을 택일적으로 표시하도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the screen output unit 8 may be provided to selectively display only one of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen 410 in order to efficiently display a plurality of courses in a limited area of the display 84. .
또한, 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스는 조작부의 조작신호에 기초하여 변경될 수 있다. 예컨대, 코스선택화면(410)에서 사용자가 전술한 다이얼부(56)를 회전시키면 복수의 코스가 하나씩 순차적으로 표시될 수 있다.Also, the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be changed based on the manipulation signal of the manipulation unit. For example, when the user rotates the aforementioned dial unit 56 on the course selection screen 410, a plurality of courses may be sequentially displayed one by one.
다만, 제어부(60)에는 사용자의 다양한 요구를 만족시킬 수 있도록 다수의 코스가 저장될 수 있고, 상기 다수의 코스를 모두 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시하는 것은 사용자에 따라서 불필요한 코스를 포함할 수도 있고, 코스의 수가 지나치게 많아 사용에 불편함을 초래할 여지가 있다.However, a plurality of courses may be stored in the controller 60 to satisfy various needs of users, and displaying all of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen 410 may include unnecessary courses depending on the user. There are too many courses, and there is room for inconvenience in use.
이에 따라, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 사용자가 제어부(60)에 저장된 다수의 코스에 대해, 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시되는 코스를 지정하여 사용함으로써, 사용자별 요구를 효과적으로 충족시키고 사용 편의성을 효과적으로 향상시킬 수 있다.Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, the user designates and uses a course displayed on the course selection screen 410 for a plurality of courses stored in the controller 60, thereby effectively satisfying the needs of each user and improving ease of use. can be effectively improved.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)에는 미리 저장된 복수의 코스 중 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시되기 위한 표시그룹이 설정될 수 있다. 즉, 코스선택화면(410)에는 상기 복수의 코스 중 상기 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들만이 표시되고, 사용자는 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들만을 확인 및 선택할 수 있어 사용 편의성이 향상될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, a display group to be displayed on the course selection screen 410 among a plurality of pre-stored courses may be set in the control unit 60 . That is, only the courses designated as the display group among the plurality of courses are displayed on the course selection screen 410, and the user can check and select only the courses designated as the display group on the course selection screen 410, thereby improving usability. can be improved
또한, 제어부(60)에 저장된 복수의 코스 각각에 대한 표시그룹으로의 지정 여부는 사용자가 직접 선택할 수 있다. 예컨대, 제어부(60)는 사용자에 의한 조작부의 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 각각에 대한 표시그룹으로의 지정 여부를 변경하여 저장할 수 있다.In addition, the user can directly select whether to designate each of the plurality of courses stored in the controller 60 as a display group. For example, the control unit 60 may change and store whether each of the plurality of courses is designated as a display group based on a manipulation signal of the manipulation unit by the user.
따라서, 사용자는 제어부(60)에 저장된 다양한 코스 중 사용자가 요구하는 코스들을 선별하여 상기 표시그룹으로 지정할 수 있고, 사용자의 요구가 반영된 표시그룹이 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시됨으로써, 사용자의 사용환경이 효과적으로 개선될 수 있다.Therefore, the user can select courses requested by the user among various courses stored in the controller 60 and designate them as the display group, and the display group reflecting the user's request is displayed on the course selection screen 410, thereby enabling the user to use The environment can be effectively improved.
보다 구체적으로, 전술한 바와 같이 코스선택화면(410)은 순서표시영역(411), 코스명칭영역(412), 옵션안내영역(413)을 포함할 수 있다. 상기 코스명칭영역(412)에는 전술한 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들만이 표시될 수 있다.More specifically, as described above, the course selection screen 410 may include an order display area 411, a course name area 412, and an option guidance area 413. In the course name area 412, only courses designated as the aforementioned display group can be displayed.
코스명칭영역(412)에는 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들 중 어느 하나만이 표시될 수 있다. 옵션안내영역(413)에는 상기 코스명칭영역(412)에 표시된 코스에 대한 옵션설정값이 표시될 수 있다. 사용자는 전술한 다이얼부(56) 등을 조작하여 코스명칭영역(412) 및 옵션안내영역(413)에 표시되는 코스를 다음순서 또는 이전순서의 코스로 변경하여 선택 여부를 결정할 수 있다.Only one of the courses designated as the display group may be displayed in the course name area 412 . Option setting values for the course displayed in the course name area 412 may be displayed in the option guide area 413 . The user can change the course displayed in the course name area 412 and the option guidance area 413 to the next or previous course by manipulating the above-mentioned dial unit 56 or the like to determine whether to select the course.
순서표시영역(411)에서 표시되는 순서 및 코스의 개수는 상기 표시그룹의 설정 상태에 종속되어 표시될 수 있다. 즉, 순서표시영역(411)에서 표시되는 코스의 개수는 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들의 수에 해당할 수 있고, 순서표시영역(411)에서 표시되는 현재 코스의 순서 정보는 상기 표시그룹에서의 순서 정보에 해당할 수 있다.The order and number of courses displayed in the order display area 411 may be displayed depending on the setting state of the display group. That is, the number of courses displayed in the order display area 411 may correspond to the number of courses designated as a display group, and the order information of the current course displayed in the order display area 411 is the order information in the display group. may correspond to
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 상기 복수의 코스 중 상기 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들을 제외한 나머지 코스들은 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시되지 않게 설정될 수 있다. Meanwhile, in an embodiment of the present invention, courses other than courses designated as the display group among the plurality of courses may be set not to be displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
즉, 제어부(60)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들만이 표시되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 사용자는 화면출력부(8)의 코스선택화면(410)에서 사용자의 의사가 반영된 표시그룹에 해당하는 코스들만을 대상으로 의류처리를 위한 어느 하나의 코스를 선택할 수 있어 사용상 효율성이 향상될 수 있다.That is, the controller 60 may control the screen output unit 8 to display only courses designated as display groups on the course selection screen 410 . Accordingly, the user can select a course for clothes treatment only from the courses corresponding to the display group in which the user's intention is reflected on the course selection screen 410 of the screen output unit 8, thereby improving usage efficiency. It can be.
한편, 상기 코스선택화면(410)에는 상기 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들 중 어느 하나만이 택일적으로 표시되고, 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시되는 코스가 다른 코스로 변경될 수 있다.Meanwhile, only one of the courses designated as the display group is alternatively displayed on the course selection screen 410, and the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 is changed to another course based on the manipulation signal. can
전술한 바와 같이 본 발명의 일 실시예는 제한된 디스플레이(84) 영역에서 효과적으로 정보를 제공하기 위해, 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시그룹으로 설정된 코스들 중 어느 하나를 택일적으로 표시할 수 있다.As described above, one embodiment of the present invention may alternatively display any one of courses set as a display group on the course selection screen 410 in order to effectively provide information in a limited area of the display 84 .
또한, 코스선택화면(410)에 어느 하나의 코스가 표시된 상태에서, 사용자가 조작부, 예컨대 다이얼부(56) 등을 조작하여 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시된 코스를 변경할 수 있다.In addition, in a state in which one course is displayed on the course selection screen 410, the user can change the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 by manipulating a control unit, for example, the dial unit 56.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 사용자가 코스선택화면(410)을 통해 어느 하나의 코스를 선택하여 제어부(60)에게 수행을 명령하는 방식은 다음과 같다.In one embodiment of the present invention, a method in which a user selects a course through the course selection screen 410 and commands the controller 60 to perform is as follows.
화면출력부(8)는 제어부(60)의 제어에 따라 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하고, 코스선택화면(410)에는 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들 중 어느 하나만이 표시될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 outputs the course selection screen 410 under the control of the controller 60, and only one of the courses designated as the display group may be displayed on the course selection screen 410.
사용자는 코스명칭영역(412) 및 옵션안내영역(413)을 확인하여 현재 표시된 코스의 수행 여부를 검토할 수 있다. 코스선택화면(410)에서 사용자가 전술한 수행버튼부(53b)를 조작하여 조작신호의 하나인 수행신호를 발생시키면, 제어부(60)는 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 현재의 옵션설정값을 적용하여 사용자에게 선택된 것으로 인식하고 해당 코스에 근거한 의류처리과정(P3)을 수행할 수 있다.The user can review the currently displayed course by checking the course name area 412 and the option guidance area 413. When the user manipulates the above-described execution button unit 53b on the course selection screen 410 to generate an execution signal, one of the manipulation signals, the controller 60 sets the current option to the course displayed on the course selection screen 410. By applying the value, it is recognized that it is selected by the user, and a clothes treatment process (P3) based on the corresponding course can be performed.
한편, 사용자가 코스선택화면(410)에 현재 표시된 코스 외의 코스를 요구하는 경우, 사용자는 다이얼부(56)를 회전시켜 코스선택화면(410)에 표시되는 코스를 다른 코스로 변경할 수 있다.Meanwhile, when the user requests a course other than the course currently displayed on the course selection screen 410, the user can rotate the dial unit 56 to change the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 to another course.
즉, 사용자는 화면출력부(8)에 코스선택화면(410)이 출력된 상태에서 다이얼부(56)를 회전시켜 표시그룹으로 지정된 다양한 코스들 중 어느 하나를 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시되도록 하고, 코스선택화면(410)에 수행을 희망하는 코스가 표시된 상태에서 수행버튼부(53b)를 조작함으로써, 사용자가 원하는 코스를 수행할 수 있다.That is, the user rotates the dial unit 56 while the course selection screen 410 is output on the screen output unit 8 to display one of various courses designated as a display group on the course selection screen 410. By manipulating the course button 53b in a state where the course desired to be performed is displayed on the course selection screen 410, the user can perform the desired course.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 전술한 바와 같이 상기 조작부가 다이얼부(56)를 포함할 수 있다. 다이얼부(56)는 상기 화면출력부(8)를 둘러싸며 회전 가능하도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit may include the dial unit 56 as described above. The dial unit 56 may be provided to be rotatable while surrounding the screen output unit 8 .
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 다이얼부(56)가 일방향으로 회전되면 현재 표시되는 코스의 다음 순서에 해당하는 코스를 표시하고, 상기 다이얼부(56)가 타방향으로 회전되면 현재 표시되는 코스의 이전 순서에 해당하는 코스를 표시할 수 있다.When the dial unit 56 is rotated in one direction on the course selection screen 410, the screen output unit 8 displays a course corresponding to the next order of the currently displayed course, and the dial unit 56 displays another course. When rotated in the direction, the course corresponding to the previous order of the currently displayed course can be displayed.
상기 코스의 순서 정보는 제어부(60)에 저장될 수 있고, 제어부(60)는 다이얼부(56)의 회전신호에 기초하여 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시되는 코스의 다음순서에 해당하는 코스 또는 이전순서에 해당하는 코스를 코스선택화면(410)에 표시되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.The order information of the course may be stored in the control unit 60, and the control unit 60, based on the rotation signal of the dial unit 56, selects a course corresponding to the next order of the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 or The screen output unit 8 may be controlled to display the course corresponding to the previous order on the course selection screen 410 .
한편, 도 14에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 복수의 코스가 표시된 코스목록(431)을 포함하는 코스편집화면(430)이 도시되어 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스를 포함하는 코스목록(431)이 표시되는 코스편집화면(430)을 출력하도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 14 shows a course editing screen 430 including a course list 431 displaying a plurality of courses according to an embodiment of the present invention. In one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 may be provided to output a course editing screen 430 displaying a course list 431 including the plurality of courses based on the manipulation signal. .
사용자는 조작부를 조작하여 코스편집화면(430)의 출력을 명령할 수 있다. 제어부(60)는 조작부의 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 코스편집화면(430)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.The user may command the output of the course editing screen 430 by manipulating the control unit. The control unit 60 may control the screen output unit 8 to output the course editing screen 430 based on the operation signal of the operation unit.
예컨대, 사용자는 전술한 옵션부(200)의 추가옵션버튼부 중 설정버튼부(240)를 조작함으로써 화면출력부(8)에 설정화면(420)을 출력시킬 수 있고, 설정화면(420)에는 코스편집항목(4212)을 포함하는 설정목록(421)이 표시되며, 사용자는 다이얼부(56)와 다기능버튼부(91) 등을 이용하여 상기 코스편집항목(4212)을 선택할 수 있고, 제어부(60)는 상기 코스편집항목(4212)이 선택되면 상기 코스편집화면(430)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.For example, the user can output the setting screen 420 to the screen output unit 8 by manipulating the setting button part 240 among the additional option button parts of the option part 200 described above, and the setting screen 420 A setting list 421 including the course edit item 4212 is displayed, and the user can select the course edit item 4212 using the dial unit 56 and the multifunction button unit 91, etc., and the control unit ( 60) can control the screen output unit 8 to output the course editing screen 430 when the course editing item 4212 is selected.
코스목록(431)에는 제어부(60)에 저장된 모든 코스가 항목화되어 표시될 수 있다. 즉, 사용자는 코스편집화면(430)의 코스목록(431)을 통해 제어부(60)에 저장된 복수의 코스를 전체로서 확인할 수 있으며, 상기 코스목록(431)에서 사용의사가 있는 코스들을 표시그룹으로 지정하고, 사용의사가 없는 코스들은 표시그룹에서 지정 해제하여 원하는 표시그룹을 설정할 수 있다.All courses stored in the controller 60 may be itemized and displayed in the course list 431 . That is, the user can check the plurality of courses stored in the control unit 60 as a whole through the course list 431 of the course editing screen 430, and the courses that the user intends to use in the course list 431 are divided into display groups. It is possible to set a desired display group by canceling designation from the display group for courses that are designated and do not have the intention to use them.
한편, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 코스편집화면(430)으로 전환될 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예는 화면출력부(8)의 제한된 출력영역, 즉 디스플레이(84) 영역을 효율적으로 활용하기 위해, 상기 코스편집화면(430)이 출력되어야 하는 경우, 코스선택화면(410) 대신 코스편집화면(430)이 출력되도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the screen output unit 8 may switch from the course selection screen 410 to the course editing screen 430 based on the manipulation signal. In one embodiment of the present invention, in order to efficiently utilize the limited output area of the screen output unit 8, that is, the area of the display 84, when the course editing screen 430 needs to be output, the course selection screen 410 Instead, the course editing screen 430 may be provided to be output.
위와 같은 화면의 전환 출력을 통해 본 발명의 일 실시예는 제한된 디스플레이(84) 영역에서도 다양한 화면을 효율적으로 출력할 수 있다.Through the switching output of the screen as described above, one embodiment of the present invention can efficiently output various screens even in a limited area of the display 84 .
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 조작부는 설정버튼부(240)를 포함하고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 설정버튼부(240)의 조작신호가 발생되면 복수의 설정항목이 표시되는 설정화면(420)으로 전환되며, 상기 설정화면(420)에서 상기 조작신호에 따라 상기 복수의 설정항목 중 코스편집항목(4212)이 선택되면 상기 코스편집화면(430)으로 전환될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit includes a setting button unit 240, and the screen output unit 8 generates an operation signal of the setting button unit 240 on the course selection screen 410. When a plurality of setting items are displayed, the setting screen 420 is displayed. When the course editing item 4212 among the plurality of setting items is selected according to the operation signal on the setting screen 420, the course editing screen 430 ) can be converted to
도 13에는 설정화면(420) 및 코스편집항목(4212)이 도시되어 있다. 도 13을 참고하면, 코스선택화면(410)이 화면출력부(8)에 출력된 상태에서 사용자에 의해 설정버튼부(240)가 조작되면, 제어부(60)는 코스선택화면(410) 대신 설정화면(420)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.13 shows a setting screen 420 and a course editing item 4212. Referring to FIG. 13 , when the setting button unit 240 is manipulated by the user while the course selection screen 410 is output to the screen output unit 8, the controller 60 sets the course selection screen 410 instead. The screen output unit 8 may be controlled so that the screen 420 is output.
설정화면(420)에는 현재 표시되는 코스의 설정뿐만 아니라 의류처리장치(1) 사용환경 전반에 대한 설정에 관련된 설정항목들을 포함하는 설정목록(421)이 표시될 수 있다.On the setting screen 420, a setting list 421 including setting items related to settings of the overall usage environment of the laundry handling apparatus 1 as well as settings of a currently displayed course may be displayed.
도 13에는 코스선택화면(410)으로부터 설정버튼부(240)의 설정신호에 따라 설정화면(420)으로 전환되는 모습이 개념적으로 도시되어 있다. 한편, 설정목록(421)에는 언어설정, 초기화설정 등 다수의 설정항목이 포함될 수 있고, 화면출력부(8)는 제한된 디스플레이(84) 영역에서 상기 다수의 설정항목을 효율적으로 표현하기 위해, 설정화면(420)상에서 복수의 설정항목 중 미리 정해진 개수만큼을 설정화면(420)에 표시하도록 마련될 수 있다.13 conceptually shows how the course selection screen 410 is switched to the setting screen 420 according to the setting signal of the setting button unit 240. On the other hand, the setting list 421 may include a number of setting items such as language setting and initialization setting, and the screen output unit 8 may set It may be provided to display as many as a predetermined number of a plurality of setting items on the screen 420 on the setting screen 420 .
도 13에는 제어부(60)에 저장된 설정목록(421)의 일례가 도시되어 있고, 상기 설정목록(421) 중 일부가 설정화면(420)에 표시된 일례가 도시되어 있다. 다만, 도 13에는 도시된 설정화면(420) 및 설정목록(421)을 설명의 편의를 위한 일례일 뿐이며, 설정목록(421)에서 동시에 표시되는 설정항목의 개수나 설정목록(421)의 전체 설정항목 내용은 필요에 따라 다양하게 변경될 수 있다.13 shows an example of the setting list 421 stored in the controller 60, and an example of displaying a part of the setting list 421 on the setting screen 420 is shown. However, the setting screen 420 and the setting list 421 shown in FIG. 13 are merely examples for convenience of explanation, and the number of setting items simultaneously displayed in the setting list 421 or the entire setting of the setting list 421. Item contents can be changed in various ways as needed.
설정화면(420)에서 복수의 설정항목 중 일부가 표시된 상태에서, 사용자는 다이얼부(56)를 회전시키는 등 조작부의 조작을 통해 상기 설정화면(420)에 표시되는 설정항목을 변경할 수 있다.While some of the plurality of setting items are displayed on the setting screen 420, the user can change the setting items displayed on the setting screen 420 by manipulating the control unit, such as rotating the dial unit 56.
즉, 제어부(60)는 설정화면(420)에서 다이얼부(56)의 회전신호가 발생되면, 현재 표시되는 설정항목을 설정목록(421)상의 순서에 따라 변경하여 표시하도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.That is, when the rotation signal of the dial unit 56 is generated on the setting screen 420, the controller 60 changes the currently displayed setting items according to the order on the setting list 421 and displays the screen output unit 8 can control.
한편, 도 13에는 화면출력부(8)에 설정항목 중 코스편집항목(4212)이 표시된 설정화면(420)이 도시되어 있다. 코스편집항목(4212)을 나타내는 명칭은 다양하게 결정될 수 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 13 shows a setting screen 420 in which a course edit item 4212 among setting items is displayed on the screen output unit 8 . A name representing the course edit item 4212 may be variously determined.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부(8)는 화면상에 복수의 항목이 표시되는 경우, 어느 하나의 항목이 선택예정대상임을 표시하도록 마련될 수 있다. 도 13에는 복수의 설정항목 중 코스편집항목(4212)이 나머지와 다른 색상 또는 조도를 가지며 선택예정대상으로 표시된 모습이 도시되어 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, when a plurality of items are displayed on the screen, the screen output unit 8 may be provided to indicate that any one item is an expected selection target. 13 shows a state in which a course edit item 4212 among a plurality of setting items has a color or illuminance different from the rest and is displayed as a scheduled selection target.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 복수의 항목 중 어느 하나에는 나머지 항목과 다른 색상 또는 조도를 가지는 선택예정표시가 적용되고, 상기 선택예정표시가 적용된 항목이 현재의 선택예정대상에 해당한다. 사용자가 다기능버튼부(91) 또는 수행버튼부(53b) 등의 조작부를 조작하면 제어부(60)는 상기 선택예정표시가 적용된 선택예정대상이 선택된 것으로 인식하고 이후의 절차를 수행할 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, a selection scheduled display having a different color or illuminance from the other items is applied to any one of a plurality of items, and the item to which the selection scheduled display is applied corresponds to the current scheduled selection target. When the user manipulates a control unit such as the multifunction button unit 91 or the execution button unit 53b, the control unit 60 recognizes that the target to be selected to which the selection scheduled display is applied is selected and performs subsequent procedures.
사용자는 화면출력부(8)에 복수의 항목이 표시된 상태에서 다이얼부(56)를 회전시켜 선택예정대상을 변경할 수 있다. 예컨대, 도 13의 설정화면(420)에서 사용자가 다이얼부(56)를 일방향으로 회전시키면 선택예정표시가 코스편집항목(4212) 아래의 항목으로 이동될 수 있고, 타방향으로 회전시키면 상기 선택예정표시가 코스편집항목(4212) 위의 항목으로 이동될 수 있다.The user can change the target to be selected by rotating the dial unit 56 in a state where a plurality of items are displayed on the screen output unit 8. For example, in the setting screen 420 of FIG. 13, when the user rotates the dial unit 56 in one direction, the selection schedule display can be moved to an item below the course editing item 4212, and when the user rotates the dial unit 56 in another direction, the selection schedule display can be moved. A display can be moved to an item above the course edit item 4212.
한편, 화면출력부(8)에 표시된 항목들 중 최하단의 항목에 선택예정표시가 적용된 상태에서 사용자가 다이얼부(56)를 다시 일방향으로 회전시키면, 화면출력부(8)는 현재의 화면에 표시되지 않았으나 목록상 다음순서의 항목을 화면에 표시하며, 현재의 화면에서 표시된 항목들 중 최상단의 항목이 화면으로부터 제거하도록 마련될 수 있다.On the other hand, if the user rotates the dial unit 56 in one direction again in a state where the selection scheduled display is applied to the lowest item among the items displayed on the screen output unit 8, the screen output unit 8 displays the display on the current screen. However, the item in the next order on the list may be displayed on the screen, and the topmost item among the items displayed on the current screen may be removed from the screen.
한편, 화면출력부(8)에 설정화면(420)이 출력된 상태에서 다기능버튼부(91)가 활성화되어 선택 기능을 가질 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(60)는 설정화면(420)이 출력된 상태에서 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호를 선택신호로 인식하여 현재 선택예정대상의 선택에 따른 이후 절차를 수행하도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in a state where the setting screen 420 is output to the screen output unit 8, the multi-function button unit 91 is activated to have a selection function. That is, the control unit 60 may recognize the operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 as a selection signal in a state in which the setting screen 420 is output, and perform subsequent procedures according to the selection of the current target to be selected.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 코스설정과정(P2)에서 화면출력부(8)에 코스선택화면(410)이 출력될 수 있고, 코스선택화면(410)에서 사용자가 설정버튼부(240)를 조작하면 제어부(60)는 화면출력부(8)에 코스선택화면(410) 대신 설정화면(420)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있으며, 설정화면(420)에서 사용자가 다이얼부(56)를 조작하여 선택예정표시가 코스편집항목(4212)에 위치된 상태에서 사용자가 다기능버튼부(91)를 조작하면, 제어부(60)는 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호를 선택신호로 판단하고 코스편집항목(4212)의 선택에 따라 화면출력부(8)에서 설정화면(420) 대신 코스편집화면(430)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the course selection screen 410 can be output to the screen output unit 8 in the course setting process (P2), and the user sets the setting button unit 240 on the course selection screen 410. When is operated, the controller 60 can control the screen output unit 8 so that the setting screen 420 is output instead of the course selection screen 410 on the screen output unit 8, and the setting screen 420 allows the user to When the user manipulates the multi-function button 91 in a state where the selection scheduled display is positioned on the course edit item 4212 by manipulating the dial 56, the controller 60 sends an operation signal of the multi-function button 91. is determined as a selection signal, and the screen output unit 8 can be controlled so that the course editing screen 430 is output instead of the setting screen 420 in the screen output unit 8 according to the selection of the course editing item 4212.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 하나의 제한된 디스플레이(84) 영역에서 코스선택화면(410), 설정화면(420) 및 코스편집화면(430)을 택일적으로 표시함으로써 다양한 정보를 사용자에게 효과적으로 제공할 수 있고, 복수의 항목 중 일부를 화면상에 표시하고 사용자가 표시되는 항목을 변경할 수 있도록 마련되어 복수의 항목을 효율적으로 표시하며, 다기능버튼부(91)가 필요에 따라 다양한 기능을 하도록 마련되어 조작부의 추가 없이도 사용자가 편리하게 화면을 조작하거나 항목을 선택할 수 있다.An embodiment of the present invention can effectively provide various information to the user by selectively displaying the course selection screen 410, the setting screen 420, and the course editing screen 430 in one limited area of the display 84. And, some of the plurality of items are displayed on the screen and are provided so that the user can change the displayed items, and the plurality of items are efficiently displayed, and the multi-function button unit 91 is provided to perform various functions as needed. Addition of the control unit The user can conveniently manipulate the screen or select an item even without it.
한편, 도 13을 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 복수의 설정항목은 코스정렬항목(4211)을 포함하고, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 설정화면(420)에서 상기 코스정렬항목(4211)이 선택되면 상기 표시그룹의 코스들이 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시되는 표시순서를 사용빈도에 따라 정렬하여 저장할 수 있다.Meanwhile, referring to FIG. 13 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the plurality of setting items include a course arrangement item 4211, and the control unit 60 displays the course arrangement item 4211 in the setting screen 420. ) is selected, the display order of the courses in the display group displayed on the course selection screen 410 can be arranged and stored according to the frequency of use.
도 13에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 코스편집항목(4212) 및 코스설정항목을 포함하는 설정목록(421)이 표시된 화면출력부(8)가 도시되어 있다. 사용자가 다이얼부(56)를 회전시켜 선택예정표시를 상기 코스정렬항목(4211)에 위치시킨 상태에서 다기능버튼부(91)를 터치하면, 제어부(60)는 코스정렬과정을 수행할 수 있다.13 shows a screen output unit 8 displaying a setting list 421 including course editing items 4212 and course setting items according to an embodiment of the present invention. When the user rotates the dial unit 56 and touches the multi-function button unit 91 in a state where the selection scheduled display is placed on the course alignment item 4211, the control unit 60 can perform a course alignment process.
코스정렬과정에서 제어부(60)는 최근 의류처리과정(P3)에서 사용된 코스의 빈도수에 따라 표시그룹의 코스들에 대한 표시순서를 설정할 수 있다. 예컨대, 제어부(60)는 미리 설정된 의류처리과정(P3) 회수에서 가장 많은 빈도수로 사용된 코스에서 가장 낮은 빈도수로 사용된 코스까지 표시순서를 설정할 수 있다.In the course arranging process, the controller 60 may set the display order of the courses of the display group according to the frequency of the courses recently used in the laundry processing process (P3). For example, the controller 60 may set a display order from a course used most frequently to a course used least frequently in the preset number of times of the laundry treatment process P3.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 사용자에게 코스정렬항목(4211)을 제공함으로써, 사용자가 사용하는 빈도수를 반영한 표시순서를 가지는 표시그룹의 코스들을 사용자에게 제공할 수 있어 사용 편의성을 향상시킬 수 있다.According to an embodiment of the present invention, by providing the course sorting item 4211 to the user, it is possible to provide the user with courses in a display group having a display order reflecting the frequency of use by the user, thereby improving usability.
한편, 도 14를 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 코스목록(431)에는 상기 복수의 코스 각각에 대한 상기 표시그룹 지정 여부가 표시되고, 상기 표시그룹 지정 여부는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 변경될 수 있다.Meanwhile, referring to FIG. 14, in one embodiment of the present invention, the course list 431 indicates whether the display group is designated for each of the plurality of courses, and whether the display group is designated is determined based on the operation signal. can be changed.
구체적으로, 코스목록(431)에는 제어부(60)에 저장된 복수의 코스항목이 표시되고, 각 코스항목에는 표시그룹의 지정 여부가 표시될 수 있다. 도 14에는 각 코스항목별로 체크 표시가 나타나는 표시그룹 지정박스(432)가 도시되어 있다. 다만, 이는 본 발명의 설명을 위한 일례일 뿐, 표시그룹으로의 지정 여부를 표시하는 구체적인 형태는 다양할 수 있다.Specifically, a plurality of course items stored in the controller 60 are displayed in the course list 431, and whether or not a display group is designated may be displayed in each course item. 14 shows a display group designation box 432 in which a check mark appears for each course item. However, this is only an example for explanation of the present invention, and the specific form of indicating whether or not to designate as a display group may vary.
도 14를 참고하면, 복수의 코스항목 중 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스항목의 지정박스(432)에는 체크표시가 나타나고, 표시그룹으로 지정되지 않은 코스항목의 지정박스(432)에는 체크표시가 제거될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 14 , a check mark may be displayed in a designation box 432 of a course item designated as a display group among a plurality of course items, and a check mark may be removed from a designation box 432 of a course item not designated as a display group. there is.
구체적으로, 도 14에는 제3코스를 포함하는 코스목록(431)이 도시되어 있으며, 제3코스에 선택예정표시가 위치된 모습이 도시되어 있다. 또한, 제3코스가 표시그룹으로 지정된 표시된 상태에서 사용자가 다기능버튼부(91)를 조작함으로써, 제3코스의 표시그룹 지정이 해제된 것으로 표시된 모습이 도시되어 있다.Specifically, FIG. 14 shows a course list 431 including a third course, and a state in which a selection scheduled display is located in the third course is shown. Also, when the user operates the multi-function button unit 91 in a state in which the third course is designated as a display group and displayed, it is displayed that the designation of the display group of the third course is canceled.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 코스편집화면(430)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 전달되면 현재 선택된 코스의 표시그룹 지정 여부를 반전시킬 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 60 may invert whether or not to designate a display group of a currently selected course when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is transmitted from the course editing screen 430.
즉, 코스편집화면(430)에서 다기능버튼부(91)는 표시그룹 지정여부 변경 기능을 가지며, 제어부(60)는 어느 하나의 코스항목에 대해 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 표시그룹의 지정 여부를 반전시킬 수 있다.That is, on the course edit screen 430, the multi-function button unit 91 has a function of changing whether or not to designate a display group, and the control unit 60 displays a signal when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated for any one course item. You can invert whether or not a group is designated.
예컨대, 도 14에 도시된 바와 같이 복수의 코스 중 제3코스가 표시그룹으로 지정된 상태에서 상기 제3코스에 대해 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 제어부(60)는 제3코스의 표시그룹 지정을 해제할 수 있다.For example, as shown in FIG. 14, when a manipulation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated for the third course in a state where the third course among the plurality of courses is designated as a display group, the control unit 60 controls the third course You can cancel the display group designation.
또한, 제3코스가 표시그룹에서 지정 해제된 상태에서 상기 제3코스에 대해 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면, 제어부(60)는 제3코스를 표시그룹으로 지정하여 저장할 수 있다.In addition, when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated for the third course in a state in which the third course is designated as a display group, the control unit 60 can designate and store the third course as a display group. .
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 다기능버튼부(91)는 설정화면(420)에서 설정항목 선택기능을 가지고, 코스편집화면(430)에서 표시그룹 지정변경 기능을 가질 수 있다. 즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 다기능버튼부(91)는 화면출력부(8)의 화면에 따라 서로 다른 기능을 가짐으로써, 화면별로 서로 다른 버튼부가 마련되지 않더라도 다양한 기능이 입력될 수 있어 설계상 유리하고, 사용자가 다기능버튼부(91) 하나만을 이용하여 다양한 기능을 이용할 수 있어 사용 편의성이 개선될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the multi-function button unit 91 may have a setting item selection function on the setting screen 420 and a display group designation change function on the course editing screen 430. That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the multi-function button unit 91 has different functions depending on the screen of the screen output unit 8, so that various functions can be input even if different button units are not provided for each screen. Advantageously, the user can use a variety of functions using only the multi-function button unit 91, so convenience of use can be improved.
한편, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 현재 출력되는 화면에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 현재 기능 정보를 표시하는 기능표시영역(405)을 포함할 수 있다. 또한, 다기능버튼부(91)는 현재 출력되는 화면에 따라 서로 다른 기능을 가질 수 있는 바, 상기 기능표시영역(405)에 표시되는 내용은 화면에 따라 변경될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the screen output unit 8 may include a function display area 405 displaying current function information of the multi-function button unit 91 on the currently output screen. In addition, since the multi-function button unit 91 can have different functions depending on the currently displayed screen, the contents displayed on the function display area 405 can be changed according to the screen.
나아가, 다기능버튼부(91)가 기능하지 않도록 비활성화되는 경우, 화면출력부(8)에서 출력되는 화면에는 기능표시영역(405)이 생략될 수 있다.Furthermore, when the multi-function button unit 91 is deactivated so as not to function, the function display area 405 may be omitted from the screen output from the screen output unit 8.
예컨대, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 다기능버튼부(91)는 설정화면(420)에서 각 설정항목의 선택기능을 가지는 바, 설정화면(420)은 다기능버튼부(91)의 선택기능이 표시된 기능표시영역(405)을 포함할 수 있다.For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, the multi-function button unit 91 has a selection function for each setting item on the setting screen 420, and the setting screen 420 has a function in which the selection function of the multi-function button unit 91 is displayed. A display area 405 may be included.
도 13에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 설정화면(420)의 기능표시영역(405)에서 다기능버튼부(91)의 선택기능을 "선택"이라는 명칭으로 표시하고 있으나, 이는 필요에 따라 다양하게 결정될 수 있다.13 shows the selection function of the multi-function button unit 91 in the function display area 405 of the setting screen 420 in the name of "selection" according to an embodiment of the present invention, but it is variously displayed as needed. can be determined
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 다기능버튼부(91)는 코스편집화면(430)에서 각 코스항목의 표시그룹 지정 변경 기능을 가지며, 구체적으로 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스항목에 대해서는 표시그룹 해제 기능을, 표시그룹으로 지정 해제된 코스항목에 대해서는 표시그룹 지정 기능을 가질 수 있다.On the other hand, in one embodiment of the present invention, the multi-function button unit 91 has a function of changing the display group designation of each course item on the course editing screen 430, and specifically, for a course item designated as a display group, a function of canceling the display group. , a function of designating a display group may be provided for a course item that has been canceled from designation as a display group.
따라서, 다기능버튼부(91)는 현재 선택예정대상에 따라서도 기능이 변화할 수 있고, 코스편집화면(430)의 기능표시영역(405)에는 다기능버튼부(91)의 표시그룹 지정 기능 또는 표시그룹 지정해제 기능이 표시될 수 있다.Therefore, the function of the multi-function button unit 91 can be changed according to the target to be currently selected, and the function display area 405 of the course edit screen 430 displays a display group designation function or display of the multi-function button unit 91. A group unassignment function may be displayed.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 설정화면(420)의 기능표시영역(405)과 코스편집화면(430)의 기능표시영역(405)은 서로 다른 표시를 가질 수 있으며, 나아가 코스편집화면(430)에서도 선택예정대상에 따라 기능표시영역(405)이 서로 다른 표시를 가질 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the function display area 405 of the setting screen 420 and the function display area 405 of the course editing screen 430 may have different displays, and furthermore, the course editing screen 430 ), the function display area 405 may have different displays depending on the target to be selected.
도 14에는 표시그룹으로 지정된 상태의 코스항목이 선택예정대상인 경우 기능표시영역(405)에 "선택해제"의 기능 명칭이 표시되고, 표시그룹으로 지정 해제된 상태의 코스항목이 선택예정대상인 경우 기능표시영역(405)에 "선택"의 기능 명칭이 표시되어 항목별로 상이한 표시가 나타나는 모습이 도시되어 있다.14, when the course item in the state designated as the display group is the scheduled target for selection, the function name of “deselection” is displayed in the function display area 405, and when the course item in the state undesignated as the display group is the scheduled target for selection, the function A function name of “selection” is displayed in the display area 405, and different displays are shown for each item.
다만, 도 14의 "선택해제" 및 "선택"의 명칭은 기능표시영역(405)의 내용에 대한 일례일 뿐, 구체적인 명칭은 필요에 따라 다양하게 변경될 수 있다.However, the names of “deselection” and “selection” in FIG. 14 are only examples of the contents of the function display area 405, and specific names may be variously changed as needed.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 다기능버튼부(91)가 화면별로 상이한 기능을 가질 수 있음은 물론, 동일한 화면에서 선택예정대상에 따라서도 상이한 기능을 가짐으로써, 하나의 버튼을 이용하여 사용자가 다양한 명령을 입력할 수 있어 유리하다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the multi-function button unit 91 can have different functions for each screen, as well as have different functions depending on the target to be selected on the same screen, so that the user can use one button to provide various commands. It is advantageous to be able to enter
나아가, 화면출력부(8)에서 표시되는 화면상에 다기능버튼부(91)의 기능을 표시하는 기능표시영역(405)이 마련됨으로써, 사용자가 현재 다기능버튼부(91)의 기능을 편리하게 확인하고 사용할 수 있다.Furthermore, a function display area 405 for displaying the function of the multi-function button 91 is provided on the screen displayed on the screen output unit 8, so that the user can conveniently check the current function of the multi-function button 91. and can be used.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 제어부(60)는 사용자에 의해 휴대 가능한 통신단말기(70)와 정보 교환이 가능하도록 마련되고, 상기 코스목록(431)과 상기 통신단말기(70)에 저장되는 단말기 코스목록(431)을 상호 동기화시키도록 마련될 수 있다.On the other hand, in one embodiment of the present invention, the controller 60 is provided to exchange information with the communication terminal 70 portable by the user, and the course list 431 and the communication terminal 70 are stored in It may be provided to synchronize the terminal course list 431 with each other.
전술한 바와 같이 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)는 사용자가 휴대할 수 있는 통신단말기(70)와 서버 등을 통해 정보 교환이 가능하도록 마련될 수 있고, 통신단말기(70)에는 의류처리장치(1)의 작동을 제어하거나 정보를 확인할 수 있는 어플리케이션이 인스톨될 수 있다.As described above, the clothes handling apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention may be prepared to exchange information through a communication terminal 70 that can be carried by a user and a server, and the communication terminal 70 An application capable of controlling the operation of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 or checking information may be installed.
사용자는 통신단말기(70)의 상기 어플리케이션을 통해 상기 코스목록(431)을 편집할 수 있으며, 통신단말기(70)에서 코스목록(431)이 편집된 결과는 제어부(60)로 전송되어 제어부(60)가 기 저장된 코스목록(431)이 상기 통신단말기(70)에서 편집된 코스목록(431)과 동기화될 수 있다.The user can edit the course list 431 through the application of the communication terminal 70, and the result of editing the course list 431 in the communication terminal 70 is transmitted to the control unit 60, and the control unit 60 ) may be synchronized with the course list 431 edited in the communication terminal 70.
또한, 화면출력부(8)의 코스편집화면(430)을 통해 편집된 코스목록(431)은 통신단말기(70)로 전달되어 사용자가 통신단말기(70)를 통해 편리하게 현재의 코스목록(431)을 확인하고 편집할 수 있다.In addition, the course list 431 edited through the course editing screen 430 of the screen output unit 8 is transmitted to the communication terminal 70 so that the user can conveniently view the current course list 431 through the communication terminal 70. ) can be viewed and edited.
한편, 도 14를 참고하면, 상기 복수의 코스는 상기 표시그룹 지정 해제가 불가한 고정코스(434)를 포함하고, 상기 코스목록(431)은 상기 고정코스(434)와 나머지가 구분되어 표시될 수 있다.Meanwhile, referring to FIG. 14 , the plurality of courses include a fixed course 434 for which the designation of the display group cannot be released, and the course list 431 displays the fixed course 434 and the rest separately. can
제어부(60)에는 복수의 코스 중 일부가 표시그룹 지정 해제가 불가한 고정코스(434)로 저장될 수 있다. 상기 고정코스(434)는 의류처리장치(1)의 사용에 있어서 기본적인 코스에 해당하거나 기타 전략적인 측면에서 결정될 수 있다.Some of the plurality of courses may be stored in the controller 60 as a fixed course 434 in which display group designation cannot be canceled. The fixed course 434 corresponds to a basic course in use of the laundry treatment apparatus 1 or may be determined in other strategic aspects.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 사용자가 직접 화면출력부(8)의 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시되는 코스들을 편집할 수 있고, 다만 사용자가 단순한 실수 등을 통해 기본적인 코스들을 표시그룹에서 지정 해제하게 되면, 코스선택화면(410)에서 사용자가 기본적인 코스가 표시되지 않아 혼란을 겪을 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the user can directly edit the courses displayed on the course selection screen 410 of the screen output unit 8, but the user can release basic courses from the display group through a simple mistake. , the user may experience confusion because basic courses are not displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 제어부(60)에 저장되는 복수의 코스는 기본적이고 사용 필수성이 잠재되는 코스들에 대해서는 사용자가 임의로 표시그룹의 지정을 해제하지 못하는 고정코스(434)로 저장함으로써, 사용 안정성을 효과적으로 확보할 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the plurality of courses stored in the controller 60 are stored as fixed courses 434 in which the user cannot arbitrarily cancel the designation of the display group for courses that are basic and have latent necessity of use. By doing so, it is possible to effectively secure use stability.
한편, 화면출력부(8)의 코스편집화면(430)에서 고정코스(434)는 다른 코스들과 구분되도록 표시될 수 있다. 도 14에는 "제6코스"로 표시된 코스항목이 나머지 코스항목과 달리 더 낮은 밝기를 가지도록 표시된 모습이 도시되어 있다.Meanwhile, on the course editing screen 430 of the screen output unit 8, the fixed course 434 may be displayed to be distinguished from other courses. 14 shows a course item marked as "Sixth Course" displayed with a lower brightness unlike the other course items.
다만, 도 14에 도시된 고정코스(434)의 표시방법은 본 발명의 일 실시예를 설명하기 위한 일례일 뿐, 고정코스(434)를 표시하는 방식은 필요에 따라 다양하게 결정될 수 있다.However, the method of displaying the fixed course 434 shown in FIG. 14 is only an example for explaining an embodiment of the present invention, and the method of displaying the fixed course 434 may be determined in various ways as needed.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 제어부(60)에는 상기 표시그룹의 코스들에 대해 상기 표시그룹으로 지정된 순서에 따른 표시순서가 저장되고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 조작부의 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 표시순서에 따라 현재 표시되는 코스가 순차적으로 변경될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the display order according to the order designated as the display group for the courses of the display group is stored in the control unit 60, and the screen output unit 8 displays the course selection screen ( In 410), the currently displayed course may be sequentially changed according to the display order based on the control signal of the control unit.
즉, 제어부(60)는 사용자에 의해 표시그룹으로 지정된 순서에 따라 표시그룹의 코스들의 표시순서를 설정할 수 있다. 예컨대, 사용자에 의해 가장 최근 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스는 제어부(60)에 의해 최선의 순서를 가지거나 최후의 순서를 가질 수 있다.That is, the controller 60 may set the display order of the courses of the display group according to the order designated by the user as the display group. For example, a course designated as the most recent display group by the user may have the best order or the last order by the controller 60 .
한편, 화면출력부(8)는 전술한 바와 같이 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시그룹의 코스를 하나씩 순서대로 표시하며, 제어부(60)에 의해 설정되는 표시순서에 따라 상기 표시그룹의 코스를 하나씩 순서대로 표시할 수 있다.Meanwhile, as described above, the screen output unit 8 displays the courses of the display group one by one in order on the course selection screen 410, and the courses of the display group are displayed one by one according to the display order set by the control unit 60. can be displayed in order.
사용자가 코스편집화면(430)을 통해 최근 표시그룹으로 지정한 코스는 사용자가 최근 사용 의사를 가진 코스에 해당할 수 있고, 이에 따라 본 발명의 일 실시예는 코스선택화면(410)에서 사용자에 의해 지정된 순서에 따른 표시그룹의 표시순서대로 코스들을 화면에 표시함으로써, 사용자의 편의성을 향상시킬 수 있다.A course designated by the user as a recent display group through the course editing screen 430 may correspond to a course that the user has a recent intention to use. User convenience can be improved by displaying the courses on the screen in the display order of the display groups according to the designated order.
한편, 상기 고정코스(434)는 상기 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들에 대해 독립된 표시순서를 가지며, 상기 표시그룹의 코스들 중 상기 고정코스(434)를 제외한 나머지 코스들은 상기 고정코스(434)의 표시순서를 회피하여 표시순서가 결정될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the fixed course 434 has an independent display order for courses designated as the display group, and among the courses in the display group, the remaining courses excluding the fixed course 434 are displayed as the fixed course 434. The display order can be determined by avoiding the order.
고정코스(434)는 사용자의 의도와 무관하게 범용적이거나 일반적으로 사용되는 코스에 해당할 수 있고, 이에 따라 사용자가 선택하는 표시그룹의 코스들보다 우선하여 표시되거나 최후에 표시되는 등, 표시순서에 있어서도 고정코스(434)는 나머지 코스들과 차별화될 수 있다.The fixed course 434 may correspond to a general-purpose or generally used course regardless of the user's intention, and accordingly, it is displayed in priority over the courses of the display group selected by the user or displayed last. Even in , the fixed course 434 can be differentiated from the rest of the courses.
예컨대, 일반적인 세탁코스에 해당하는 표준세탁코스는 세탁과정에 있어 대표적인 코스에 해당할 수 있고, 상기 표준세탁코스는 고정코스(434)로 지정되어 나머지 코스들의 표시순서와 무관하게 표시그룹 전체에서 제1표시순서를 가질 수 있다.For example, a standard washing course corresponding to a general washing course may correspond to a representative course in the washing process, and the standard washing course is designated as a fixed course 434 and is removed from the entire display group regardless of the display order of the other courses. 1 can have a display order.
한편, 의류처리과정(P3)에 있어 위생상 전략적으로 사용자에게 권고되는 통살균코스는 일반적인 의류처리과정(P3)에서 사용되지는 않으나 사용자에게 권고되기 위해 고정코스(434)로 지정될 수 있고, 다만 그 사용빈도수를 고려할 때 최후의 표시순서를 가질 수 있다.On the other hand, in the clothing treatment process (P3), the total sterilization course recommended to the user strategically for hygiene purposes is not used in the general clothing treatment process (P3), but may be designated as a fixed course 434 to be recommended to the user, However, considering the frequency of use, it may have the last display order.
이와 같이, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 다양한 이유로 표시그룹의 지정 여부가 변경 불가한 고정코스(434)가 설정될 수 있고, 상기 고정코스(434)에 대한 표시순서가 나머지와 달리 전략적으로 결정됨으로써, 사용 편의성을 효과적으로 향상시킬 수 있다.As described above, in one embodiment of the present invention, a fixed course 434 in which designation of a display group cannot be changed for various reasons can be set, and the display order of the fixed course 434 is strategically determined unlike the rest. , can effectively improve usability.
한편, 도 15에는 부팅화면(300)에 해당하는 알림화면(320) 중 사용자에게 코스목록(431)의 정리를 알리기 위한 코스정리화면(322)이 도시되어 있다.On the other hand, FIG. 15 shows a course arrangement screen 322 for notifying the user of the arrangement of the course list 431 among the notification screen 320 corresponding to the booting screen 300.
도 15를 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 화면출력부(8)는 사용자에게 상기 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들에 대한 정리를 요청하는 코스정리화면(322)을 출력하도록 마련되고, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 코스정리화면(322)에 발생되는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 표시그룹으로 지정된 코스들 중 사용빈도수가 기준빈도수 이하인 코스의 상기 표시그룹 지정을 해제하도록 마련될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 15, in one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course arrangement screen 322 requesting a user to organize courses designated as the display group, and the control unit 60 may be provided to release the designation of the display group for courses whose frequency of use is equal to or less than the reference frequency among courses designated as the display group based on the manipulation signal generated on the course summary screen 322 .
구체적으로, 제어부(60)는 현재 설정된 표시그룹의 코스들 중 제1기준회수만큼의 의류처리과정(P3)에 있어서 제1기준빈도수 미만으로 사용된 코스가 존재하는 경우, 상기 코스정리화면(322)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.Specifically, the controller 60, if there is a course that is used less than the first reference frequency in the clothes handling process P3 as many as the first reference number of times among the courses of the currently set display group, the course arrangement screen 322 ) can be controlled so that the screen output unit 8 is output.
화면출력부(8)는 부팅과정(P1)에서 제어부(60)의 제어에 의해 알림화면(320) 중 하나로서 상기 코리정리화면을 출력할 수 있다. 코스정리화면(322)은 코스의 정리가 필요함을 표시하는 알림안내영역(3221) 및 사용자가 코스정리 여부를 선택하기 위한 코스정리 선택영역(3222)을 포함할 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 may output the Cory arrangement screen as one of the notification screens 320 under the control of the control unit 60 in the booting process P1. The course arranging screen 322 may include a notification guide area 3221 indicating that course arranging is necessary and a course arranging selection area 3222 for the user to select whether or not to organize the course.
코스정리화면(322)의 알림안내영역(3221)에는 사용자에게 코스의 정리가 필요한 상태임을 나타내기 위한 문구가 표시될 수 있다. 알림안내영역(3221)의 구체적인 문구는 다양하게 결정될 수 있다.In the notification guidance area 3221 of the course organizing screen 322, a phrase indicating that the user needs to organize the course may be displayed. The specific text of the notification guide area 3221 may be determined in various ways.
코스정리화면(322)의 코스정리 선택영역(3222)에는 코스정리를 명령하기 위한 항목과 이를 취소하기 위한 항목이 표시될 수 있다. 즉, 코스정리 선택영역(3222)에는 정리항목과 취소항목이 표시될 수 있다. 정리항목 및 취소항목의 구체적인 명칭은 다양할 수 있고, 표시 방식 또한 다양할 수 있다.An item for ordering a course arrangement and an item for canceling the course arrangement may be displayed in the course arrangement selection area 3222 of the course arrangement screen 322 . That is, an arrangement item and a cancellation item may be displayed in the course arrangement selection area 3222 . The specific names of the arrangement item and the cancellation item may vary, and the display method may also vary.
상기 정리항목과 취소항목은 사용자에 의해 어느 하나가 선택될 수 있다. 예컨대, 사용자는 코스정리화면(322)에서 다이얼부(56)를 회전시켜 선택예정표시를 상기 정리항목 및 취소항목 중 어느 하나에 위치시킬 수 있고, 다기능버튼부(91)를 조작함으로써 선택예정대상의 진행을 입력할 수 있다.Either one of the arrangement item and the cancellation item may be selected by the user. For example, the user can rotate the dial unit 56 on the course summary screen 322 to place the selection schedule display on any one of the arrangement item and cancellation item, and operate the multi-function button unit 91 to select the scheduled target. progress can be entered.
제어부(60)는 코스정리화면(322)에서 정리항목에 대해 다기능버튼부(91)가 조작되면 제1기준빈도수 이하의 코스들을 표시그룹 지정 해제하는 과정을 수행할 수 있다. 또한 취소항목에 대해 다기능버튼부(91)가 조작되면 코스정리과정을 취소하고 부팅과정(P1)을 속행할 수 있다.When the multi-function button unit 91 is manipulated for a summary item on the course summary screen 322, the controller 60 may perform a process of canceling designation of the display group for courses with a first reference frequency or less. Also, if the multi-function button unit 91 is manipulated for a cancel item, the course arrangement process can be canceled and the booting process P1 can be continued.
한편, 코스정리화면(322)은 다기능버튼부(91)가 활성화되어 기능표시영역(405)을 포함할 수 있다. 코스정리화면(322)의 기능표시영역(405)에는 현재 선택예정대상의 선택기능이 표시될 수 있다. 도 15에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 기능표시영역(405)에 "확인"이라는 문구가 표시되어 있으나, 구체적인 문구는 다양하게 결정될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the course summary screen 322 may include a function display area 405 when the multi-function button unit 91 is activated. In the function display area 405 of the course summary screen 322, a selection function of a current target to be selected may be displayed. 15, the phrase "confirm" is displayed in the function display area 405 according to an embodiment of the present invention, but the specific phrase can be variously determined.
한편, 도 16에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 화면출력부(8)에서 출력되는 옵션화면(440)이 도시되어 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 16 shows an option screen 440 output from the screen output unit 8 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
전술한 바와 같이, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 옵션버튼부를 포함할 수 있고, 옵션버튼부는 상기 캐비닛(10)에 마련되고 사용자에 의해 조작되어 상기 복수의 코스 각각에 대한 옵션값이 조절되도록 마련될 수 있다.As described above, an embodiment of the present invention may include an option button unit, and the option button unit is provided in the cabinet 10 and is operated by a user to adjust option values for each of the plurality of courses. can
화면출력부(8)는 상기 화면출력부(8)는 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되는 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 마련되고, 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 옵션화면(440)으로 전환되며, 상기 옵션화면(440)에는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스의 옵션값이 표시될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of a plurality of courses for processing clothes is displayed. When the option button unit is manipulated, the option screen 440 is switched, and the option value of the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be displayed on the option screen 440 .
옵션버튼부는 해당 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값을 변경하도록 마련될 수 있다. 즉, 사용자가 옵션버튼부를 조작하면 해당 옵션의 옵션설정값에 해당하는 옵션값이 다른 옵션값으로 변경될 수 있다.The option button unit may be provided to change an option setting value for a corresponding option. That is, when the user manipulates the option button unit, an option value corresponding to an option setting value of a corresponding option may be changed to another option value.
예컨대, 상기 옵션버튼부가 헹굼회수 옵션에 대해 마련된 경우, 상기 헹굼회수 옵션은 1회, 2회, 3회 등 복수의 옵션값을 가지며, 헹굼회수 옵션의 옵션설정값이 1회인 경우에서 상기 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 헹굼회수 옵션의 옵션설정값이 디른 옵션값에 해당하는 2회, 3회 등으로 변경될 수 있다.For example, when the option button unit is provided for the rinse number option, the rinse number option has a plurality of option values such as 1 time, 2 times, 3 times, etc., and the option button When the additional operation is performed, the option setting value of the rinse number option may be changed to 2 times, 3 times, etc. corresponding to other option values.
한편, 옵션버튼부에 대응되는 옵션은 각 코스별로 적용될 수 있다. 즉, 옵션버튼부는 복수의 코스 각각에 대해 해당 옵션의 옵션설정값이 변경되도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, options corresponding to the option button unit may be applied for each course. That is, the option button unit may be provided to change an option setting value of a corresponding option for each of a plurality of courses.
화면출력부(8)는 코스선택화면(410)에서 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 옵션화면(440)으로 출력할 수 있다. 즉, 화면출력부(8)는 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 코스선택화면(410)에서 옵션화면(440)으로 전환될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 can output to the option screen 440 when the option button unit is operated on the course selection screen 410 . That is, the screen output unit 8 may switch from the course selection screen 410 to the option screen 440 when the option button unit is manipulated.
옵션화면(440)에는 해당 옵션에 대한 복수의 옵션값이 표시될 수 있다. 사용자는 옵션화면(440)에서 복수의 옵션값 중 어느 하나를 선택하여 해당 옵션의 옵션설정값으로 설정할 수 있다.A plurality of option values for a corresponding option may be displayed on the option screen 440 . The user can select one of a plurality of option values on the option screen 440 and set it as an option setting value of the corresponding option.
예컨대, 사용자는 코스설정과정(P2)에서 화면출력부(8)에 코스선택화면(410)이 출력된 상태에서 복수의 옵션버튼부 중 어느 하나를 조작하여 옵션화면(440)을 출력시킬 수 있다.For example, in a state where the course selection screen 410 is output to the screen output unit 8 in the course setting process (P2), the user can manipulate any one of a plurality of option button units to output the option screen 440. .
옵션화면(440)에는 복수의 옵션값이 표시될 수 있고, 사용자는 다이얼부(56) 등을 이용하여 상기 복수의 옵션값 중 어느 하나를 옵션선택값으로 설정하거나, 옵션화면(440)에서 상기 옵션버튼부를 반복 조작하여 상기 옵션설정값을 조절할 수도 있다.A plurality of option values may be displayed on the option screen 440, and the user sets one of the plurality of option values as an option selection value using the dial unit 56 or the like, or selects the option value on the option screen 440. The option setting value may be adjusted by repeatedly manipulating the option button unit.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 옵션버튼부의 조작이 수행되면 화면출력부(8)에서 해당 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값 변화를 표시하는 옵션화면(440)을 출력함으로써, 사용자에게 옵션 설정에 대한 편의성을 제공할 수 있다.An embodiment of the present invention provides convenience for option setting to the user by outputting an option screen 440 displaying a change in option setting values for a corresponding option on the screen output unit 8 when an operation of the option button unit is performed. can do.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 화면출력부(8)는 화면이 출력되는 디스플레이(84) 전체 영역에서 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로부터 상기 옵션화면(440)으로 전환될 수 있다. 이에 따라, 한정된 디스플레이(84) 영역을 최대한 활용하며 복수의 화면을 효율적으로 사용자에게 제공할 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 can switch from the course selection screen 410 to the option screen 440 in the entire area of the display 84 where the screen is output. Accordingly, it is possible to efficiently provide a plurality of screens to the user while maximally utilizing the limited area of the display 84 .
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로부터 팝업 방식을 통해 상기 옵션화면(440)으로 전환될 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 팝업 방식이란 기존의 화면에서 새로운 화면이 튀어나오듯 출력되는 것을 의미한다. 팝업 방식에 의하면 기존의 화면위에 새로운 화면이 일종의 레이어 형태로 적층되는 것으로 이해될 수도 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 may switch from the course selection screen 410 to the option screen 440 through a pop-up method. In one embodiment of the present invention, a pop-up method means that a new screen is output as if a new screen pops out of an existing screen. According to the pop-up method, it may be understood that a new screen is stacked on top of an existing screen in a kind of layer form.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 코스설정과정(P2)에서 화면출력부(8)가 코스설정화면(400)을 출력하도록 마련되고, 코스설정화면(400)은 코스선택화면(410)과 옵션화면(440)을 포함할 수 있으며, 옵션화면(440)은 코스선택화면(410)으로부터 팝업 방식으로 출력될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 is provided to output the course setting screen 400 in the course setting process (P2), and the course setting screen 400 includes the course selection screen 410 and the option screen ( 440), and the option screen 440 may be output from the course selection screen 410 in a pop-up manner.
한편, 도 16은 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 화면출력부(8)의 화면이 코스선택화면(410)에서 제1옵션화면(441)으로 전환된 모습을 나타내고, 도 17은 화면출력부(8)의 화면이 코스선택화면(410)에서 제2옵션화면(442)으로 전환된 모습을 나타낸다.Meanwhile, FIG. 16 shows a state in which the screen of the screen output unit 8 is switched from the course selection screen 410 to the first option screen 441 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 17 shows the screen output unit ( 8) shows a transition from the course selection screen 410 to the second option screen 442.
도 16 및 17을 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 옵션버튼부는 제1옵션을 조절하기 위한 제1옵션버튼부(212) 및 제2옵션을 조절하기 위한 제2옵션버튼부(222)를 포함하고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 제1옵션버튼부(212)가 조작되면 상기 제1옵션의 옵션값이 표시되는 제1옵션화면(441)으로 전환되고, 상기 제2옵션버튼부(222)가 조작되면 상기 제2옵션의 옵션값이 표시되는 제2옵션화면(442)으로 전환될 수 있다.16 and 17, in one embodiment of the present invention, the option button unit includes a first option button unit 212 for adjusting a first option and a second option button unit 222 for adjusting a second option. When the first option button 212 is manipulated on the course selection screen 410, the screen output unit 8 displays a first option screen 441 displaying the option value of the first option. When the second option button unit 222 is manipulated, it can be converted to the second option screen 442 displaying the option value of the second option.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 화면출력부(8)는 옵션별로 서로 다른 화면을 출력할 수 있다. 제1옵션버튼부(212)가 조작되면 화면출력부(8)는 제1옵션의 옵션값이 표시되는 제1옵션화면(441)을 출력하며, 제2옵션버튼부(222)가 조작되면 제2옵션화면(442)을 출력할 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 may output different screens for each option. When the first option button unit 212 is operated, the screen output unit 8 outputs a first option screen 441 on which the option value of the first option is displayed, and when the second option button unit 222 is operated, the second option button unit 222 is operated. 2 option screen 442 can be output.
도 16에는 제1옵션화면(441)으로서 헹굼회수 옵션화면(440)이 출력된 모습이 도시되어 있고, 도 17에는 제2옵션화면(442)으로서 세탁강도 옵션화면(440)이 출력된 모습이 도시되어 있다.16 shows a state in which the rinse number option screen 440 is output as the first option screen 441, and FIG. 17 shows a state in which the washing strength option screen 440 is output as the second option screen 442. is shown
다만, 도 16 및 17에서 제1옵션 및 제2옵션으로 표시된 헹굼회수 및 세탁강도는 본 발명의 설명을 위한 일례일 뿐이며, 제1옵션 및 제2옵션은 헹굼회수 및 세탁강도 외의 다른 옵션으로 결정될 수도 있다.16 and 17, the number of rinses and the washing strength indicated by the first option and the second option are only examples for explanation of the present invention, and the first option and the second option may be determined by options other than the number of rinses and the washing strength. may be
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 옵션버튼부는 복수로 마련되어 서로 다른 옵션을 조절하도록 마련되고, 상기 제어부(60)는 복수의 옵션 각각에 대한 복수의 옵션값이 저장되고, 상기 복수의 옵션값 중 어느 하나가 해당 옵션의 옵션설정값으로 설정될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of option button units are provided to adjust different options, and the controller 60 stores a plurality of option values for each of a plurality of options, and the plurality of option values. Any one of them may be set as an option setting value of the corresponding option.
상기 코스선택화면(410)은 현재 표시된 코스의 옵션설정값이 표시되는 옵션안내영역(413)을 포함하고, 상기 옵션화면(440)은 해당 옵션의 옵션설정값과 상기 복수의 옵션값 중 적어도 일부가 함께 표시되는 옵션값 표시영역(4401)을 포함할 수 있다.The course selection screen 410 includes an option guide area 413 in which option setting values of the currently displayed course are displayed, and the option screen 440 includes at least some of the option setting values of the corresponding option and the plurality of option values. may include an option value display area 4401 displayed together.
도 16 및 17에는 복수의 옵션값이 표시되는 옵션화면(440)이 도시되어 있다. 전술한 바와 같이 옵션버튼부는 제1옵션버튼부(212), 제2옵션버튼부(222), 제3옵션버튼부(232) 등 복수로 마련될 수 있다.16 and 17 show an option screen 440 displaying a plurality of option values. As described above, the option button unit may be provided in plurality, such as the first option button unit 212, the second option button unit 222, and the third option button unit 232.
복수의 옵션은 각각 복수의 옵션값을 가질 수 있다. 도 16에는 제1옵션에 해당하는 헹굼회수 옵션에서 1회, 2회, 3회 등의 옵션값이 표시되어 있다. 도 17에는 제2옵션에 해당하는 세탁강도 옵션에서 강력, 표준, 적은 때 등의 옵션값이 표시되어 있다.Each of the plurality of options may have a plurality of option values. 16 shows option values such as 1 time, 2 times, 3 times, etc. in the rinse number option corresponding to the first option. 17 shows option values such as strong, standard, and small washing strength options corresponding to the second option.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 옵션값은 회수를 상징하는 숫자뿐만 아니라 강도를 나타내는 문자 형태 등 다양한 종류로 구성될 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the option value may be composed of various types such as a number symbolizing the number of times as well as a character type indicating strength.
다만, 이는 단지 본 발명의 일 실시예에 대한 설명을 위한 일례일 뿐이며, 도 16 및 17에서 나타난 제1옵션 및 제2옵션은 반드시 이와 같이 한정되는 것이 아니고, 제1옵션 및 제2옵션의 각 옵션값 또한 이와 같이 한정되는 것은 아니다.However, this is only an example for explanation of one embodiment of the present invention, and the first option and the second option shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 are not necessarily limited in this way, and each of the first option and the second option Option values are not limited in this way either.
각각의 옵션은 복수의 옵션값 중 어느 하나가 옵션설정값으로 저장될 수 있다. 즉, 어느 하나의 코스는 복수의 옵션이 조절 가능할 수 있고, 상기 복수의 옵션 각각은 복수의 옵션값을 가지며, 각 옵션은 상기 복수의 옵션값 중 어느 하나가 옵션설정값으로 저장되어 해당 코스에 반영될 수 있다.For each option, any one of a plurality of option values may be stored as an option setting value. That is, a plurality of options may be adjustable for any one course, each of the plurality of options has a plurality of option values, and for each option, any one of the plurality of option values is stored as an option setting value to provide a corresponding course. can be reflected.
한편, 코스선택화면(410)에는 사용자가 옵션화면(440)을 확인하지 않더라도 현재 표시된 코스에서 각 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값 정보를 확인할 수 있도록 옵션안내영역(413)을 포함할 수 있다.Meanwhile, the course selection screen 410 may include an option guide area 413 so that the user can check option setting value information for each option in the currently displayed course without checking the option screen 440 .
즉, 코스선택화면(410)에는 복수의 옵션 각각의 옵션설정값이 표시되는 옵션안내영역(413)이 마련되고, 이에 따라 사용자는 옵션안내영역(413)을 통해 현재 코스의 각 옵션설정값을 간편하게 확인할 수 있다.That is, an option guidance area 413 displaying option setting values for each of a plurality of options is provided on the course selection screen 410, and accordingly, the user selects each option setting value of the current course through the option guidance area 413. can be checked easily.
다만, 옵션화면(440)에는 해당 옵션의 옵션설정값 뿐만 아니라 나머지 옵션값의 적어도 일부가 상기 옵션설정값과 함게 표시되는 옵션값 표시영역(4401)이 마련될 수 있다. 상기 옵션값 표시영역(4401)을 통해 사용자는 옵션화면(440)에서 사용자가 원하는 옵션값의 존부를 편리하게 확인하고, 옵션설정값을 변경할 수 있다.However, the option screen 440 may include an option value display area 4401 displaying not only the option setting value of the corresponding option but also at least a part of the remaining option values together with the option setting value. Through the option value display area 4401, the user can conveniently check the existence of the option value desired by the user on the option screen 440 and change the option setting value.
나아가, 옵션값 표시영역(4401)에서 현재의 옵션설정값은 나머지 옵션값과 상이하게 표시될 수 있다. 도 16 및 17에는 옵션값 표시영역(4401)에서 현재 옵션설정값이 나머지 옵션값보다 큰 크기로 표시되고 색상 및 밝기가 다르게 표시된 모습이 도시되어 있다. 다만, 옵션설정값을 구분하여 표시하는 방식은 이외에도 다양할 수 있다.Furthermore, in the option value display area 4401, the current option setting value may be displayed differently from other option values. 16 and 17 show that the current option setting value is displayed in a larger size than the other option values in the option value display area 4401 and displayed in different colors and brightness. However, a method of classifying and displaying option setting values may be various other than that.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 코스선택화면(410)에서도 옵션안내영역(413)을 통해 사용자에게 각 옵션의 옵션설정값을 직관적이고 간편하게 알리고, 나아가 옵션화면(440)에서는 옵션설정값 외의 옵션값을 함께 표시함으로써 사용자는 현재 원하는 옵션설정값을 편리하게 파악할 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the option setting value of each option is intuitively and conveniently notified to the user through the option guide area 413 even on the course selection screen 410, and furthermore, option values other than the option setting value are displayed on the option screen 440. By displaying them together, the user can conveniently grasp the currently desired option setting value.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 옵션화면(440)은 상기 옵션값 표시영역(4401)과 더불어 옵션명칭 표시영역(4405)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 전술한 바와 같이 본 발명의 일 실시예는 옵션화면(440)이 제1옵션화면(441) 및 제2옵션화면(442) 등 복수의 옵션화면(440)을 포함할 수 있고, 이에 따라 사용자에게 현재 변경중인 옵션의 종류를 표시하기 위해 옵션화면(440)에 옵션명칭 표시영역(4405)이 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the option screen 440 may further include an option name display area 4405 together with the option value display area 4401. As described above, in one embodiment of the present invention, the option screen 440 may include a plurality of option screens 440 such as the first option screen 441 and the second option screen 442, and accordingly, to the user An option name display area 4405 may be provided on the option screen 440 to display the type of option currently being changed.
도 16에는 제1옵션화면(441)의 옵션명칭 표시영역(4405)에 헹굼회수 옵션임을 알리기 위해서 "헹굼"이라는 단어가 표시된 모습이 도시되어 있고, 제2옵션화면(442)의 옵션명칭 표시영역(4405)에는 세탁강도 옵션임을 알리기 위해 "세탁"이라는 단어가 표시된 모습이 도시되어 있다.16 shows a state in which the word “rinse” is displayed in the option name display area 4405 of the first option screen 441 to indicate that it is a rinse number option, and the option name display area 442 of the second option screen 442 In 4405, the word "wash" is displayed to indicate that the washing strength is an option.
다만, 제1옵션 및 제2옵션이 반드시 헹굼회수 옵션 및 세탁강도 옵션으로 한정되는 것이 아니며, 나아가 헹굼회수 옵션 및 세탁강도 옵션을 나타내기 위한 옵션명칭 표시영역(4405)의 구체적인 문구 또한 다양하게 결정될 수 있다.However, the first option and the second option are not necessarily limited to the rinse number option and the washing strength option, and furthermore, specific words of the option name display area 4405 for indicating the rinse number option and the washing strength option may be determined in various ways. can
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션화면(440)에서 상기 복수의 옵션값 중 어느 하나가 옵션설정값으로 표시되고, 상기 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 상기 복수의 옵션값 중 상기 어느 하나 대신 다른 하나가 옵션설정값으로 표시될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 displays any one of the plurality of option values as an option setting value on the option screen 440, and when the option button unit is operated, the plurality of options Instead of one of the above values, another one may be displayed as an option setting value.
예컨대, 사용자는 다이얼부(56)를 조작하여 옵션설정값을 다른 옵션값으로 변경하거나, 옵션버튼부를 반복 조작하여 옵션설정값을 다른 옵션값으로 변경할 수 있다.For example, the user can change an option setting value to another option value by manipulating the dial unit 56 or change an option setting value to another option value by repeatedly manipulating the option button unit.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션화면(440)에서 상기 복수의 옵션값 중 적어도 일부가 순서대로 나열되어 표시되고, 상기 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 현재 옵션설정값의 다음 순서에 해당되는 옵션값이 옵션설정값으로 변경되어 표시될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 displays at least some of the plurality of option values listed in order on the option screen 440, and when the option button unit is operated, the current option setting value Option values corresponding to the following order may be changed to option setting values and displayed.
제어부(60)에는 복수의 옵션 각각에 대한 복수의 옵션값이 미리 저장될 수 있고, 옵션화면(440)에는 해당 옵션에 대한 복수의 옵션값 중 적어도 일부가 표시될 수 있다.A plurality of option values for each of a plurality of options may be previously stored in the controller 60 , and at least some of the plurality of option values for the corresponding option may be displayed on the option screen 440 .
즉, 옵션화면(440)의 옵션값 표시영역(4401)에는 동시에 표시되는 옵션값 개수가 미리 정해질 수 있고, 해당 옵션의 옵션값 개수가 옵션값 영역에서 동시에 표시되는 옵션값 개수를 초과하는 경우, 옵션값 표시영역(4401)에는 현재의 옵션설정값에 해당하는 옵션값을 중심으로 그 이전순서의 옵션값 및 그 이후순서의 옵션값들을 옵션값 표시영역(4401)에 표시할 수 있다.That is, the number of simultaneously displayed option values may be predetermined in the option value display area 4401 of the option screen 440, and if the number of option values of the corresponding option exceeds the number of simultaneously displayed option values in the option value area , In the option value display area 4401, the option value in the previous order and the option values in the subsequent order centering on the option value corresponding to the current option setting value can be displayed in the option value display area 4401.
도 16 및 17에는 옵션설정값으로 저장된 옵션값의 이전순서에 해당하는 옵션값과 이후순서에 해당하는 옵션값이 옵션값 표시영역(4401)에 함께 표시되는 모습이 도시되어 있다. 다만, 옵션값 표시영역(4401)에서 동시에 표시되는 옵션값 개수는 필요에 따라 다양할 수 있다.16 and 17 show that option values corresponding to the previous order of option values stored as option setting values and option values corresponding to the subsequent order are displayed together in the option value display area 4401 . However, the number of option values simultaneously displayed in the option value display area 4401 may vary as needed.
사용자는 옵션화면(440)에서 옵션버튼부를 조작하여 옵션설정값의 현재의 옵션값에서 다른 옵션값으로 변경할 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(60)는 화면출력부(8)에 옵션화면(440)이 출력된 상태에서 상기 옵션버튼부의 옵션신호가 입력되면, 현재 옵션설정값에 해당하는 옵션값의 다음순서에 해당하는 옵션값을 옵션설정값으로 변경 설정하여 저장할 수 있다.The user can change the current option value of the option setting value to another option value by manipulating the option button unit on the option screen 440 . That is, when the option signal of the option button unit is input in a state where the option screen 440 is output to the screen output unit 8, the control unit 60 provides an option corresponding to the next order of the option value corresponding to the current option setting value. The value can be changed to the option setting value and saved.
사용자는 옵션화면(440)에서 옵션버튼부의 입력과정을 반복함으로써 복수의 옵션값 중 원하는 옵션값을 옵션설정값으로 설정할 수 있다.The user can set a desired option value among a plurality of option values as an option setting value by repeating the process of inputting the option button unit on the option screen 440 .
한편, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션화면(440)에서 상기 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 상기 복수의 옵션값이 이동 모션으로 표시되고, 상기 복수의 옵션값을 제외한 나머지 영역은 동일하게 유지될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in the screen output unit 8, when the option button unit is manipulated on the option screen 440, the plurality of option values are displayed as a movement motion, and the rest of the area except for the plurality of option values may remain the same. there is.
즉, 옵션화면(440)은 옵션버튼부가 조작되는 상기 옵션값 표시영역(4401)을 제외한 나머지 영역은 변화가 없는 상태에서 상기 옵션값 표시영역(4401)의 표시만이 변화될 수 있다. 즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 옵션버튼부가 반복 조작되더라도 불필요한 화면 변화 없이 옵션값의 변화만을 출력함으로써 불필요한 화면 변경을 최소화하고 사용자에게 옵션값 정보를 효과적으로 전달할 수 있다.That is, in the option screen 440, only the display of the option value display area 4401 can be changed while remaining areas of the option screen 440 remain unchanged except for the option value display area 4401 where the option button unit is manipulated. That is, according to an embodiment of the present invention, unnecessary screen changes are minimized and option value information can be effectively delivered to the user by outputting only option value changes without unnecessary screen changes even when the option button unit is repeatedly manipulated.
한편, 옵션값 표시영역(4401)에서는 각 옵션값이 이동 모션으로 표시될 수 있다. 즉, 옵션값 표시영역(4401)의 각 옵션값은 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 애니메이션과 같이 이동되도록 표시될 수 있다. 도 16 및 17에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 옵션화면(440)에서 옵션버튼부가 입력되어 옵션설정값이 변경된 모습이 도시되어 있다.Meanwhile, in the option value display area 4401, each option value may be displayed in a moving motion. That is, each option value of the option value display area 4401 may be displayed to move like an animation when the option button unit is manipulated. 16 and 17 show a state in which an option setting value is changed by inputting an option button unit on the option screen 440 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
한편, 상기 옵션화면(440)은 현재의 옵션설정값이 표시되는 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)을 포함하고, 상기 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)의 일측에 위치되어 현재 옵션설정값의 이전순서 옵션값이 표시되는 이전순서 표시영역(4402) 및 상기 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)의 타측에 위치되어 현재 옵션설정값의 다음순서 옵션값이 표시되는 다음순서 표시영역(4404)을 더 포함할 수 있다.On the other hand, the option screen 440 includes an option setting value display area 4403 in which the current option setting value is displayed, and is located on one side of the option setting value display area 4403 to display the previous order of the current option setting value. It may further include a previous order display area 4402 displaying an option value and a next order display area 4404 located on the other side of the option setting value display area 4403 and displaying an option value next to the current option setting value. can
또한, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션화면(440)에서 상기 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 상기 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)의 옵션값이 상기 이전순서 표시영역(4402)으로 이동되어 표시되고, 상기 다음순서 표시영역(4404)의 옵션값이 상기 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)으로 이동되어 표시될 수 있다.In addition, in the screen output unit 8, when the option button unit is operated on the option screen 440, the option value of the option setting value display area 4403 is moved to the previous order display area 4402 and displayed, Option values in the next order display area 4404 may be moved to and displayed in the option setting value display area 4403 .
구체적으로, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 옵션값 표시영역(4401)이 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403), 이전순서 표시영역(4402) 및 다음순서표시영역(411)을 포함할 수 있다. 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)에는 해당옵션에서 현재 옵션설정값으로 설정된 옵션값이 표시되고, 이전순서 표시영역(4402)에는 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)에 표시된 옵션값의 이전순서에 해당하는 옵션값이 표시되며, 다음순서 표시영역(4404)에는 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)에 표시된 옵션값의 다음순서에 해당하는 옵션값이 표시될 수 있다.Specifically, in an embodiment of the present invention, the option value display area 4401 may include an option setting value display area 4403, a previous order display area 4402, and a next order display area 411. In the option setting value display area 4403, the option value set as the current option setting value in the corresponding option is displayed, and in the previous order display area 4402, the option value corresponding to the previous order of the option value displayed in the option setting value display area 4403 is displayed. Option values are displayed, and option values corresponding to the next order of the option values displayed in the option setting value display area 4403 may be displayed in the next order display area 4404 .
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)에서 옵션설정값에 해당하는 옵션값을 표시함으로써 사용자가 현재의 옵션설정값을 쉽게 파악할 수 있고, 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)의 일측과 타측에 각각 이전순서 표시영역(4402)과 다음순서 표시영역(4404)이 배치됨으로써 사용자가 직관적으로 옵션값의 순서를 파악하고 옵션버튼부의 조작에 따른 옵션설정값의 변화를 쉽게 파악할 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, by displaying an option value corresponding to the option setting value in the option setting value display area 4403, the user can easily grasp the current option setting value, and the option setting value display area 4403 The previous order display area 4402 and the next order display area 4404 are arranged on one side and the other side of the screen, so that the user can intuitively grasp the order of option values and easily understand the change in option setting values according to the operation of the option button unit. there is.
도 16 및 17에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 상하방향으로 나란하게 배치되는 이전순서 표시영역(4402), 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403) 및 다음순서 표시영역(4404)이 도시되어 있다.16 and 17 show a previous order display area 4402, an option setting value display area 4403, and a next order display area 4404 arranged side by side in the vertical direction according to an embodiment of the present invention.
또한, 도 16 및 17에는 옵션화면(440)에서 옵션버튼부가 입력되어 옵션설정값이 변경된 결과가 도시되어 있다. 전술한 바와 같이 옵션값 표시영역(4401)의 각 옵션값은 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 이동 모션을 통해 위치가 변경되는 화면이 출력될 수 있다.In addition, FIGS. 16 and 17 show the result of changing the option setting value by inputting the option button unit on the option screen 440 . As described above, a screen in which each option value of the option value display area 4401 is changed through a moving motion when the option button unit is manipulated may be displayed.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 옵션버튼부가 조작되면 기존에 다음순서 표시영역(4404)에 위치되었던 옵션값이 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)으로 이동되고, 기존에 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)에 위치되었던 옵션값은 이전순서 표시영역(4402)으로 이동될 수 있다. 한편, 다음순서 표시영역(4404)에는 기존에 옵션값 표시영역(4401)에 표시되지 않았던 옵션값이 신규하게 표시될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, when the option button unit is manipulated, the option value previously located in the next order display area 4404 is moved to the option setting value display area 4403, and the existing option setting value display area 4403 The positioned option value can be moved to the previous order display area 4402. Meanwhile, in the next order display area 4404, option values that were not previously displayed in the option value display area 4401 may be newly displayed.
한편, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션화면(440)에서 상기 다이얼부(56)가 일방향으로 회전하면 상기 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)의 옵션값이 상기 이전순서 표시영역(4402)으로 이동되어 표시되고, 상기 다이얼부(56)가 타방향으로 회전하면 상기 옵션설정값 표시영역(4403)의 옵션값이 상기 다음순서 표시영역(4404)으로 이동되어 표시될 수도 있다.Meanwhile, in the screen output unit 8, when the dial unit 56 rotates in one direction on the option screen 440, the option value of the option setting value display area 4403 is transferred to the previous order display area 4402. When the dial unit 56 rotates in another direction, the option value in the option setting value display area 4403 may be moved to the next order display area 4404 and displayed.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 옵션화면(440)에서 옵션버튼부가 입력되어야 옵션설정값이 변경되거나, 다이얼부(56)가 회전되어야 옵션설정값이 변경되거나, 옵션버튼부 및 다이얼부(56) 어느 하나가 조작되면 옵션설정값이 변경될 수 있다. 이러한 옵션화면(440)에서의 조작 방식의 결정은 필요에 따라 다양하게 결정될 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the option setting value is changed only when the option button unit is input on the option screen 440, the option setting value is changed only when the dial unit 56 is rotated, or the option button unit and the dial unit 56 ), if any one is operated, the option setting value can be changed. Determination of the manipulation method on the option screen 440 may be determined in various ways as needed.
한편, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션화면(440)에서 상기 제어부(60)에 미리 설정된 옵션설정시간동안 상기 옵션버튼부의 조작신호가 발생하지 않는 경우, 상기 옵션화면(440)으로부터 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로 복귀될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the screen output unit 8 displays the course from the option screen 440 when the operation signal of the option button unit does not occur during the option setting time previously set in the control unit 60 on the option screen 440. It may return to the selection screen 410 .
전술한 바와 같이 옵션화면(440)은 코스선택화면(410)으로부터 팝업 형태로 출력될 수 있고, 옵션화면(440)이 종료되면 화면출력부(8)의 디스플레이(84)에는 다시 코스선택화면(410)이 출력될 수 있으며, 이 때 코스선택화면(410)의 옵션안내영역(413)에는 상기 옵션화면(440)을 통해 조정된 옵션설정값이 표시될 수 있다.As described above, the option screen 440 may be output in the form of a pop-up from the course selection screen 410, and when the option screen 440 ends, the display 84 of the screen output unit 8 displays the course selection screen again ( 410) may be output, and at this time, option setting values adjusted through the option screen 440 may be displayed in the option guide area 413 of the course selection screen 410.
제어부(60)는 옵션화면(440)의 종료를 위한 옵션설정시간이 미리 저장될 수 있다. 제어부(60)는 화면출력부(8)에 옵션화면(440)이 출력된 이후부터 상기 옵션설정시간동안 옵션버튼부의 조작신호가 발생되지 않는 경우, 사용자의 옵션 설정 의사가 없는 것으로 판단할 수 있다.The controller 60 may pre-store an option setting time for ending the option screen 440 . The control unit 60 may determine that the user has no intention to set options when an operation signal of the option button unit is not generated during the option setting time after the option screen 440 is output to the screen output unit 8. .
즉, 제어부(60)는 옵션화면(440)에서 상기 옵션설정시간동안 사용자에 의한 조작신호가 발생되지 않는 경우, 상기 옵션화면(440)으로부터 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로 복귀하도록 상기 화면출력부(8)를 제어하여 옵션 설정 과정을 종료할 수 있다.That is, the controller 60 controls the screen output unit to return to the course selection screen 410 from the option screen 440 when no manipulation signal is generated by the user during the option setting time on the option screen 440. The option setting process can be ended by controlling (8).
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 전술한 바와 같이 상기 옵션버튼부가 옵션부(200)의 일부에 해당할 수 있고, 옵션부(200)는 상기 옵션버튼부와 함께 옵션조절부를 구성하는 옵션표시부를 더 포함할 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, as described above, the option button unit may correspond to a part of the option unit 200, and the option unit 200 is an option display unit constituting the option control unit together with the option button unit. can include more.
옵션표시부는 상기 옵션설정값을 표시하도록 마련될 수 있고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션화면(440)에서 상기 옵션표시부와 함께 상기 옵션설정값을 표시할 수 있다.An option display unit may be provided to display the option setting value, and the screen output unit 8 may display the option setting value along with the option display unit on the option screen 440 .
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 옵션표시부에서 발광부(205)의 발광 특성 변화를 통해 옵션설정값의 변화를 사용자에게 표시함과 함께, 화면출력부(8)에서도 옵션화면(440)을 통해 옵션설정값의 변화를 시각적으로 표시함으로써 사용편의성을 효과적으로 향상시킬 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the change in the option setting value is displayed to the user through the change in the light emitting characteristic of the light emitting unit 205 in the option display unit, and also through the option screen 440 in the screen output unit 8. User convenience can be effectively improved by visually displaying changes in option setting values.
한편, 상기 옵션표시부는 전술한 바와 같이 복수의 발광부(205)를 포함하고, 상기 복수의 발광부(205)는 상기 옵션에 대한 서로 다른 옵션값에 대응되며, 현재 설정된 옵션설정값에 대응되는 발광부(205)가 발광될 수 있다. On the other hand, the option display unit includes a plurality of light emitting units 205 as described above, and the plurality of light emitting units 205 correspond to different option values for the option, and correspond to a currently set option setting value. The light emitting unit 205 may emit light.
상기 복수의 발광부(205)는 상기 옵션버튼부로부터 일방향을 따라 나란하게 배열될 수 있다. 옵션버튼부로부터 일렬로 정렬되는 발광부(205)를 통해 현재의 옵션설정값을 표시함으로써, 사용자가 현재 옵션설정값의 레벨을 직관적으로 파악할 수 있다.The plurality of light emitting units 205 may be arranged side by side along one direction from the option button unit. By displaying the current option setting value through the light emitting units 205 arranged in a row from the option button unit, the user can intuitively grasp the level of the current option setting value.
한편, 도 18에는 코스선택화면(410)에 어느 하나의 코스가 표시된 컨트롤패널(100)이 도시되어 있고, 도 19에는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 다른 하나의 코스가 표시된 컨트롤패널(100)이 도시되어 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 18 shows the control panel 100 displaying one course on the course selection screen 410, and FIG. 19 shows the control panel 100 displaying another course on the course selection screen 410. this is shown
도 18 및 19를 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 전술한 바와 같이 옵션버튼부 및 옵션표시부로 구성되는 옵션조절부는 복수의 옵션에 대응되도록 복수로 마련될 수 있고, 상기 제어부(60)에는 복수의 코스 각각에 대해 조절이 가능한 옵션들이 미리 설정되며, 상기 복수의 옵션조절부는 각각 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 현재 표시된 코스에서 조절 가능한 옵션에 해당되는 경우 발광되어 사용자에게 조절 가능 여부를 안내하도록 마련될 수 있다.18 and 19, as described above in one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of option control units composed of an option button unit and an option display unit may be provided to correspond to a plurality of options, and the control unit 60 has Options that can be adjusted for each of a plurality of courses are set in advance, and when each of the plurality of option control units corresponds to an option that can be adjusted in the course currently displayed on the course selection screen 410, light is emitted to inform the user whether the adjustment is possible or not. can be arranged to do so.
도 18 및 19에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 제1옵션조절부(210), 제2옵션조절부(220) 및 제3옵션조절부(230)를 포함하는 옵션부(200)가 도시되어 있다. 한편, 도 18에는 제1옵션조절부(210) 및 제2옵션조절부(220)가 발광되고 제3옵션조절부(230)는 소광된 상태가 도시되어 있으며, 도 19에는 제1옵션조절부(210) 및 제2옵션조절부(220)가 소광되고 제3옵션조절부(230)가 발광된 모습이 도시되어 있다.18 and 19 show an option unit 200 including a first option control unit 210, a second option control unit 220 and a third option control unit 230 according to an embodiment of the present invention. there is. Meanwhile, FIG. 18 shows a state in which the first option control unit 210 and the second option control unit 220 emit light and the third option control unit 230 is turned off, and FIG. 19 shows the first option control unit 210 and the second option control unit 220 are extinguished and the third option control unit 230 emits light.
도 18에서, 제어부(60)는 화면출력부(8)에 표시된 코스에 대해 제1옵션 및 제2옵션이 조절 가능함에 따라 제1옵션조절부(210) 및 제2옵션조절부(220)가 발광되도록 상기 옵션부(200)를 제어한다.18, the control unit 60 controls the first option and the second option for the course displayed on the screen output unit 8, so that the first option control unit 210 and the second option control unit 220 are The option unit 200 is controlled to emit light.
도 19에서, 제어부(60)는 화면출력부(8)에 표시된 코스에 대해 제1옵션 및 제2옵션의 조절은 불가하고 제3옵션의 조절이 가능함에 따라, 제1옵션조절부(210) 및 제2옵션조절부(220)는 소광되고 제3옵션조절부(230)가 발광되도록 옵션부(200)를 제어한다.19, the control unit 60 cannot control the first option and the second option for the course displayed on the screen output unit 8 and can adjust the third option, so the first option control unit 210 And the second option control unit 220 controls the option unit 200 to be extinguished and the third option control unit 230 to emit light.
위와 같이, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)에는 코스별로 설정 가능한 옵션 그룹이 미리 설정되고, 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시되는 코스에 대해 조절 가능한 옵션들에 해당하는 옵션조절부만 발광됨으로써, 사용자의 옵션 설정 편의성을 효과적으로 향상시킬 수 있다.As described above, in one embodiment of the present invention, option groups that can be set for each course are set in advance in the control unit 60, and only the option control unit corresponding to the adjustable options for the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 emits light. As a result, the user's option setting convenience can be effectively improved.
이를 다시 말하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 전술한 바와 같이 드럼(30), 화면출력부(8) 및 옵션조절부를 포함하고, 화면출력부(8)는 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 마련될 수 있다.In other words, as described above, an embodiment of the present invention includes the drum 30, the screen output unit 8, and the option control unit, and the screen output unit 8 is any one of a plurality of courses for processing clothes. One may be provided to output a course selection screen 410 that is displayed and selected by the user.
상기 복수의 옵션조절부는 각각 발광 가능하도록 마련되며, 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대해 조절 가능한 옵션에 해당하면 발광되도록 마련될 수 있다.Each of the plurality of option control units is provided to emit light, and may be provided to emit light when corresponding to an adjustable option for the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 복수의 코스 각각에 대해 옵션별 조절 가능 여부가 미리 저장되고, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 복수의 옵션조절부 중 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대해 조절 가능한 옵션에 대응되는 옵션조절부는 발광되고 나머지는 발광되지 않도록 상기 복수의 옵션조절부를 제어할 수 있다.On the other hand, in one embodiment of the present invention, for each of the plurality of courses, whether each option can be adjusted is stored in advance, and the control unit 60 selects the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 among the plurality of option adjustment units. It is possible to control the plurality of option control units so that the option control unit corresponding to the adjustable option emits light and the others do not emit light.
또한, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 조작부는 상기 캐비닛(10)에 마련되고 사용자에 의해 조작되어 조작신호가 발생되며, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시되는 코스가 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 변경될 수 있다.In addition, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit is provided on the cabinet 10 and is operated by a user to generate an operation signal, and the screen output unit 8 determines the course displayed on the course selection screen 410. It can be changed based on the manipulation signal.
상기 복수의 옵션조절부는 각각 사용자에 의해 조작되어 해당 옵션이 조절되는 옵션버튼부 및 해당 옵션의 옵션설정값이 표시되는 옵션표시부를 포함할 수 있다.The plurality of option control units may include an option button unit through which a corresponding option is controlled by being manipulated by a user, and an option display unit displaying an option setting value of the corresponding option.
상기 옵션표시부는 복수의 발광부(205)를 포함하고, 상기 복수의 발광부(205)는 각각 해당 옵션에 대한 복수의 옵션값에 대응되며, 상기 복수의 발광부(205) 중 해당 옵션에 대한 현재의 옵션설정값에 대응되는 발광부(205)가 발광되어 사용자에게 옵션설정값 정보를 제공할 수 있다.The option display unit includes a plurality of light emitting units 205, each of the plurality of light emitting units 205 corresponds to a plurality of option values for a corresponding option, and among the plurality of light emitting units 205, the plurality of light emitting units 205 correspond to a plurality of option values. The light emitting unit 205 corresponding to the current option setting value emits light to provide option setting value information to the user.
상기 옵션버튼부 및 상기 옵션표시부는 함께 발광 가능하도록 마련되고, 상기 복수의 옵션조절부는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에서 조절 가능한 옵션에 해당하는 경우 상기 옵션버튼부 및 상기 옵션표시부가 함께 발광될 수 있다.The option button unit and the option display unit are provided to emit light together, and when the plurality of option control units correspond to options that can be adjusted in the course displayed on the course selection screen 410, the option button unit and the option display unit are provided together. can be illuminated.
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 사용자에 의해 상기 복수의 옵션조절부 중 어느 하나가 조작되면 해당 옵션의 옵션값을 표시하는 옵션화면(440)을 출력하도록 마련될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 may be provided to output an option screen 440 displaying an option value of a corresponding option when a user manipulates any one of the plurality of option control units on the course selection screen 410. there is.
예컨대, 제1옵션조절부(210)의 제1옵션버튼부(212)가 조작되면 화면출력부(8)는 제1옵션화면(441)을 출력할 수 있고, 제2옵션조절부(220)의 제2옵션버튼부(222)가 조작되면 화면출력부(8)는 제2옵션화면(442)을 출력할 수 있다.For example, when the first option button 212 of the first option control unit 210 is manipulated, the screen output unit 8 can output the first option screen 441, and the second option control unit 220 When the second option button unit 222 is operated, the screen output unit 8 may output the second option screen 442 .
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 공기공급부를 더 포함할 수 있다. 상기 캐비닛(10) 내부에 마련되고, 의류를 건조시키기 위한 공기를 상기 드럼(30) 내부로 공급하도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, one embodiment of the present invention may further include an air supply unit. It may be provided inside the cabinet 10 and supply air for drying clothes to the inside of the drum 30 .
공기공급부는 캐비닛(10) 내부에서 공기가 순환되는 공기순환식 또는 외부의 공기가 캐비닛(10) 내부로 유입되었다가 다시 배출되는 배기식 중 어느 한가지 방식으로 마련될 수 있으며, 공기공급부를 통해 공급되는 공기에 의해 드럼(30) 내부의 의류가 건조될 수 있다.The air supply unit may be provided in any one of an air circulation type in which air is circulated inside the cabinet 10 or an exhaust type in which external air is introduced into the cabinet 10 and then discharged again, and is supplied through the air supply unit. The clothes inside the drum 30 can be dried by the air.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 공기공급부를 포함하여 의류를 건조시키는 건조코스를 포함할 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예는 터브(20)와 공기공급부가 함께 마련되어 세탁과정 및 건조과정이 모두 수행 가능하거나, 터브(20)가 제외되고 공기공급부가 마련되어 건조과정을 수행하도록 마련될 수도 있다.That is, one embodiment of the present invention may include a drying course for drying clothes including an air supply unit. In one embodiment of the present invention, the tub 20 and the air supply unit are provided together to perform both the washing process and the drying process, or the tub 20 is excluded and the air supply unit is provided to perform the drying process.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 상기 공기공급부를 포함하고 제어부(60)는 의류를 건조시키기 위한 코스를 복수개 포함할 수 있다. 즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스는 의류를 건조시키기 위한 건조코스를 2개 이상 포함할 수 있다. 사용자는 상기 복수의 건조코스 중 어느 하나를 선택하여 편의에 따라 의류의 건조과정을 수행할 수 있다.Meanwhile, one embodiment of the present invention includes the air supply unit, and the control unit 60 may include a plurality of courses for drying clothes. That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of courses for treating clothes may include two or more drying courses for drying clothes. The user may select one of the plurality of drying courses to perform a drying process of clothes according to convenience.
한편, 도 18에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 코스선택화면(410)에 표준건조코스(4102)가 표시된 화면출력부(8)가 도시되어 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 복수의 코스는 의류를 건조시키기 위한 표준건조코스(4102)를 포함하고, 상기 복수의 옵션조절부는 코스별 시간 설정을 위한 시간옵션부(200)를 포함하며, 상기 시간옵션부(200)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 상기 표준건조코스(4102)가 표시된 상태에서 발광되지 않도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 18 shows a screen output unit 8 displaying a standard drying course 4102 on the course selection screen 410 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In one embodiment of the present invention, the plurality of courses include a standard drying course 4102 for drying clothes, and the plurality of option control units include a time option unit 200 for setting time for each course. The time option unit 200 may be provided so as not to emit light while the standard drying course 4102 is displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
표준건조코스(4102)는 의류의 건조를 위해 공기의 가열과정 또는 건조과정에 대한 효율성을 고려한 시간 분배가 미리 설정될 수 있다. 예컨대, 히트펌프를 이용한 건조방식에서는 상기 히트펌프를 포함하는 유체순환시스템에서 유체의 승온과정이나 이를 위한 히트펌프 작동전략에 있어서 시간 요소가 중요하게 작용할 수 있다.In the standard drying course 4102, time distribution considering efficiency of air heating process or drying process for drying clothes may be set in advance. For example, in a drying method using a heat pump, a time factor may play an important role in a process of raising the temperature of a fluid in a fluid circulation system including the heat pump or a heat pump operation strategy for this process.
나아가, 히터를 이용한 건조방식이라도 히터를 통한 공기의 가열과정 및 히터를 경유한 공기로 의류를 건조시키는 시간적인 측면이 전체 건조효율 및 건조결과에 중요하게 작용할 수 있다.Furthermore, even in a drying method using a heater, the air heating process through the heater and the time aspect of drying the clothes with the air passing through the heater can play an important role in the overall drying efficiency and drying result.
이에 따라, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 사용자에 의해 건조시간의 임의조작이 불가한 표준건조코스(4102)가 마련될 수 있으며, 표준건조코스(4102)에서는 시간옵션을 조절하기 위한 시간옵션부(200)가 비활성화될 수 있다.Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, a standard drying course 4102 in which the user cannot arbitrarily manipulate the drying time may be provided, and in the standard drying course 4102, a time option unit for adjusting time options ( 200) may be deactivated.
도 18에서 제3옵션조절부(230)는 시간옵션부(200)에 대응될 수 있고, 따라서 코스선택화면(410)에 표즌건조코스가 표시된 상태에서는 제1옵션조절부(210)와 제2옵션조절부(220)가 발광된 상태에서 시간옵션부(200)에 대응되는 제3옵션조절부(230)는 소광되어 사용자에게 시간의 임의 설정이 불가함을 직관적으로 알릴 수 있다.In FIG. 18, the third option control unit 230 may correspond to the time option unit 200, and therefore, in a state where the seasoning drying course is displayed on the course selection screen 410, the first option control unit 210 and the second option control unit 210 In a state in which the option control unit 220 emits light, the third option control unit 230 corresponding to the time option unit 200 is turned off, thereby intuitively notifying the user that the time cannot be arbitrarily set.
이를 달리 설명하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)에는 상기 복수의 코스가 저장되고, 상기 표준건코스에 대해 상기 시간옵션부(200)를 통한 시간옵션의 조절이 불가한 것으로 설정되며, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 상기 표준건조코스(4102)가 표시되면 상기 시간옵션부(200)가 발광되지 않도록 상기 옵션부(200)를 제어할 수 있다.In other words, in one embodiment of the present invention, the plurality of courses are stored in the control unit 60, and it is set that the time option cannot be adjusted through the time option unit 200 for the standard dry course, When the standard drying course 4102 is displayed on the course selection screen 410, the control unit 60 may control the option unit 200 so that the time option unit 200 does not emit light.
한편, 도 19에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 코스선택화면(410)에 시간건조코스(4104)가 표시된 화면출력부(8)가 도시되어 있다. 도 19를 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 복수의 코스는 상기 시간옵션부(200)를 통해 시간옵션이 조절 가능한 시간건조코스(4104)를 더 포함하고, 상기 시간옵션부(200)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 상기 시간건조코스(4104)가 표시된 상태에서 발광되도록 마련될 수 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 19 shows a screen output unit 8 displaying a time drying course 4104 on the course selection screen 410 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 19 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the plurality of courses further include a time drying course 4104 in which time options are adjustable through the time option unit 200, and the time option unit 200 may be provided to emit light while the time drying course 4104 is displayed on the course selection screen 410.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 전술한 바와 같이 사용자에 의한 시간옵션의 임의 조작이 불가한 표준건조코스(4102)가 마련될 수 있다. 다만, 사용자는 경우에 따라 추가적인 건조과정을 요구하거나 비교적 단시간에 해당하는 건조과정만을 수행할 것을 요구할 수도 있다.As described above, in one embodiment of the present invention, a standard drying course 4102 in which the user cannot arbitrarily manipulate the time option may be provided. However, the user may request an additional drying process or only a drying process for a relatively short time according to circumstances.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 이러한 사용자의 다양한 요구를 효과적으로 충족하기 위해, 제어부(60)에 표준건조코스(4102)와 더불어 시간건조코스(4104)가 미리 설정될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, a time drying course 4104 may be preset in the control unit 60 in addition to a standard drying course 4102 in order to effectively meet these various needs of users.
시간건조코스(4104)는 표준건조코스(4102)와 달리 사용자가 직접 건조시간을 조절 가능하도록 설정될 수 있다. 예컨대, 사용자는 표준건조코스(4102)가 이미 수행된 상태에서 상기 시간건조코스(4104)를 통해 원하는 시간만큼 추가 건조과정을 수행할 수도 있고, 의류의 수분량이 비교적 적은 상태에서 상기 시간건조코스(4104)를 통해 단시간 내에 원하는 수준의 건조과정을 수행할 수도 있다.Unlike the standard drying course 4102, the time drying course 4104 may be set so that the user can directly adjust the drying time. For example, the user may perform an additional drying process for a desired time through the time drying course 4104 in a state where the standard drying course 4102 has already been performed, and the time drying course ( 4104), it is possible to perform a drying process at a desired level within a short time.
화면출력부(8)의 코스선택화면(410)에서 시간건조코스(4104)가 표시된 경우, 시간옵션부(200)에 대응되는 제3옵션조절부(230)는 전술한 표준건조코스(4102)와 달리 발광되어 사용자에게 시간옵션의 조절이 가능함을 시각적으로 알릴 수 있다.When the time drying course 4104 is displayed on the course selection screen 410 of the screen output unit 8, the third option control unit 230 corresponding to the time option unit 200 displays the standard drying course 4102 described above. Unlike, it emits light to visually notify the user that the time option can be adjusted.
이를 달리 말하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)에는 상기 표준건조코스(4102)에 대해 상기 시간옵션부(200)를 통한 시간옵션의 조절이 불가한 것으로 설정되며, 상기 시간건조코스(4104)는 상기 시간옵션부(200)를 통한 상기 시간옵션의 조절이 가능한 것으로 설정될 수 있다.In other words, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 60 is set to be unable to adjust the time option through the time option unit 200 for the standard drying course 4102, and the time drying course ( 4104) can be set to allow adjustment of the time option through the time option unit 200.
한편, 도 20에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 사용자에게 시간건조코스(4104)를 안내하기 위한 시간건조 안내화면(450)이 화면출력부(8)에 출력된 모습이 도시되어 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 20 shows a state in which a time drying guide screen 450 for guiding a user to a time drying course 4104 is output to the screen output unit 8 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 20을 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 상기 표준건조코스(4102)가 표시된 상태에서 상기 시간옵션부(200)가 사용자에 의해 조작되는 경우, 사용자에게 표준건조코스(4102) 대신 시간건조코스(4104) 사용을 안내하는 시간건조 안내화면(450)을 출력하도록 마련될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 20 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 provides the time option unit 200 to the user while the standard drying course 4102 is displayed on the course selection screen 410. When manipulated by the user, a time drying guide screen 450 for guiding the user to use the time drying course 4104 instead of the standard drying course 4102 may be provided to be output.
전술한 바와 같이 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 표준건조코스(4102)는 사용자에 의한 별도 시간 조절이 불가하고, 시간건조코스(4104)는 사용자에 의해 별도 시간 조절이 가능하게 마련될 수 있다.As described above, in one embodiment of the present invention, the standard drying course 4102 cannot be separately adjusted by the user, and the time drying course 4104 can be provided so that the user can separately adjust the time.
다만, 사용자는 제어부(60)에 설정된 표준건조코스(4102)와 시간건조코스(4104)의 시간옵션 조절 가부에 대해 인식하지 못할 수 있고, 나아가 설명의 편의상 시간옵션부(200)에 대응되는 것으로 설명되는 제3옵션조절부(230)가 표준건조코스(4102)에서 소광된 상태임에도 불구하고 사용자는 시간을 조절하고자 제3옵션버튼부(232)를 조작할 여지가 있다.However, the user may not be aware of whether or not to adjust the time options of the standard drying course 4102 and the time drying course 4104 set in the control unit 60, and furthermore, for convenience of explanation, it corresponds to the time option unit 200 Although the described third option control unit 230 is in an extinct state in the standard drying course 4102, the user has room to manipulate the third option button unit 232 to adjust the time.
따라서, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 화면출력부(8)에 코스선택화면(410)이 출력되고, 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표준건조코스(4102)가 표시된 상태에서, 사용자가 시간옵션부(200)에 대응되는 제3옵션조절부(230)의 제3옵션버튼부(232)를 조작하는 경우, 제어부(60)는 사용자에게 표준건조코스(4102)에 추가하거나 대신하여 시간건조코스(4104)의 수행을 제안하기 위한 시간건조 안내화면(450)이 출력되도록 상기 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.Therefore, in one embodiment of the present invention, the course selection screen 410 is output to the screen output unit 8, and in a state where the standard drying course 4102 is displayed on the course selection screen 410, the user selects the time option section. When the third option button unit 232 of the third option control unit 230 corresponding to (200) is operated, the control unit 60 provides the user with a time drying course (in addition to or instead of the standard drying course 4102). The screen output unit 8 can be controlled so that the time drying guide screen 450 for suggesting execution of step 4104 is output.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 시간건조 안내화면(450)에는 시간건조코스(4104)를 표시하기 위한 이동항목이 표시되며, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 이동항목이 선택되면, 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시되는 코스를 상기 표준건조코스(4102)에서 상기 시간건조코스(4104)로 변경하여 표시할 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, movement items for displaying the time drying course 4104 are displayed on the time drying guide screen 450, and the screen output unit 8 moves the movement based on the operation signal. When an item is selected, the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 can be changed from the standard drying course 4102 to the time drying course 4104 and displayed.
도 20을 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 시간건조 안내화면(450)은 코스안내영역(451) 및 코스전환 선택영역(452)을 포함할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 20 , in one embodiment of the present invention, a time drying guidance screen 450 may include a course guidance area 451 and a course change selection area 452 .
코스안내영역(451)은 사용자에게 시간 조절을 위해 표준건조코스(4102)로부터 시간건조코스(4104)로의 변경을 안내하는 문구가 표시될 수 있다. 도 20에 표시된 문구는 본 발명의 일 실시예를 설명하기 위한 일례일 뿐, 구체적인 문구는 다양하게 결정될 수 있다.In the course guide area 451, a phrase for guiding a user to change from the standard drying course 4102 to the time drying course 4104 for time adjustment may be displayed. The phrases shown in FIG. 20 are only examples for explaining one embodiment of the present invention, and specific phrases may be determined in various ways.
한편, 코스전환 선택영역(452)은 표준건조코스(4102)로부터 시간건조코스(4104)로의 변경을 동의 및 명령하기 위한 이동항목과, 코스 변경을 취소하고 표준건조코스(4102)의 표시를 유지하기 위한 취소항목을 포함할 수 있다.On the other hand, the course switching selection area 452 is a movement item for agreeing and commanding a change from the standard drying course 4102 to the time drying course 4104, canceling the course change and maintaining the display of the standard drying course 4102. Cancellation items may be included to do so.
도 20에는 사용자에게 각 항목의 선택 결과를 나타내기 위해, 이동항목에 "적용"이라는 문구가 표시되고 취소항목에 "나중에"라는 문구가 표시된 모습이 도시되어 있다.FIG. 20 shows the phrase "apply" displayed on the move item and the phrase "later" displayed on the cancel item in order to indicate the selection result of each item to the user.
다만, 도 20에서 이동항목 및 취소항목에 표시된 문구는 본 발명의 일례에 대한 것이므로, 필요에 따라 다양하게 변경될 수 있다.However, the phrases displayed in the move item and cancel item in FIG. 20 are for an example of the present invention, and may be changed in various ways as needed.
한편, 시간건조 안내화면(450)은 기능표시영역(405)을 더 포함할 수 있다. 즉, 시간건조 안내화면(450)에서 다기능버튼부(91)의 기능이 활성화되며, 다기능버튼부(91)는 상기 이동항목과 취소항목 중 선택예정표시가 위치된 항목의 선택 기능을 가질 수 있다. 또한, 기능표시영역(405)에는 "확인"등 과 같이 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작 시 해당 항목의 선택이 진행됨을 알리는 문구가 표시될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the time drying guide screen 450 may further include a function display area 405 . That is, the function of the multi-function button unit 91 is activated on the time drying guide screen 450, and the multi-function button unit 91 may have a function of selecting an item where the selection scheduled display is located among the move item and the cancel item. . In addition, in the function display area 405, a phrase notifying that the selection of the corresponding item is in progress when the multifunction button unit 91 is operated, such as "Confirm", may be displayed.
제어부(60)는 시간건조 안내화면(450)에서 이동항목에 선택예정표시가 위치되어 상기 이동항목이 선택예정대상인 상태에서, 상기 다기능버튼부(91)가 조작되면 시간건조코스(4104)가 표시된 코스선택화면(410)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있고, 상기 취소항목이 선택예정대상인 상태에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)가 조작되면 종래의 표준건조코스(4102)가 표시된 코스선택화면(410)으로 복귀되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.The control unit 60 displays a time drying course 4104 when the multi-function button unit 91 is operated in a state in which a selection scheduled display is located on a moving item on the time drying guide screen 450 and the moving item is a target to be selected. The screen output unit 8 can be controlled so that the course selection screen 410 is output, and when the multi-function button unit 91 is operated in a state where the cancellation item is scheduled to be selected, the conventional standard drying course 4102 is displayed. The screen output unit 8 may be controlled to return to the course selection screen 410 .
한편, 시간건조 안내화면(450)을 통해 시간건조코스(4104)가 표시된 코스선택화면(410)이 화면출력부(8)에 출력된 경우, 수행버튼부(53b)의 조작신호에 따라 시간건조코스(4104)의 수행이 입력되면, 제어부(60)는 기존의 표준건조코스(4102) 대신 시간건조코스(4104)만을 수행할 수도 있고, 기존의 표준건조코스(4102)에 상기 시간건조코스(4104)를 옵션화하여 추가 수행할 수도 있다.On the other hand, when the course selection screen 410 displaying the time drying course 4104 is displayed on the screen output unit 8 through the time drying guide screen 450, time drying is performed according to the operation signal of the execution button unit 53b. When the execution of the course 4104 is input, the control unit 60 may perform only the time drying course 4104 instead of the existing standard drying course 4102, and the time drying course ( 4104) may be additionally performed by making it optional.
한편, 도 21에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 코스선택화면(410)에서 전환되어 출력되는 옵션제안화면(460)이 도시되어 있다. 옵션제안화면(460)은 코스설정과정(P2)에서 화면출력부(8)로부터 출력되는 코스설정화면(400) 중 일부에 해당할 수 있다.Meanwhile, FIG. 21 shows an option suggestion screen 460 that is converted from the course selection screen 410 and output according to an embodiment of the present invention. The option suggestion screen 460 may correspond to a part of the course setting screen 400 output from the screen output unit 8 in the course setting process P2.
전술한 바와 같이, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 캐비닛(10), 드럼(30), 조작부, 화면출력부(8) 및 제어부(60)를 포함할 수 있다. 제어부(60)는 상기 조작부 및 상기 화면출력부(8)와 신호적으로 연결되고, 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 미리 저장되며, 각 코스에서 복수의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 조절될 수 있다.As described above, one embodiment of the present invention may include a cabinet 10, a drum 30, a manipulation unit, a screen output unit 8, and a control unit 60. The control unit 60 is signally connected to the operation unit and the screen output unit 8, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and option setting values for a plurality of options in each course are the operation signals. can be adjusted based on
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 마련되고, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대해 상기 복수의 옵션에 대한 각 옵션설정값이 미리 설정된 옵션조합이 저장되며, 상기 화면출력부(8)를 통해 상기 옵션조합을 사용자에게 제안할 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and the control unit 60 selects the course For the course displayed on the screen 410, an option combination in which each option setting value for the plurality of options is set in advance is stored, and the option combination can be proposed to the user through the screen output unit 8.
전술한 바와 같이, 복수의 코스는 각각 복수의 옵션이 조절 가능하도록 마련될 수 있다. 코스별로 상기 복수의 옵션은 각각 초기 옵션설정값을 가질 수 있으며, 사용자에 의한 별도의 옵션 조절이 없는 경우에는 상기 초기 옵션설정값에 기초하여 해당 코스가 수행될 수 있다.As described above, each of the plurality of courses may be provided so that a plurality of options are adjustable. Each of the plurality of options may have an initial option setting value for each course, and when there is no separate option adjustment by the user, a corresponding course may be performed based on the initial option setting value.
한편, 제어부(60)는 미리 설정된 누적회수 이상으로 사용자에 의해 설정되는 옵션설정값이 존재하는 경우, 복수의 옵션에 대해 사용자에 의해 설정되는 옵션설정값을 옵션조합으로 저장하여 이후의 코스선택 시 사용자에게 제안할 수 있다.On the other hand, if there are option setting values set by the user more than the preset cumulative number of times, the control unit 60 stores the option setting values set by the user for a plurality of options as an option combination to select a course later. can be suggested to the user.
또한, 제어부(60)에는 코스의 수행에 있어 복수의 옵션에 대해 사용자에게 권장되거나 필요할 것으로 예상되는 옵션설정값들이 미리 저장될 수 있으며, 제어부(60)는 복수의 옵션에 대해 사용자에게 권장되거나 필요할 것으로 예상되는 옵션설정값들이 조합된 옵션조합이 미리 저장될 수 있다.In addition, the control unit 60 may store in advance option setting values recommended or expected to be necessary for a user for a plurality of options in performing a course, and the control unit 60 may recommend or require a user for a plurality of options. An option combination in which option setting values expected to be expected to be combined may be stored in advance.
즉, 제어부(60)는 사용자에 의해 누적회수 이상 설정되거나 사용자에게 권장되는 옵션설정값 모음을 상기 옵션조합으로 저장하고, 사용자의 코스선택과정에서 상기 옵션조합을 사용자에게 제안할 수 있다.That is, the control unit 60 may store a collection of option setting values set by the user more than the cumulative number of times or recommended to the user as the option combination, and suggest the option combination to the user in the course selection process of the user.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 제어부(60)에는 상기 옵션조합이 복수개 저장되고, 상기 복수의 옵션조합은 상기 복수의 옵션 중 적어도 일부의 옵션설정값이 상이하게 설정될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of option combinations may be stored in the control unit 60, and option setting values of at least some of the plurality of options may be set differently in the plurality of option combinations.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 어느 하나의 옵션조합은 복수의 옵션에 대한 각 옵션설정값을 포함하고, 제어부(60)에는 서로 다른 옵션조합이 복수개 저장될 수 있다. 상기 복수의 옵션조합은 적어도 하나 이상의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 서로 상이하게 설정될 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, any one option combination includes each option setting value for a plurality of options, and a plurality of different option combinations may be stored in the controller 60 . In the plurality of option combinations, option setting values for at least one option may be set to be different from each other.
본 발명의 일 실시예는 코스선택과정에서 사용자에게 옵션조합을 추천함으로써 사용 편의성을 향상시키고, 나아가 상기 옵션조합을 복수개로 마련하여 사용자에게 다양한 옵션조합을 제공할 수 있다.An embodiment of the present invention can improve usability by recommending option combinations to the user in the course selection process, and further provide a variety of option combinations to the user by providing a plurality of the option combinations.
복수의 옵션조합이 옵션제안화면(460)을 통해 사용자에게 제안되는 방식은 코스선택화면(410)에서 복수의 코스가 사용자에게 제공되는 방식과 동일 또는 유사할 수 있다.A method in which a plurality of option combinations are suggested to the user through the option suggestion screen 460 may be the same as or similar to a method in which a plurality of courses are provided to the user in the course selection screen 410 .
예컨대, 옵션제안화면(460)에는 복수의 옵션조합 중 어느 하나의 옵션조합이 택일적으로 표시될 수 있고, 사용자는 다이얼부(56)를 회전시켜 상기 복수의 옵션조합을 순서대로 화면상에 표시되도록 조작할 수 있다.For example, one option combination among a plurality of option combinations may be alternatively displayed on the option suggestion screen 460, and the user rotates the dial unit 56 to sequentially display the plurality of option combinations on the screen. can be manipulated as much as possible.
도 21을 참고하여 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 옵션조합이 제안되는 방식을 설명하면 다음과 같다.Referring to FIG. 21, a method in which an option combination is proposed in an embodiment of the present invention will be described.
화면출력부(8)에 코스선택화면(410)이 출력된 상태에서 다기능버튼부(91)는 옵션추천기능을 가질 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(60)는 코스선택화면(410)이 출력된 상태에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 옵션조합을 사용자에게 추천하기 위한 옵션제안화면(460)이 출력되도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.In a state where the course selection screen 410 is output on the screen output unit 8, the multi-function button unit 91 may have an option recommendation function. That is, the control unit 60 outputs the screen so that the option suggestion screen 460 for recommending a combination of options to the user is displayed when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated while the course selection screen 410 is output. Section 8 can be controlled.
코스선택화면(410)은 다기능버튼부(91)의 기능을 표시하기 위한 기능표시영역(405)을 포함할 수 있고, 기능표시영역(405)에는 다기능버튼부(91) 조작 시 옵션조합이 추천되는 옵션추천기능을 나타내는 문구가 표시될 수 있다.The course selection screen 410 may include a function display area 405 for displaying the functions of the multi-function button unit 91, and in the function display area 405, a combination of options is recommended when the multi-function button unit 91 is operated. A phrase indicating an option recommendation function may be displayed.
도 21에는 기능표시영역(405)에 "마스터 카드"라는 옵션추천기능의 별칭이 표시되어 있으며, 이 외에도 옵션추천기능을 나타내는 문구는 필요에 따라 다양하게 결정될 수 있다.In FIG. 21, an alias of the option recommendation function "Master Card" is displayed in the function display area 405, and other phrases representing the option recommendation function may be determined in various ways as needed.
코스선택화면(410)에서 다기능버튼부(91)가 조작되면 화면출력부(8)의 디스플레이(84) 영역에 출력되는 화면은 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로부터 옵션제안화면(460)으로 전환될 수 있다.When the multi-function button unit 91 is operated on the course selection screen 410, the screen displayed on the display area 84 of the screen output unit 8 is converted from the course selection screen 410 to the option suggestion screen 460. can
옵션제안화면(460)은 코스표시영역(461), 옵션조합영역(462) 및 기능표시영역(405)을 포함할 수 있다.The option suggestion screen 460 may include a course display area 461, an option combination area 462, and a function display area 405.
코스표시영역(461)에는 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시된 코스를 나타내는 문구가 표시될 수 있다. 예컨대, 코스표시영역(461)에는 상기 코스의 명칭이 표시될 수 있다. 사용자는 코스표시영역(461)을 통해 현재 추천되는 옵션조합의 대상 코스가 무엇인지 편리하게 확인할 수 있다.A phrase indicating the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be displayed on the course display area 461 . For example, the name of the course may be displayed in the course display area 461 . The user can conveniently check the target course of the currently recommended option combination through the course display area 461 .
옵션조합영역(462)에는 복수의 옵션조합이 택일적으로 표시될 수 있다. 옵션조합영역(462)에서 복수의 옵션조합이 표시되는 방식은 코스선택화면(410)에서 복수의 코스가 표시되는 방식과 유사하다.A plurality of option combinations may be alternatively displayed in the option combination area 462 . A method of displaying a plurality of option combinations in the option combination area 462 is similar to a method of displaying a plurality of courses in the course selection screen 410 .
즉, 옵션조합영역(462)에는 복수의 옵션조합 중 어느 하나가 표시되고, 사용자는 다이얼부(56) 등을 조작하여 상기 옵션조합영역(462)에 표시되는 옵션조합을 다른 옵션조합으로 변경하여 확인할 수 있다.That is, one of a plurality of option combinations is displayed in the option combination area 462, and the user manipulates the dial unit 56 to change the option combination displayed in the option combination area 462 to another option combination. You can check.
도 21에는 옵션제안화면(460)의 옵션조합영역(462)에 제1옵션조합(4601)이 표시된 상태에서 사용자의 조작부 조작에 따라 상기 옵션조합영역(462)에 제2옵션조합(4602)이 표시되는 모습이 도시되어 있다.21, in the state where the first option combination 4601 is displayed in the option combination area 462 of the option suggestion screen 460, the second option combination 4602 is displayed in the option combination area 462 according to the user's manipulation of the control panel. The appearance is shown.
또한 후술할 내용과 같이, 제어부(60)는 복수의 옵션조합에서 코스별로 적용 가능한 옵션조합 그룹이 미리 설정되고, 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 옵션조합영역(462)에는 상기 코스표시영역(461)에 표시된 코스에 적용 가능한 옵션조합 그룹에 해당하는 옵션조합만이 표시될 수 있다.In addition, as will be described later, the control unit 60 presets option combination groups applicable to each course in a plurality of option combinations, and the course display area 461 is displayed in the option combination area 462 on the option suggestion screen 460. ), only the option combination corresponding to the option combination group applicable to the course displayed can be displayed.
한편, 옵션조합영역(462)에는 현재 표시되는 옵션조합에 대한 다양한 정보가 표시될 수 있다. 예컨대, 옵션조합영역(462)에는 옵션조합의 명칭과 해당 옵션조합에 포함되는 각 옵션의 옵션설정값이 표시될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in the option combination area 462, various information about the currently displayed option combination may be displayed. For example, the option combination area 462 may display the name of the option combination and option setting values of each option included in the corresponding option combination.
한편, 옵션제안화면(460)은 코스선택화면(410)과 같이 다기능버튼부(91)의 기능을 표시하기 위한 기능표시영역(405)을 포함할 수 있다. 옵션제안화면(460)에서 다기능버튼부(91)는 옵션제안화면(460)을 종료하기 위한 종료기능을 가질 수 있고, 기능표시영역(405)에는 다기능버튼부(91)의 종료기능을 나타내기 위한 문구가 표시될 수 있다.Meanwhile, like the course selection screen 410, the option suggestion screen 460 may include a function display area 405 for displaying the functions of the multi-function button unit 91. In the option suggestion screen 460, the multi-function button unit 91 may have an end function for ending the option suggestion screen 460, and the function display area 405 indicates the end function of the multi-function button unit 91. phrases may be displayed.
도 21에는 기능표시영역(405)에 "닫기"라는 문구가 표시되어 있으나, 이는 본 발명을 설명하기 위한 일례일 뿐 다기능버튼부(91)의 종료기능을 나타내기 위한 문구는 필요에 따라 다양할 수 있다.21, the phrase "close" is displayed in the function display area 405, but this is only an example for explaining the present invention, and the phrase for indicating the end function of the multi-function button 91 may vary according to need. can
한편, 도 22에는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따라 복수의 옵션조합에 대한 복수의 코스별 적용 가부가 표시된 테이블이 도시되어 있다. 도 22의 테이블에서 옵션조합의 개수 및 코스의 개수는 설명의 편의를 위한 일례일 뿐이며, 필요에 따라 다양하게 변경 가능하다.Meanwhile, FIG. 22 shows a table displaying whether a plurality of option combinations are applicable for each course according to an embodiment of the present invention. The number of option combinations and the number of courses in the table of FIG. 22 are just examples for convenience of explanation, and can be changed in various ways as needed.
도 22를 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 제어부(60)에는 상기 옵션조합이 복수개 저장되고, 상기 복수의 코스 각각에 대해 적용 가능한 옵션조합들이 미리 설정되며, 상기 복수의 옵션조합 중 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 적용 가능한 옵션조합들이 표시되도록 상기 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 22, in one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of option combinations are stored in the control unit 60, option combinations applicable to each of the plurality of courses are set in advance, and among the plurality of option combinations, The screen output unit 8 may be controlled to display option combinations applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 .
전술한 바와 같이, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 옵션부(200)는 복수의 옵션에 대응되는 복수의 옵션조절부를 포함하고, 옵션조절부에서 조절되는 옵션 이외의 추가옵션에 대한 추가옵션버튼부를 포함할 수 있다. 나아가, 상기 복수의 옵션조절부는 각각 코스별로 변경이 불가하도록 제어부(60)에 설정될 수 있다.As described above, in one embodiment of the present invention, the option unit 200 includes a plurality of option control units corresponding to a plurality of options, and includes an additional option button unit for additional options other than the options controlled by the option control unit. can do. Furthermore, each of the plurality of option control units may be set in the control unit 60 so as not to be changed for each course.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 복수의 옵션조합은 각각의 옵션 특성에 따라 복수의 코스 중 일부에 대해 적용이 불가한 경우가 존재할 수 있고, 이에 따라 제어부(60)에는 도 22의 테이블과 유사하게 복수의 옵션조합에 대한 코스별 적용 가부가 미리 설정될 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, there may be a case in which a plurality of option combinations cannot be applied to some of the plurality of courses according to the characteristics of each option, and accordingly, the control unit 60 has a similar table as shown in FIG. 22. Accordingly, whether or not a plurality of option combinations are applied for each course may be set in advance.
따라서, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)에는 사용자에게 다양한 옵션설정값을 통해 편의성을 제공할 수 있도록 복수의 옵션조합이 저장될 수 있고, 다만 복수의 코스는 각각의 특성상 특정 옵션이 변경 불가하거나 적용이 불가할 수 있으므로, 제어부(60)에는 복수의 옵션조합에 대해 각 코스별 적용 가부가 미리 설정됨으로써, 사용자에게 코스별 최적의 옵션조합을 추천하여 사용 편의성을 향상시킬 수 있다.Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of option combinations may be stored in the controller 60 to provide convenience to the user through various option setting values, but a plurality of courses may change specific options due to their respective characteristics. Since it may or may not be applicable, the control unit 60 may pre-set whether or not to apply a plurality of option combinations for each course, so that the optimal option combination for each course is recommended to the user, thereby improving usability.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서, 화면출력부(8)에 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되면, 제어부(60)는 상기 어느 하나의 코스에 적용이 가능한 옵션조합들을 화면출력부(8)를 통해 사용자에게 제안할 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, when any one of a plurality of courses is displayed on the screen output unit 8, the controller 60 displays option combinations applicable to any one of the courses through the screen output unit 8. can be suggested to the user.
한편, 도 22을 참고하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 복수의 코스 중 일부에 대해 상기 옵션조합을 제공하지 않도록 마련될 수 있다. 도 22에는 적용 가능한 옵션조합이 존재하지 않는 예시로서 코스들이 표시되서 있다.Meanwhile, referring to FIG. 22 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the controller 60 may be arranged not to provide the option combination for some of the plurality of courses. In FIG. 22, courses are displayed as examples in which applicable option combinations do not exist.
이를 달리 말하면, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 복수의 코스 중 일부는 옵션조합이 적용될 수 없게 설정될 수 있다. 또 이를 달리 말하면, 상기 복수의 코스 중 일부는 옵션의 변경이 불가하도록 마련될 수 있다.In other words, in one embodiment of the present invention, some of the plurality of courses may be set so that option combinations cannot be applied. In other words, some of the plurality of courses may be provided so that options cannot be changed.
예컨대, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 복수의 코스는 드럼(30) 내부를 스팀 등을 이용하여 자동 세척하기 위한 통살균코스 등을 포함할 수 있고, 상기 통살균코스는 의류가 직접 처리되지 코스가 아니므로 헹굼회수, 세탁강도, 물온도, 스팀 적용 여부가 임의적으로 조절될 수 없도록 설정될 수 있다.For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, the plurality of courses may include a total sterilization course for automatically washing the inside of the drum 30 using steam, etc., and the total sterilization course is a course in which clothes are not directly treated. Since it is not , the number of times of rinsing, washing strength, water temperature, and whether to apply steam can be arbitrarily set so that they cannot be adjusted.
상기 통살균코스 외에도 다양한 이유에 따라 옵션조합에 포함되는 복수의 옵션에 대해 변경이 불가한 코스들이 존재할 수 있고, 이에 따라 본 발명의 일 실시예는 제어부(60)가 복수의 코스 중 일부에 대해서는 옵션조합을 제안하지 않도록 설정될 수 있다.In addition to the whole sterilization course, there may be courses that cannot be changed for a plurality of options included in the option combination for various reasons. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, the controller 60 controls some of the plurality of courses. It can be set not to suggest a combination of options.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 복수의 옵션조합은 최빈조합을 포함하며, 상기 제어부(60)는 미리 설정된 기준회수 이상의 의류처리행정에서 사용자에 의해 동일하게 설정된 옵션설정값을 상기 최빈조합으로 저장할 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the plurality of option combinations include the most frequent combination, and the control unit 60 sets the option setting value identically set by the user in the clothes processing cycle equal to or greater than a preset reference number of times to the most frequent combination. can be saved
전술한 바와 같이, 제어부(60)는 사용자에 의해 설정되는 옵션설정값이 미리 설정된 기준회수 이상으로 적용되어 의류처리과정(P3)에서 수행되는 경우, 상기 복수의 옵션에 대한 각 옵션설정값을 복수의 옵션조합 중 하나에 해당하는 최빈조합으로 저장하여 사용자에게 추천할 수 있다.As described above, when the option setting value set by the user is applied more than the preset standard number of times and is performed in the laundry treatment process P3, the controller 60 sets each option setting value for the plurality of options to a plurality of times. It can be recommended to the user by storing it as the most frequent combination corresponding to one of the option combinations of .
도 21에는 제1조합옵션이 표시된 조합추천화면이 도시되어 있고, 상기 제1조합옵션은 상기 최빈조합에 해당할 수 있다.21 shows a combination recommendation screen displaying a first combination option, and the first combination option may correspond to the most frequent combination.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 기준회수 이상의 의류처리행정에서 동일하게 설정된 옵션설정값이 복수개인 경우 사용빈도수가 가장 높은 옵션설정값을 상기 최빈조합으로 저장할 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 60 may store an option setting value having the highest frequency of use as the most frequent combination when there are a plurality of identically set option setting values in the laundry processing cycle of the reference number or more.
의류처리장치(1)의 사용기간이 증가할수록 사용자에 의해 기준회수 이상 설정되는 옵션설정값이 증가할 수 있고, 사용자에 의해 기준회수 이상 설정된 옵션설정값이 복수개 존재하는 경우, 제어부(60)는 기준회수 이상 사용된 복수의 옵션설정값 중 사용빈도수가 가장 높은 옵션설정값을 상기 최빈조합으로 저장하여 사용자에게 추천할 수 있다.As the usage period of the clothes handling apparatus 1 increases, the option setting value set by the user more than the standard number of times may increase, and when there are a plurality of option setting values set by the user more than the standard number of times, the control unit 60 An option setting value having the highest frequency of use among a plurality of option setting values used more than a reference number of times may be stored as the most frequent combination and recommended to the user.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 전술한 바와 같이 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 화면출력부(8)가 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 옵션조합을 표시하는 옵션제안화면(460)으로 전환될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, as described above, the screen output unit 8 is converted from the course selection screen 410 to the option suggestion screen 460 displaying the option combination based on the operation signal. can
상기 옵션제안화면(460)은 전술한 옵션화면(440)과 같이 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 팝업 형태로 제공될 수 있고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410) 전체가 상기 옵션제안화면(460)으로 전환될 수 있다.Like the option screen 440 described above, the option suggestion screen 460 may be provided in the form of a pop-up on the course selection screen 410, and the screen output unit 8 displays the entire course selection screen 410. It can be switched to the option suggestion screen 460 .
한편, 전술한 바와 같이 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 복수의 옵션조합 중 어느 하나를 택일적으로 표시하고, 상기 조작부의 조작신호에 기초하여 현재 표시되는 옵션조합이 변경될 수 있다.Meanwhile, as described above, the screen output unit 8 alternatively displays any one of the plurality of option combinations on the option suggestion screen 460, and the currently displayed option combination based on the operation signal of the control unit. this may change.
상기 조작부는 상기 화면출력부(8)상에 마련되고, 상기 화면출력부(8)에서 출력되는 화면에 따라 기능이 가변하는 다기능버튼부(91)를 포함할 수 있고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)으로 전환될 수 있다.The control unit may include a multifunction button unit 91 provided on the screen output unit 8 and having a variable function according to a screen output from the screen output unit 8, and the screen output unit 8 ) can be switched to the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated on the course selection screen 410 .
나아가, 상기 코스선택화면(410)은 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 기능을 표시하는 기능표시영역(405)을 포함하고, 상기 코스선택화면(410)의 상기 기능표시영역(405)에는 상기 옵션제안화면(460) 진입기능이 표시될 수 있다.Furthermore, the course selection screen 410 includes a function display area 405 displaying the functions of the multi-function button unit 91, and the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410 includes the option A function to enter the suggestion screen 460 may be displayed.
또한, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로 복귀할 수 있다. 즉, 전술한 바와 같이 옵션제안화면(460)에서 다기능버튼부(91)는 옵션추천 종료기능을 가질 수 있다. 따라서, 상기 옵션제안화면(460)의 상기 기능표시영역(405)에는 상기 옵션제안화면(460) 종료기능이 표시될 수 있다.In addition, the screen output unit 8 may return to the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button 91 is generated on the option suggestion screen 460. there is. That is, as described above, in the option suggestion screen 460, the multi-function button unit 91 may have an option recommendation end function. Accordingly, the function to end the option suggestion screen 460 may be displayed on the function display area 405 of the option suggestion screen 460 .
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 제어부(60)는 옵션제안화면(460)에 어느 하나의 옵션조합이 표시된 상태에서 의류처리과정(P3)을 수행을 명령하기 위한 수행버튼부(53b)가 조작되면, 옵션제안화면(460)의 코스표시영역(461)에 표시된 코스에 대해 옵션조합영역(462)에 표시된 옵션조합을 적용하여 의류처리과정(P3)을 수행할 수 있다.On the other hand, in one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 60 operates the execution button unit 53b for instructing the execution of the clothes treatment process P3 in a state where any combination of options is displayed on the option suggestion screen 460. , the clothes treatment process (P3) may be performed by applying the option combination displayed in the option combination area 462 to the course displayed in the course display area 461 of the option suggestion screen 460.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시되는 옵션조합의 옵션설정값들은 상기 옵션제안화면(460)과 상기 옵션표시부에 동시에 표시될 수 있다. Meanwhile, in an embodiment of the present invention, option setting values of the option combination displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 may be simultaneously displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 and the option display unit.
다이얼부(56) 등의 조작에 따라 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시되는 옵션조합이 변경되면, 옵션표시부 또한 옵션조합의 변경에 대응되어 옵션설정값 정보를 변경 표시하도록 마련될 수 있다.When the option combination displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 is changed according to manipulation of the dial unit 56 or the like, the option display unit may also be provided to change and display option setting value information corresponding to the change in the option combination.
한편, 이하에서 사용자에 의한 조작부의 조작을 중심으로 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 옵션조합 추천기능을 설명하면 다음과 같다.Meanwhile, the function of recommending a combination of options according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described below, focusing on the operation of the control unit by the user.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서 조작부는 상기 캐비닛(10)에 마련되고, 사용자에 의해 조작되어 조작신호가 발생되도록 마련되고, 화면출력부(8)는 상기 캐비닛(10)에 마련되고, 사용자에게 정보를 제공하기 위한 화면을 출력하도록 마련될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit is provided on the cabinet 10 and is operated by a user to generate an operation signal, and the screen output unit 8 is provided on the cabinet 10 and provides information to the user. It may be provided to output a screen for providing.
제어부(60)는 상기 조작부 및 상기 화면출력부(8)와 신호적으로 연결되고, 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 미리 저장되고, 각 코스에서 복수의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 조절될 수 있다.The control unit 60 is signally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit 8, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and option setting values for a plurality of options in each course are the operation signals. can be adjusted based on
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 마련되고, 상기 제어부(60)에는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대해 상기 복수의 옵션에 대한 각 옵션설정값이 미리 설정된 옵션조합이 저장되며, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로부터 상기 옵션조합이 표시되는 옵션제안화면(460)으로 전환될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and the control unit 60 has the course selection For the course displayed on the screen 410, an option combination in which each option setting value for the plurality of options is set in advance is stored, and the screen output unit 8 operates based on the operation signal on the course selection screen 410. The course selection screen 410 may be switched to the option suggestion screen 460 displaying the combination of options.
상기 조작부는 다기능버튼부(91)를 포함할 수 있다. 다기능버튼부(91)는 상기 화면출력부(8)상에 마련되고, 상기 화면출력부(8)에서 출력되는 화면에 따라 기능이 가변할 수 있다. 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)으로 전환될 수 있다.The control unit may include a multi-function button unit 91. The multi-function button unit 91 is provided on the screen output unit 8, and functions can be varied according to the screen output from the screen output unit 8. The screen output unit 8 may switch to the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated on the course selection screen 410 .
상기 코스선택화면(410)은 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 기능을 표시하는 기능표시영역(405)을 포함하고, 상기 코스선택화면(410)의 상기 기능표시영역(405)에는 상기 옵션제안화면(460) 진입기능이 표시될 수 있다.The course selection screen 410 includes a function display area 405 displaying the functions of the multi-function button unit 91, and the option suggestion screen is included in the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410. (460) An entry function may be displayed.
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나를 택일적으로 표시하고, 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대한 옵션조합을 표시하도록 마련될 수 있다. 즉, 옵션제안화면(460)에는 해당 코스에 적용 가능한 옵션조합이 표시될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 alternatively displays any one of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen 410, and when an operation signal of the multi-function button 91 is generated, the course selection screen 410 It may be arranged to display a combination of options for the course displayed in . That is, a combination of options applicable to the corresponding course may be displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 .
수행버튼부(53b)는 상기 캐비닛(10)에 마련되고, 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스의 수행신호를 발생시킬 수 있다. 즉, 제어부(60)는 수행버튼부(53b)의 조작신호를 상기 수행신호로 판단할 수 있다.The execution button unit 53b is provided in the cabinet 10 and can generate a signal for performing the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 . That is, the control unit 60 may determine the operation signal of the execution button unit 53b as the execution signal.
상기 제어부(60)는 상기 수행신호가 발생되면 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스를 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시된 옵션조합을 적용하여 수행하도록 마련될 수 있다.When the execution signal is generated, the control unit 60 may be arranged to perform the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 by applying a combination of options displayed on the option suggestion screen 460.
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로 복귀하도록 마련될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 may be provided to return to the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button 91 is generated on the option suggestion screen 460. there is.
즉, 제어부(60)는 옵션제안화면(460)에서 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 디스플레이(84) 영역의 화면이 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로 복귀되도록 상기 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.That is, the control unit 60 switches the screen of the display area 84 from the option suggestion screen 460 to the course selection screen 410 when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated on the option suggestion screen 460. It is possible to control the screen output unit 8 to return.
한편, 다기능버튼부(91)를 통해 옵션제안화면(460)에서 코스선택화면(410)으로 복귀하는 경우, 제어부(60)는 옵션제안화면(460)에서 추천된 옵션조합을 무시하고 옵션제안화면(460)으로 진입되기 전의 옵션설정값이 반영된 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 화면출력부(8)를 제어할 수 있다.Meanwhile, when returning to the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460 through the multi-function button unit 91, the controller 60 ignores the option combination recommended on the option suggestion screen 460 and returns to the option suggestion screen. The screen output unit 8 can be controlled to output the course selection screen 410 reflecting the option setting values before entering step 460 .
즉, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 입력되면 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스의 각 옵션의 옵션설정값을 초기값으로 복원시킬 수 있다.That is, when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is input on the option suggestion screen 460, the control unit 60 sets the option setting value of each option of the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 as an initial value. can be restored.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 옵션부(200)가 조작되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)으로부터 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로 복귀될 수 있다.Meanwhile, in one embodiment of the present invention, the screen output unit 8 displays the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460 when the option unit 200 is operated on the option suggestion screen 460. can be returned
즉, 제어부(60)는 옵션제안화면(460)에서 옵션부(200)의 옵션버튼부 또는 추가옵션버튼부의 조작신호를 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호와 마찬가지로 받아들여 화면출력부(8)가 다시 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 제어할 수 있다.That is, the control unit 60 accepts the operation signal of the option button unit or the additional option button unit of the option unit 200 on the option suggestion screen 460 in the same way as the operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91, and outputs the screen output unit 8. can be controlled to output the course selection screen 410 again.
또한 전술한 바와 같이, 상기 옵션부(200)는 상기 복수의 옵션의 각 옵션설정값을 표시하는 복수의 옵션표시부를 더 포함하고, 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시되는 옵션조합의 옵션조합값은 상기 옵션제안화면(460)과 상기 옵션표시부에 동시에 표시될 수 있다.In addition, as described above, the option unit 200 further includes a plurality of option display units for displaying each option setting value of the plurality of options, and the option combination value of the option combination displayed on the option suggestion screen 460. may be simultaneously displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 and the option display unit.
한편, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 적용 가능한 옵션조합들 중 어느 하나를 택일적으로 표시하고, 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시되는 옵션조합이 변경될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the screen output unit 8 selectively displays any one of option combinations applicable on the option suggestion screen 460, and options displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 based on the manipulation signal. Combinations may change.
상기 조작부는 상기 화면출력부(8)를 둘러싸며 회전 가능하도록 마련되는 다이얼부(56)를 포함할 수 있고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 다이얼부(56)가 회전되면 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시되는 코스가 변경되고, 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 다이얼부(56)가 회전되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시되는 옵션조합이 변경될 수 있다.The control unit may include a dial unit 56 provided to surround and rotate the screen output unit 8, and the screen output unit 8 may include the dial unit 56 on the course selection screen 410. ) is rotated, the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 is changed, and when the dial unit 56 is rotated on the option suggestion screen 460, the combination of options displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 is changed. It can be.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)는 캐비닛(10), 드럼(30), 조작부, 화면출력부(8) 및 제어부(60)를 포함할 수 있고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 마련되고, 상기 제어부(60)에는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대해 상기 복수의 옵션에 대한 각 옵션설정값이 미리 설정된 옵션조합이 저장되며, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)가 조작되면 상기 옵션조합이 표시되는 옵션제안화면(460)으로 전환될 수 있다.Meanwhile, the laundry treatment apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention may include a cabinet 10, a drum 30, a control unit, a screen output unit 8, and a control unit 60, and the screen output unit (8) is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and the course selection screen 410 is displayed in the controller 60 An option combination in which each option setting value for the plurality of options is preset for the course displayed is stored, and the screen output unit 8 operates when the multifunction button unit 91 is operated on the course selection screen 410. It can be switched to the option suggestion screen 460 where the combination of options is displayed.
한편, 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 옵션조합을 변경제안 및 추가제안을 이용하여 설명하면 다음과 같다.Meanwhile, the option combination according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described using a change proposal and an additional proposal.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 옵션조합은 변경제안 및 추가제안을 포함할 수 있다. 변경제안 및 추가제안은 필요에 따라 다양한 수로 마련될 수 있다. 변경제안 및 추가제안은 사용자에게 코스의 옵션 설정 내용을 추천 및 제안하여 사용편의성이 향상될 수 있도록 마련될 수 있다.An option combination according to an embodiment of the present invention may include a change proposal and an additional proposal. Change proposals and additional proposals may be prepared in various numbers as needed. The change suggestion and the additional suggestion may be prepared to improve user convenience by recommending and suggesting course option settings to the user.
예컨대, 변경제안 및 추가제안은 옵션조합에 해당하는 복수의 항목에 해당할 수 있고, 서로 다른 옵션의 옵션설정값을 가지거나 서로 다른 추가옵션의 적용 여부를 가질 수 있다.For example, the change proposal and the additional proposal may correspond to a plurality of items corresponding to a combination of options, and may have option setting values of different options or whether different additional options are applied.
변경제안은 복수의 옵션 중 적어도 하나 이상의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값을 포함할 수 있다. 즉, 사용자에 의해 옵션제안화면(460)에서 변경제안이 선택되면, 해당 코스에서 각 옵션은 상기 변경제안에 포함된 옵션설정값을 가지도록 설정될 수 있다.The change proposal may include option setting values for at least one option among a plurality of options. That is, when a change proposal is selected by the user on the option suggestion screen 460, each option in the corresponding course may be set to have an option setting value included in the change proposal.
코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스는 적어도 하나 이상의 옵션이 조절 가능하도록 제어부(60)에 설정될 수 있고, 조절 가능한 옵션에 대해 추천하는 옵션설정값을 가지는 변경제안이 옵션제안화면(460)에서 표시될 수 있다.The course displayed on the course selection screen 410 can be set in the controller 60 so that at least one option can be adjusted, and a change proposal having an option set value recommended for the adjustable option is displayed on the option suggestion screen 460. can be displayed
사용자에 의해 어느 하나의 변경제안이 선택되면, 해당 코스에서 초기 옵션설정값 또는 사용자가 옵션조절부를 이용하여 조절한 옵션설정값으로 설정되는 옵션의 옵션설정값이 상기 변경제안에 의한 옵션설정값으로 변경될 수 있다.When a change proposal is selected by the user, the option setting value of the option set to the initial option setting value in the corresponding course or the option setting value adjusted by the user using the option control unit becomes the option setting value by the change proposal. can be changed.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 변경제안은 의류를 처리하기 위한 코스에서 초기 옵션설정값 또는 특정 옵션설정값을 가지도록 조절된 옵션의 옵션설정값을 변경하도록 사용자에게 제안하는 기능 또는 수단에 해당할 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the change proposal corresponds to a function or means for suggesting to the user to change the option setting value of the adjusted option to have an initial option setting value or a specific option setting value in a course for processing clothes. can do.
변경제안은 복수의 옵션값을 가지는 옵션의 특정 옵션설정값을 포함할 수 있다. 예컨대, 변경제안은 헹굼회수에 대한 제1옵션, 탈수회수에 대한 제2옵션 및 물온도에 대한 제3옵션 중 적어도 하나 이상의 옵션설정값을 포함할 수 있다. 다만, 변경제안은 각 코스에서 설정 또는 적용이 불가한 옵션을 변경할 수는 없다.The change proposal may include specific option setting values of options having a plurality of option values. For example, the change proposal may include at least one option setting value among a first option for rinsing, a second option for spin-drying, and a third option for water temperature. However, the change proposal cannot change options that cannot be set or applied in each course.
한편, 추가제안은 변경제안과 달리 옵션제안화면(460)으로 진입하기 전에 해당 코스에 이미 설정된 옵션의 옵션설정값이나 추가옵션의 적용 여부를 변경하지 않으며, 해당 코스에서 적용되지 않은 추가옵션을 추가하기 위해 마련될 수 있다.On the other hand, unlike the change proposal, the additional proposal does not change the option setting value of the option already set in the course or whether the additional option is applied before entering the option proposal screen 460, and adds additional options that are not applied in the course. can be arranged to do so.
즉, 추가제안은 해당 코스에서 비적용 상태에 있는 추가옵션을 추가로 적용시키도록 마련되며, 추가제안에 의한 추가옵션 외에 해당 코스에서 이미 설정된 옵션 정보는 그대로 유지될 수 있다.That is, the additional offer is prepared to additionally apply the additional option that is not applied in the corresponding course, and in addition to the additional option according to the additional proposal, option information already set in the corresponding course may be maintained as it is.
추가제안은 적용 및 비적용 중 어느 하나로 설정될 수 있는 추가옵션, 예컨대 스팀옵션 및 터보옵션의 추가 적용을 제안하도록 마련될 수 있다. 스팀옵션이란 드럼 내부로 스팀을 공급하는 옵션을 의미하고, 터보옵션이란 터브 내부로의 급수과정 또는 세탁과정 등에서 터브 내부로 분사노즐 등을 이용하여 추가 급수를 수행하는 옵션을 의미한다. 다만, 추가제안은 해당 추가옵션이 적용 또는 변경 불가한 코스에 대해서는 사용자에게 제안될 수 없다.The additional suggestion may be prepared to propose an additional application of an additional option that may be set to either apply or not apply, for example, a steam option and a turbo option. The steam option refers to an option for supplying steam into the drum, and the turbo option refers to an option for supplying water into the tub or performing additional water supply using a spray nozzle or the like into the tub during a washing process. However, additional suggestions cannot be offered to users for courses to which the additional options cannot be applied or changed.
본 발명의 일 실시예에서, 제어부(60)는 상기 조작부 및 상기 화면출력부(8)와 신호적으로 연결되며, 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 미리 저장될 수 있다.In one embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 60 is signally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit 8, and a plurality of courses for processing clothes may be stored in advance.
상기 복수의 코스는 복수의 옵션 중 적어도 일부가 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 설정되며, 상기 복수의 옵션은 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 적용 여부가 설정되는 추가옵션을 포함할 수 있다.In the plurality of courses, at least some of the plurality of options may be set based on the manipulation signal, and the plurality of options may include an additional option for which whether or not to apply is set based on the manipulation signal.
전술한 바와 같이 복수의 옵션은 복수의 옵션값을 가지며 옵션조절부에 의해 옵션설정값이 조절되는 제1,2,3옵션 등을 포함할 수 있다. 예컨대, 복수의 옵션은 헹굼회수에 대한 제1옵션, 탈수회수에 대한 제2옵션 및 물온도에 대한 제3옵션을 포함할 수 있다.As described above, the plurality of options may include first, second, and third options having a plurality of option values and adjusting option setting values by the option control unit. For example, the plurality of options may include a first option for rinsing, a second option for spin-drying, and a third option for water temperature.
또한, 복수의 옵션은 전술한 추가옵션을 포함할 수 있다. 추가옵션은 추가옵션버튼부에 의해 적용 여부가 결정되거나 상기 추가제안에 의해 설정될 수도 있다.Also, the plurality of options may include the aforementioned additional options. Whether or not to apply the additional option may be determined by the additional option button unit or may be set by the additional suggestion.
추가옵션은 스팀옵션 및 터보옵션 등을 포함할 수 있다. 스팀옵션이란 드럼 내부로 스팀을 공급하는 옵션을 의미하고, 터보옵션이란 터브 내부로의 급수과정 또는 세탁과정 등에서 터브 내부로 분사노즐 등을 이용하여 추가 급수를 수행하는 옵션을 의미한다.Additional options may include a steam option and a turbo option. The steam option refers to an option for supplying steam into the drum, and the turbo option refers to an option for supplying water into the tub or performing additional water supply using a spray nozzle or the like into the tub during a washing process.
화면출력부(8)는 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나의 코스에 대해 상기 추가옵션의 적용을 사용자에게 제안하기 위한 추가제안이 표시되는 옵션제안화면(460)을 출력하도록 마련될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 may be provided to output an option suggestion screen 460 displaying an additional suggestion for proposing application of the additional option to the user for any one of the plurality of courses.
즉, 옵션제안화면(460)에서는 복수의 옵션조합이 택일적으로 표시될 수 있고, 상기 복수의 옵션조합은 적어도 하나의 추가제안을 포함할 수 있다. 따라서, 옵션제안화면(460)에는 추가옵션의 적용을 사용자에게 제안하기 위한 추가제안이 표시될 수 있다.That is, a plurality of option combinations may be alternatively displayed on the option suggestion screen 460, and the plurality of option combinations may include at least one additional suggestion. Accordingly, additional suggestions for proposing to the user the application of additional options may be displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 .
상기 제어부(60)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 추가제안이 선택되면, 상기 추가옵션을 적용하여 상기 어느 하나의 코스를 수행하도록 마련될 수 있다.When the additional suggestion is selected based on the operation signal on the option suggestion screen 460, the control unit 60 may apply the additional option to perform any one of the courses.
옵션제안화면(460)에서 사용자는 다이얼부(56)를 이용하여 어느 하나의 추가제안을 화면이 표시하도록 조작할 수 있고, 수행버튼부(53b)를 조작하여 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시된 추가제안에 따른 추가옵션을 적용하여 의류를 처리하기 위한 코스를 수행할 수 있다.On the option suggestion screen 460, the user can manipulate the screen to display any one additional suggestion using the dial unit 56, and operate the perform button unit 53b to add additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen 460. A course for processing clothes can be performed by applying additional options according to the proposal.
상기 제어부(60)는 상기 복수의 코스에 대해 각각 상기 복수의 옵션 중 적어도 하나의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 조절 가능하도록 마련되고, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 추가제안이 선택되면, 상기 적어도 하나의 옵션의 상기 옵션설정값을 유지하며 상기 추가옵션을 적용하여 상기 어느 하나의 코스를 수행할 수 있다.The control unit 60 is provided to adjust an option setting value for at least one option among the plurality of options for each of the plurality of courses, and the control unit 60 displays the additional options on the option suggestion screen 460. If the proposal is selected, the one course may be performed by maintaining the option setting value of the at least one option and applying the additional option.
즉, 추가제안의 경우 전술한 제1,2,3옵션 등과 같이 복수의 옵션값 중 어느 하나가 옵션설정값으로 선택되는 것과 달리 추가옵션의 적용을 설정하기 위한 기능 또는 수단이므로, 옵션제안화면(460)으로 진입하기 전 해당 코스에 설정된 각 옵션의 옵션설정값은 그대로 유지되며 추가제안에 따른 추가옵션만이 추가적으로 적용될 수 있다.That is, in the case of an additional proposal, unlike the first, second, and third options described above, where one of a plurality of option values is selected as an option setting value, since it is a function or means for setting the application of an additional option, the option proposal screen ( 460), the option setting value of each option set in the corresponding course is maintained, and only additional options according to additional suggestions can be additionally applied.
추가제안이 적용되는 경우, 코스선택화면(410)에서 표시된 코스의 옵션들은 기초 옵션설정값 또는 사용자가 옵션조절부를 통해 직접 조절한 옵션설정값을 가질 수 있고, 추가제안이 선택되더라도 각 옵션의 옵션설정값은 유지될 수 있다.When the additional offer is applied, the options of the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may have a basic option setting value or an option setting value directly adjusted by the user through an option control unit, and even if the additional offer is selected, the options of each option The set value can be maintained.
즉, 해당 코스에서 각 옵션의 옵션설정값을 미리 설정된 옵션설정값으로 변경시키는 변경제안과 달리, 추가제안은 각 옵셔느이 옵션설정값이 유지된 상태에서 추가옵션이 추가적으로 적용 상태로 설정될 수 있다.That is, unlike the change proposal that changes the option setting value of each option to the preset option setting value in the corresponding course, the additional option can be set to the additional application state while the option setting value of each option is maintained. .
예컨대, 상기 추가옵션은 상기 드럼 내부로 스팀을 제공하기 위한 스팀옵션을 포함하고, 상기 추가제안은 사용자에게 상기 스팀옵션의 적용을 제안하기 위한 스팀제안을 포함할 수 있다. 스팀옵션은 헹굼회수, 탈수회수 및 물온도 등에 대한 옵션과 무관하게 적용 여부가 결정될 수 있다.For example, the additional option may include a steam option for providing steam to the inside of the drum, and the additional suggestion may include a steam suggestion for suggesting application of the steam option to the user. Whether or not to apply the steam option can be determined regardless of options for the number of rinses, the number of spin-drying, and the water temperature.
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)으로 전환될 수 있다. 상기 코스선택화면(410)의 상기 기능표시영역(405)에는 상기 옵션제안화면(460) 진입기능이 표시될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 may switch to the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated on the course selection screen 410 . The function to enter the option suggestion screen 460 may be displayed on the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410 .
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나를 택일적으로 표시하고, 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면, 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대한 추가제안을 표시할 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 alternatively displays any one of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen 410, and when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit 91 is generated, the option suggestion screen 460 ), additional suggestions for the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be displayed.
상기 제어부(60)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 수행신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시된 추가제안을 적용하여 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스를 수행하도록 마련될 수 있다.The control unit 60 may be provided to perform the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 by applying additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 when the execution signal is generated on the option suggestion screen 460. there is.
상기 조작부는 상기 추가옵션의 적용 여부를 설정 가능하도록 마련되는 추가옵션버튼부를 포함하고, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 화면출력부(8)에 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 추가옵션버튼부의 조작에 따라 상기 추가옵션의 적용 여부가 설정되고, 상기 수행버튼부(53b)가 조작되면 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스를 수행하도록 마련될 수 있다.The control unit includes an additional option button unit provided to set whether to apply the additional option, and the control unit 60 operates the additional option button unit on the course selection screen 410 on the screen output unit 8. Accordingly, whether to apply the additional option is set, and when the execution button 53b is manipulated, the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 may be performed.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 사용자는 코스선택화면(410)에서 옵션부의 추가옵션버튼부를 이용하여 추가옵션의 적용 여부를 개별적으로 설정한 이후 설정버튼부를 이용하여 해당 코스를 수행할 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the user can individually set whether or not to apply the additional option using the additional option button of the option part on the course selection screen 410, and then use the setting button to perform the corresponding course.
또한, 사용자는 코스선택화면(410)에서 원하는 코스를 화면이 표시한 상태에서 다기능버튼부(91)를 이용하여 옵션제안화면(460)으로 진입할 수 있고, 옵션제안화면(460)에서 다이얼부(56)를 이용하여 원하는 추가제안을 화면에 표시한 상태에서 수행버튼부(53b)를 이용하여 해당 추가제안에 따른 추가옵션이 적용된 코스를 직접 진행시킬 수도 있다.In addition, the user can enter the option suggestion screen 460 by using the multi-function button unit 91 while the screen displays the desired course on the course selection screen 410, and the dial unit on the option suggestion screen 460. In a state in which the desired additional proposal is displayed on the screen using step 56, a course to which additional options according to the additional proposal are applied may be directly progressed using the perform button unit 53b.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 사용자가 옵션부의 조작을 통해 복수의 옵션을 편리하게 조절할 수 있음은 물론, 옵션제안화면(460)을 통해 시각적인 정보를 확인하며 추가제안 등을 이용하여 편리하게 복수의 옵션을 조절할 수도 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, the user can conveniently adjust a plurality of options through manipulation of the option unit, check visual information through the option suggestion screen 460, and conveniently use additional suggestions. You can also adjust multiple options.
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 코스선택화면(410)으로 복귀할 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 can return to the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460 when an operation signal of the multi-function button 91 is generated on the option suggestion screen 460 .
상기 옵션제안화면(460)은 상기 다기능버튼부(91)의 기능을 표시하는 기능표시영역(405)을 포함하고, 상기 코스선택화면(410)의 상기 기능표시영역(405)에는 상기 옵션제안화면(460) 종료기능이 표시될 수 있다.The option suggestion screen 460 includes a function display area 405 displaying the function of the multi-function button unit 91, and the option suggestion screen is included in the function display area 405 of the course selection screen 410. (460) An end function may be displayed.
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 마련되고, 상기 제어부(60)에는 상기 추가제안이 복수개 저장되고, 각 코스별로 적용 가능한 추가제안이 미리 설정되며, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대해 적용 가능한 추가제안을 표시할 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 is provided to output a course selection screen 410 in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal, and the control unit 60 displays the additional suggestions. A plurality of these are stored, additional suggestions applicable to each course are set in advance, and the screen output unit 8 displays additional suggestions applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 from the option suggestion screen 460. can be displayed
예컨대, 복수의 코스는 드럼 내부를 살균하기 위한 통살균코스를 포함할 수 있고, 통살균코스는 드럼 내부의 살균을 위해 스팀옵션이 필수적으로 적용될 수 있으며, 이러한 코스에서는 스팀옵션에 관련된 추가제안이 사용자에게 제안되지 않도록 제어부(60)에 미리 설정될 수 있다.For example, the plurality of courses may include a barrel sterilization course for sterilizing the inside of the drum, and the barrel sterilization course may necessarily apply a steam option to sterilize the inside of the drum. It may be set in advance in the control unit 60 so as not to be suggested to the user.
즉, 본 발명의 일 실시예는 코스의 특성상 사용자가 임의로 적용 여부를 결정할 수 없는 추가옵션이 존재할 수 있고, 제어부(60)에는 코스별로 적용 여부의 변경이 가능한 추가옵션에 관련된 추가제안이 미리 설정되며, 옵션제안화면(460)에는 해당 코스에서 변경이 가능한 추가옵션에 관련된 추가제안만이 표시될 수 있다.That is, in one embodiment of the present invention, due to the nature of the course, there may be additional options that the user cannot arbitrarily determine whether to apply or not, and the control unit 60 pre-sets additional suggestions related to additional options that can change whether or not to apply for each course. In addition, only additional suggestions related to additional options that can be changed in the corresponding course may be displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 .
즉, 상기 제어부(60)는 상기 복수의 코스 중 일부에 대해서만 상기 추가제안을 제공하도록 마련될 수 있다. 복수의 코스 중 나머지에 대해서는 추가제안이 제공되지 않을 수 있고, 상기 복수의 코스 중 나머지는 해당 추가제안에 관련된 추가옵션의 변경이 불가한 코스일 수 있다.That is, the controller 60 may be arranged to provide the additional suggestion only for some of the plurality of courses. Additional suggestions may not be provided for the remainder of the plurality of courses, and the remainder of the plurality of courses may be courses in which an additional option related to the additional offer cannot be changed.
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대해 적용 가능한 추가제안이 복수인 경우, 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 어느 하나의 추가제안만을 표시하고, 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시되는 추가제안이 변경될 수 있다.When there are a plurality of additional suggestions applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen 410, the screen output unit 8 displays only one additional suggestion on the option suggestion screen 460 and responds to the operation signal. Based on this, additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 may be changed.
상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 다이얼부(56)가 회전되면 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시되는 코스가 변경되고, 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에서 상기 다이얼부(56)가 회전되면 상기 옵션제안화면(460)에 표시되는 추가제안이 변경될 수 있다.The screen output unit 8 changes the course displayed on the course selection screen 410 when the dial 56 is rotated on the course selection screen 410, and the dial on the option suggestion screen 460. When the part 56 is rotated, additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen 460 may be changed.
또한, 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 의류처리장치에서 제어부(60)는 상기 조작부 및 상기 화면출력부(8)와 신호적으로 연결되고, 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 미리 저장되고, 각 코스에서 복수의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 조절될 수 있다.In addition, in the laundry treatment apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention, the control unit 60 is signalally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit 8, a plurality of courses for processing clothes are stored in advance, and each Option setting values for a plurality of options in the course may be adjusted based on the manipulation signal.
상기 복수의 옵션은 조작신호에 기초하여 해당 코스의 적용 여부가 설정 가능한 추가옵션을 포함하고, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면(410)을 출력하도록 마련되며, 상기 제어부(60)에는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에 표시된 코스에 대해 상기 복수의 옵션 중 상기 추가옵션에 대한 적용을 사용자에게 제안하기 위한 추가제안이 미리 저장되며, 상기 화면출력부(8)는 상기 코스선택화면(410)에서 상기 다기능버튼부(91)가 조작되면 상기 추가제안이 표시되는 옵션제안화면(460)으로 전환될 수 있다.The plurality of options include an additional option for setting whether to apply a corresponding course based on an operation signal, and the screen output unit 8 displays one of the plurality of courses based on the operation signal to provide a user with It is provided to output a course selection screen 410 selected by the user, and the control unit 60 is configured to propose application of the additional option among the plurality of options to the user for the course displayed on the course selection screen 410. Additional suggestions are stored in advance, and the screen output unit 8 can switch to the option suggestion screen 460 displaying the additional suggestions when the multifunction button 91 is operated on the course selection screen 410. .
본 발명은 특정한 실시예에 관련하여 도시하고 설명하였지만, 이하의 특허청구범위에 의해 제공되는 본 발명의 기술적 사상을 벗어나지 않는 한도 내에서, 본 발명이 다양하게 개량 및 변화될 수 있다는 것은 당 업계에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에게 있어서 자명할 것이다.Although the present invention has been shown and described in relation to specific embodiments, it is known in the art that the present invention can be variously improved and changed without departing from the technical spirit of the present invention provided by the claims below. It will be self-evident to those skilled in the art.

Claims (15)

  1. 캐비닛;cabinet;
    상기 캐비닛 내부에 회전 가능하도록 마련되며, 내부에 의류가 수용되는 드럼;a drum rotatably provided inside the cabinet and accommodating clothes therein;
    상기 캐비닛에 마련되고, 사용자에 의해 조작되어 조작신호가 발생되는 조작부;a control unit provided in the cabinet and operated by a user to generate an operation signal;
    상기 캐비닛에 마련되고, 사용자에게 정보를 제공하기 위한 화면을 출력하도록 마련되는 화면출력부; 및a screen output unit provided in the cabinet and configured to output a screen for providing information to a user; and
    상기 조작부 및 상기 화면출력부와 신호적으로 연결되며, 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 저장되며, 각 코스에서 복수의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 조절되는 제어부;를 포함하고,and a control unit signalally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit, storing a plurality of courses for processing clothes, and adjusting option setting values for a plurality of options in each course based on the operation signal. do,
    상기 복수의 옵션은 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 적용 또는 미적용 여부가 설정되는 추가옵션을 포함하고,The plurality of options include an additional option for which application or non-application is set based on the manipulation signal,
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나의 코스에 대해 상기 추가옵션의 적용을 사용자에게 제안하기 위한 추가제안이 표시되는 옵션제안화면을 출력하도록 마련되고,The screen output unit is provided to output an option suggestion screen displaying an additional suggestion for proposing application of the additional option to a user for any one of the plurality of courses,
    상기 제어부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 추가제안이 선택되면, 상기 추가옵션을 적용하여 상기 어느 하나의 코스를 수행하도록 마련되는 의류처리장치.Wherein the control unit is provided to perform one of the courses by applying the additional option when the additional suggestion is selected based on the manipulation signal on the option suggestion screen.
  2. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 제어부는 상기 복수의 코스에 대해 각각 상기 복수의 옵션 중 적어도 하나의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 조절되도록 마련되고,The control unit is provided to adjust an option setting value for at least one option among the plurality of options for each of the plurality of courses based on the operation signal,
    상기 제어부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 추가제안이 선택되면, 상기 적어도 하나의 옵션의 상기 옵션설정값을 유지하며 상기 추가옵션을 적용하여 상기 어느 하나의 코스를 수행하는 의류처리장치.Wherein the controller maintains the option setting values of the at least one option and performs the one course by applying the additional option when the additional offer is selected on the option suggestion screen.
  3. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 추가옵션은 상기 드럼 내부로 스팀을 제공하기 위한 스팀옵션을 포함하고,The additional option includes a steam option for providing steam to the inside of the drum,
    상기 추가제안은 사용자에게 상기 스팀옵션의 적용을 제안하기 위한 스팀제안을 포함하는 의류처리장치.The additional suggestion includes a steam suggestion for proposing application of the steam option to the user.
  4. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면을 출력하도록 마련되고,The screen output unit is provided to output a course selection screen in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the manipulation signal;
    상기 조작부는,The control unit,
    상기 화면출력부상에 마련되고, 상기 화면출력부에서 출력되는 화면에 따라 기능이 가변하는 다기능버튼부;를 포함하며,A multi-function button unit provided on the screen output unit and having a variable function according to a screen output from the screen output unit;
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 다기능버튼부의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면으로 전환되는 의류처리장치.The screen output unit switches to the option suggestion screen when a manipulation signal of the multi-function button unit is generated on the course selection screen.
  5. 제4항에 있어서,According to claim 4,
    상기 코스선택화면은 상기 다기능버튼부의 기능을 표시하는 기능표시영역을 포함하고,The course selection screen includes a function display area displaying functions of the multi-function button unit,
    상기 코스선택화면의 상기 기능표시영역에는 상기 옵션제안화면 진입기능이 표시되는 의류처리장치.The laundry treatment apparatus wherein the function to enter the option suggestion screen is displayed in the function display area of the course selection screen.
  6. 제4항에 있어서,According to claim 4,
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나를 택일적으로 표시하고, 상기 다기능버튼부의 조작신호가 발생되면, 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스에 대한 추가제안을 표시하는 의류처리장치.The screen output unit selectively displays any one of the plurality of courses on the course selection screen, and when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit is generated, additional suggestions for the course displayed on the course selection screen are displayed on the option suggestion screen. A clothing handling device that displays.
  7. 제4항에 있어서,According to claim 4,
    상기 조작부는,The control unit,
    상기 캐비닛에 마련되고, 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스의 수행신호가 발생되는 수행버튼부;를 포함하고,A perform button unit provided in the cabinet and generating a signal for performing a course displayed on the course selection screen;
    상기 제어부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 수행신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면에 표시된 추가제안을 적용하여 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스를 수행하도록 마련되는 의류처리장치.Wherein the control unit is provided to perform a course displayed on the course selection screen by applying additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen when the execution signal is generated from the option suggestion screen.
  8. 제7항에 있어서,According to claim 7,
    상기 조작부는 상기 추가옵션의 적용 여부를 설정 가능하도록 마련되는 추가옵션버튼부를 포함하고,The control unit includes an additional option button unit provided to set whether to apply the additional option,
    상기 제어부는 상기 화면출력부에 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 추가옵션버튼부의 조작에 따라 상기 추가옵션의 적용 여부가 설정되고, 상기 수행버튼부가 조작되면 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스를 수행하도록 마련되는 의류처리장치.The control unit sets whether to apply the additional option according to the operation of the additional option button unit on the course selection screen on the screen output unit, and executes the course displayed on the course selection screen when the execution button unit is operated. processing device.
  9. 제4항에 있어서,According to claim 4,
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 다기능버튼부의 조작신호가 발생되면 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 코스선택화면으로 복귀하는 의류처리장치.The screen output unit returns to the course selection screen from the option suggestion screen when an operation signal of the multi-function button unit is generated on the option suggestion screen.
  10. 제9항에 있어서,According to claim 9,
    상기 옵션제안화면은 상기 다기능버튼부의 기능을 표시하는 기능표시영역을 포함하고,The option suggestion screen includes a function display area for displaying functions of the multi-function button unit,
    상기 코스선택화면의 상기 기능표시영역에는 상기 옵션제안화면 종료기능이 표시되는 의류처리장치.and the option suggestion screen ending function is displayed on the function display area of the course selection screen.
  11. 제1항에 있어서,According to claim 1,
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면을 출력하도록 마련되고,The screen output unit is provided to output a course selection screen in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the manipulation signal;
    상기 제어부에는 상기 추가제안이 복수개 저장되고, 각 코스별로 적용 가능한 추가제안이 미리 설정되며,In the control unit, a plurality of additional suggestions are stored, and applicable additional suggestions for each course are set in advance,
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스에 대해 적용 가능한 추가제안을 표시하는 의류처리장치.The screen output unit displays additional suggestions applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen in the option suggestion screen.
  12. 제11항에 있어서,According to claim 11,
    상기 제어부는 상기 복수의 코스 중 일부에 대해서만 상기 추가제안을 제공하도록 마련되는 의류처리장치.The controller is arranged to provide the additional suggestion for only some of the plurality of courses.
  13. 제11항에 있어서,According to claim 11,
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스에 대해 적용 가능한 추가제안이 복수인 경우, 상기 옵션제안화면에서 어느 하나의 추가제안만을 표시하고, 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 옵션제안화면에 표시되는 추가제안이 변경되는 의류처리장치.When there are a plurality of additional suggestions applicable to the course displayed on the course selection screen, the screen output unit displays only one additional suggestion on the option suggestion screen, and displays additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen based on the operation signal. A clothes handling machine whose offer changes.
  14. 제13항에 있어서,According to claim 13,
    상기 조작부는,The control unit,
    상기 화면출력부를 둘러싸며 회전 가능하도록 마련되는 다이얼부;를 포함하고,A dial unit surrounded by the screen output unit and provided to be rotatable;
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 다이얼부가 회전되면 상기 코스선택화면에 표시되는 코스가 변경되고, 상기 옵션제안화면에서 상기 다이얼부가 회전되면 상기 옵션제안화면에 표시되는 추가제안이 변경되는 의류처리장치.The screen output unit changes the course displayed on the course selection screen when the dial unit is rotated on the course selection screen, and changes additional suggestions displayed on the option suggestion screen when the dial unit is rotated on the option suggestion screen. Device.
  15. 캐비닛;cabinet;
    상기 캐비닛 내부에 회전 가능하도록 마련되며, 내부에 의류가 수용되는 드럼;a drum rotatably provided inside the cabinet and accommodating clothes therein;
    상기 캐비닛에 마련되고, 사용자에 의해 조작되어 조작신호가 발생되는 조작부;a control unit provided in the cabinet and operated by a user to generate an operation signal;
    상기 캐비닛에 마련되고, 사용자에게 정보를 제공하기 위한 화면을 출력하도록 마련되는 화면출력부; 및a screen output unit provided in the cabinet and provided to output a screen for providing information to a user; and
    상기 조작부 및 상기 화면출력부와 신호적으로 연결되고, 의류를 처리하기 위한 복수의 코스가 저장되며, 각 코스에서 복수의 옵션에 대한 옵션설정값이 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 조절되는 제어부;를 포함하고,and a control unit signalally connected to the control unit and the screen output unit, storing a plurality of courses for processing clothes, and adjusting option setting values for a plurality of options in each course based on the operation signal. do,
    상기 복수의 옵션은 조작신호에 기초하여 해당 코스의 적용 또는 미적용 여부가 설정 가능한 추가옵션을 포함하고,The plurality of options include an additional option capable of setting whether to apply or not apply the corresponding course based on an operation signal,
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 조작신호에 기초하여 상기 복수의 코스 중 어느 하나가 표시되어 사용자에 의해 선택되는 코스선택화면을 출력하도록 마련되며,The screen output unit is provided to output a course selection screen in which one of the plurality of courses is displayed and selected by a user based on the operation signal,
    상기 제어부에는 상기 코스선택화면에 표시된 코스에 대해 상기 추가옵션에 대한 적용을 사용자에게 제안하기 위한 추가제안이 저장되며,The control unit stores additional suggestions for proposing application of the additional options to the user for the course displayed on the course selection screen,
    상기 화면출력부는 상기 코스선택화면에서 상기 다기능버튼부가 조작되면 상기 추가제안이 표시되는 옵션제안화면으로 전환되는 의류처리장치.The screen output unit switches to an option suggestion screen displaying the additional suggestion when the multi-function button is operated on the course selection screen.
PCT/KR2022/008347 2021-06-28 2022-06-14 Laundry treating apparatus WO2023277400A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020210084035A KR20230001309A (en) 2021-06-28 2021-06-28 Laundry treating apparatus
KR10-2021-0084035 2021-06-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023277400A1 true WO2023277400A1 (en) 2023-01-05

Family

ID=84692885

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2022/008347 WO2023277400A1 (en) 2021-06-28 2022-06-14 Laundry treating apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20230001309A (en)
WO (1) WO2023277400A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20120023497A (en) * 2010-09-02 2012-03-13 삼성전자주식회사 Washing machine and control method thereof
KR20130011537A (en) * 2011-07-22 2013-01-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Washing machine
US20130290902A1 (en) * 2010-12-30 2013-10-31 Electrolux Home Products, Inc. User control interface for an appliance, and associated method
KR20160062918A (en) * 2014-11-26 2016-06-03 엘지전자 주식회사 laundry machine
EP3396051A1 (en) * 2017-04-25 2018-10-31 LG Electronics Inc. Laundry treating apparatus, control method of laundry treatment apparatus and online system including the same

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20120023497A (en) * 2010-09-02 2012-03-13 삼성전자주식회사 Washing machine and control method thereof
US20130290902A1 (en) * 2010-12-30 2013-10-31 Electrolux Home Products, Inc. User control interface for an appliance, and associated method
KR20130011537A (en) * 2011-07-22 2013-01-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Washing machine
KR20160062918A (en) * 2014-11-26 2016-06-03 엘지전자 주식회사 laundry machine
EP3396051A1 (en) * 2017-04-25 2018-10-31 LG Electronics Inc. Laundry treating apparatus, control method of laundry treatment apparatus and online system including the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20230001309A (en) 2023-01-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019045318A1 (en) Home appliance
WO2016085130A1 (en) Washer
WO2021172945A1 (en) Washing machine and method of controlling the same, and control panel of the same
WO2016085132A1 (en) Washer
EP3619384A1 (en) Home appliance
WO2023277400A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277398A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277394A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277527A1 (en) Interface and laundry treating apparatus having the same
WO2023277401A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277402A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277397A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277395A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277393A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus and method for controlling same
WO2023277396A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277523A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus and system having the same
WO2023277529A9 (en) Laundry treating apparatus and system having the same
WO2023277516A1 (en) Interface and laundry treating apparatus having the same
WO2023113533A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus, laundry treating system, and control method for laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277510A1 (en) Interface and laundry treating apparatus having the same
WO2023277528A1 (en) Interface and laundry treating apparatus having the same
WO2023277509A1 (en) Interface and laundry treating apparatus having the same
WO2023277601A1 (en) Interface and laundry treating apparatus having the same
WO2023113549A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus, laundry treating system, and control method for laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277598A1 (en) Interface and laundry treating apparatus having the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22833456

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22833456

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1